Alina Villalva

eds. Geoffrey Williams

João Paulo Silvestre

Iii T Verdelho

eds. I Prates

Madureira Feijó

Ortografia

A P Silvestre

Villalva

V J P Silvestre

Esperança Cardeira

Elisa Corino

Laura Do Carmo

Ignacio Vázquez

THE LANDSCAPE OF LEXICOGRAPHY THE LANDSCAPE OF LEXICOGRAPHY THE LANDSCAPE OF LEXICOGRAPHY

This book consists of a series of papers that look at three different aspects of the landscape as seen in dictionaries from across Europe. Multilingual diachronic case studies into lexicographical descriptions of flora, landscape features and colours concentrate on three supposedly simple words: daisies (Bellis perenis L.), hills and the colour red. The work is part of the ongoing LandLex initiative, originally developed as part of the COST ENeL -European Network for e-Lexicography -action. The group brings together researchers in lexicography and lexicology from across Europe and is dedicated to studying multilingual and diachronic issues in language. It aims to valorise the wealth of European language diversity as found in dictionaries by developing and testing new digital annotation tools and a historical morphological dictionary prototype.

In the specific case of the preparation of this book, we would like to mention speakers at the LandLex training school, notably Professor Carla Marello and Dr.

Steve Wright, and most particularly Dr. Philip Durkin who supplied us with the preface for this volume. One person who has been absolutely invaluable has been LandLex co-founder Dr. Chris Mulhall for his work in proofreading the texts, and also for having organised the LandLex Training School in Waterford, Ireland.

It goes without saying that we extend our thanks to our patient publisher, Dr. João Paulo Silvestre.

A last word is due to the audiences that have so warmly received the presentation of our research activities and have manifested their willingness to join us. We hope to welcome you in a very near future.

Ioana Galleron

Professor of Digital Humanities and Literature at the Université Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris, and researcher at the CNRS research unit LATTICE (UMR 8094). She is specialised in computer assisted analysis of theatrical texts. Professor Galleron holds a PhD in French language and literature from the Université Paris IV (2000). [www.licorn-research.fr/galleron.html]

Iris Metsmägi

Senior lexicographer at the Institute of the Estonian Language, Tallinn, Estonia. She is specialised in historical linguistics, lexicology, etymology, linguistic contacts. Doctor Metsmägi holds a PhD in Uralic languages from the University of Tartu, Estonia (2000). [www.etis.ee/CV/Iris_Metsmägi/eng]

Jadwiga Waniakowa

Professor of Linguistics at the Institute of Linguistics of the Jagiellonian University and researcher at the Institute of the Polish Language of the Polish Academy of Sciences (Kraków, Poland). She is specialized in diachronic Slavic linguistics, etymology, geolinguistics and languages in contact. She holds a PhD in Linguistics from the Jagiellonian University in Kraków (1998) and the degree of titular professor of Humanities ( 2013). [www.researchgate.net/profile/Jadwiga_Waniakowa]

Nathalie Mederake

Research Assistant at Göttingen Academy of Sciences and Humanities, Germany. She is specialised in lexicography, metalexicography and historical linguistics (semantics, lexicology). Doctor Mederake holds a PhD in German Philology, Georg-August Universität Göttingen, Germany (2015). [www.

researchgate.net/profile/Nathalie_Mederake]

Kira Kovalenko

Lexicographer at the Institute for Linguistic Studies of the Russian Academy of Sciences (St. Petersburg). She is specialised in historical lexicography and lexicology. Doctor Kovalenko holds a PhD in Philology (2018).[iling-spb.academia.edu/KiraKovalenko

Przemysław Dębowiak

Lecturer at the Institute of Romance Studies of the Jagiellonian University and researcher at the Institute of the Polish Language of the Polish Academy of Sciences (Kraków, Poland). He is specialized in diachronic Romance linguistics, etymology and lexicography. He holds a PhD in Romance Linguistics from the Jagiellonian University in Kraków (2013). [www.researchgate.net/profile/Przemystaw_Debowiak]

Simeon Tsolakidis

Researcher at the Laboratory of Modern Greek Dialects, University of Patras, Greece. Ηe is specialised in historical linguistics (etymology), lexicography and dialectology. Doctor Tsolakidis holds a PhD in Linguistics from the Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece (2002). [upatras.academia.edu/ SimeonTsolakidis]

Vilja Oja

Senior lexicographer at the Institute of the Estonian Language, Tallinn, Estonia. She is specialised in lexicology, geolinguistics, etymology, linguistic contacts and semantic relations. Doctor Oja holds a PhD in Estonian Philology from the University of Tartu, Estonia (2001). [www.etis.ee/CV/Vilja_Oja/eng]

Wiebke Blanck

Research Assistant at Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg. She is specialised in lexicography, historical linguistics (lexicography), metalexicography. Ms. Blanck LandLex is an exciting project in which I wish I had had the chance to be involved more closely. It has managed a rare thing, bringing together, in a genuinely collaborative project, a group of scholars with an interest in etymology from many different parts of Europe. In so doing, it has shone a light on the various approaches to shared questions that have been adopted in different national traditions. In itself, this is important, and happens all too rarely. Sometimes, just being aware that people elsewhere have mulled over similar problems, and seeing the similarities or differences in the approaches they have adopted, can be an important first step to finding new ways forward.

Symbols and Abbreviations

But this project has done more than that, in trying to see what happens if a broad comparative perspective across many different parts of Europe is taken in investigating lexical histories from a basically semasiological perspective: essentially, what name(s) do people have for a particular entity (or group of related entities) in different European languages, and what do we learn when we investigate the histories of these names?

A book with a section with the refreshing and heartening title "What do lexicographers need to know about plant names?" brings us right back to the centrality of Wörter und Sachen, words and things, in both lexicology and philology.

How high is a hill? What shape is it? What colour is it, and what sort of vegetation is it covered by? Which plant do we call a daisy? (As it turns out, many different plants.) Is there a prototypical daisy? Typically, the answers to these questions involve relationships with other words in the same lexical field (mountain, hillock, mound, tump, rise, slope, etc.). Where there have been changes

in the meaning over time, have these changes been influenced by introduction of new words to the lexical field, for instance through borrowing from other languages? What impact have cultural developments had, for instance through the development of a literary tradition, or the need to describe new landscapes -often earliest in the context of Bible translations?

If we then compare the words for 'hill' or 'daisy' across a range of different

European languages, what do we learn about cultural similarities or differences?

Sometimes, we may find that the same wordstock has developed differently in different places. Sometimes, that words of different origins have shown similar histories as they are employed to fulfil similar needs.

Practically, how can we unlock such information from a plethora of dictionaries, and extract key data on a principled basis with a focus on questions of etymology and word history? This book suggests ways forward, and shows what great things can result when etymologists connect.

I. LandLex: the description of lexical variation through in-depth case studies

Geoffrey Williams & Alina Villalva

Language describing the landscape has always been present in dictionaries, both historical and contemporary works. However, as with all dictionaries, descriptions vary greatly in depth depending on the perceived audience and scope of the dictionary concerned. Whilst there is a myth of lexicographical neutrality, only really applicable in contemporary lexicographical practice, it is inevitable that different periods, different languages and different cultural outlooks will highlight different aspects of word meanings. This heterogeneity is part of the wealth of the European language heritage, and that is something the LandLex research group sets out to investigate.

The landscape is central to our daily lives, but our picture of it and the interpretation of the words we use to describe its features are far from neutral. We might be able to have a reasonably acceptable definition of say 'hill' , but what we actually mean by it is conditioned by local geographical knowledge. Quite simply, a 'hill' looks different in a low-lying country as opposed to a 'hilly' country which may have high mountains. Where hills stop and mountains begin is not clear-cut.

Coupled with this is what colour we perceive hills as having. English children learn the hymn "There is a green hill far away" referring to Golgotha, which is anything but green. It is simply that to the English mind-set, hills are green. This perception is not shared across Europe. What can be said about hills holds true for valley, rivers, woods, forests… as well as flora and fauna with many species being missing in either the hotter, or cooler parts of Europe. Dictionaries may help, but they address essentially a national audience that already 'understands' , what is missing is a bridge to other languages. A bilingual dictionary could be a bridge, but the simplicity of translation equivalents brings the danger of believing that one word, and its associating meanings, simply maps onto another.

The next problem is how these features are actually perceived. Rivers and mountains can be seen in a variety of ways, including as barriers, while hills and mountains can be places of refuge or places of danger. Such information is captured in literature and folklore, but these are highly dispersed sources, it is dictionaries that try to encapsulate the picture through definitions, but also

through the examples chosen to illustrate word usage.

The language we use reflects geographical features, but also linguistic ones.

'English' has a word for 'hills' , but no word for 'mountains' , so it borrowed one from French. It also has a plethora of other works from Scandinavian languages to describe mountainous features that really only appear in the north and west of the country and therefore were beyond the language experience of most people until areas as the Lake District were 'discovered' in the 19 th century and made accessible through the railway. No language can be seen in isolation. Estonian has had a strong German influence for centuries. Latin, either as the language brought by the Roman Empire, the Church or through its central role in learning has had a major affect on all romance languages, and others. Romanian, a Romance language has been influenced by its neighbouring Slavic languages amongst others. This is only to remain within Europe, but obviously the wider world has contributed too. To understand this variety, dictionaries provide etymologies and word histories, but each history is locked into the language of the dictionary and ideally we need to share this common European experience.

The Landlex research group, formed in 2016, gathers researchers of various backgrounds and languages that aim to construct an original research strand based on strategic guiding principles of lexicology and lexicography, around ideas of the landscape lexicon. In terms of a networked research team, LandLex team is a particularly successful outcome from European Network for e-Lexicography COST action as geographically and thematically spread researchers came naturally together to look at one particular research object thereby creating a truly pan-European perspective. The LandLex European coverage spreads from Russian in the East to Ireland in the West, from Estonian in the North to Greece and Portugal in the South. This allows us a wide vision of European linguistic and cultural variation.

At the outset, LandLex brought together a number of important threads that were developing within the ENeL action, notably work on plant names in Latin and the vernacular, research on diachronic word change, the cultural heritage in romance dictionaries and lexical variation. By concerting and exploring commonalities, it quickly became that all the threads would be brought together so as to explore in depth a single theme: the language of the landscape as seen through essentially monolingual, dictionaries.

The landscape is a very broad area and our aim is not to map this entire area, but to go into depth on specific areas. Thus, the point of departure was simply the words 'paysage' and 'landscape' , two words, one in French, one in English, but Dutch in origin, that appeared pretty much at the same point in time to describe a format of paintings, and to an extent the contents of those works of art. The terms 'portrait' and 'paysage/landscape' still refer to formats, but many users fail to see that they are simply polysemic with the wider notion of art or of a limited view on a particular theme. The word 'paysage' is interesting to follow in dictionaries as it gradually spread across romance languages to reach

Italian and Romanian only in the 19 th century. Both words are equally of interest for their exploitations, and the fact that although etymological totally separate, the wider meanings developed on parallel lines. However, for LandLex 'paysage/ landscape' is only a point of departure, the base lexis of landscape simply takes the collocates of the word in its artistic sense to define a basic list of words to explore.

The decision taken was to explore three groups of words; landscape features, wild flowers and colours that evoke the landscape. The list was as follows:

• Five landscape features: ȃ hills, mountains, rivers, valleys and woods.

• The colours to be analysed are: ȃ black, brown, blue, green, red, white, yellow.

• Selection of plants that can be found across Europe and plants that are more specific to certain environments ȃ clover, dandelions, daisies ȃ apple, olive and orange trees These are of course the English words, when in reality LandLex seeks to have no hub language, but a network of interacting translation equivalents so that, for example, 'hill' can be translated into a variety of words and not just one in other languages so that the real picture is far more complex than this simple list. In addition, words cannot be looked at in isolation, so that the notion of 'woods' cannot be analysed without referring to coppices and forests. In terms of plants, the starting point has always been botanical Latin as this is the only means of gaining some stability when plant names can be highly confusing as different varieties are found in different climes. The naming of flowers draws heavily on dialects and folklore so that it is often far from easy to know what plant is actually referred to. Geographical variation plays an enormous role in naming plants, as will be seen in the chapter on 'daisy' (Bellis perennis L.). In diachronic terms other difficulties arise as dictionaries are more or less exact in their descriptions and etymologies can be highly disputed. 'Bellis' is a Latin word, but over time it has been used for a variety of different plants.

The restricted list is needed so as to carry out in-depth studies across a broad range of European languages and across time. The languages are those of the initial LandLex members, but as the group grows, other languages come in. Initially, thirteen languages were considered: a Romance group consisting of Catalan, Castilian, French, Galician, Italian, Romanian and Portuguese, a Slavic group with Polish and Russian, the Celtic fringe with Irish and Breton, Greek and German. This was respected in analyses, but not in the current work as not everybody has the time and the resources to do everything. For instance although we discussed Breton and Irish during work meetings, they are not represented in this work due to a number of constraints. Surprisingly perhaps, English does not get an in-depth treatment as there is no scholar of English involved as yet, and in reality the starting point was French, rather than English.

Another important factor lies in the range of dictionaries under study because we seek witness dictionaries ranging from the sixteenth to twenty-first centuries, and these are not available for all languages. Monolingual dictionaries were chosen, as they are more discursive in nature, however, bilingual dictionaries also play a role, if only because these developed in most countries before monolinguals and therefore present earliest uses of many words. Bilinguals were also the only dictionaries in many lesser-spoken languages until comparatively recently. This was the case for Estonian where bilingual German-Estonian dictionaries dominate until the twentieth century and similarly for Irish and Galician. In countries as Romania, for instance, only in the mid-nineteenth century with an increasing realisation as to the importance of lexicography to national identity did full monolingual dictionaries appear. Other languages, as French, Italian or Portuguese have a much longer lexicographical history and benefit from the rise of major national, and increasingly encyclopaedic dictionaries from the seventeenth century onwards.

Given the wide variety of situations, the LandLex solution is a pragmatic one.

Sixteenth century dictionaries are vital witnesses, but their definitions are often limited to a single synonym. It is in the seventeenth century that an enormous interest in dictionaries arose bringing about the first encyclopaedic dictionaries as that of Furetière (Furetière 1690[START_REF] Furetière | Dictionnaire universel, contenant généralement tous les mots françois tant vieux que modernes, & les termes des sciences et des arts[END_REF]. This means that in some languages we have an unbroken list from the sixteenth century onwards whereas in others the record starts more recently and largely through bilinguals. This being the case for Breton and Irish as although there is a major monolingual dictionary of Irish, it is a politically recognised language, there is still none for Breton. In choosing the dictionaries for study, LandLex seeks to concentrate when possible on scholarly dictionaries and, for comparative reasons, take one witness dictionary per century. The aim is also to complement the list of dictionaries to be found in the European Dictionary Portal 1 , one of the main deliverables from ENeL, by 1 www.dictionaryportal.eu/en/ (December 2018)

providing a Zotero database of legacy dictionaries used in the LandLex study. The difference lies in the fact that the Portal only contains fully digitalised whereas the LandLex resources are frequently in PDF at best. In order to carry rigorous analysis of dispersed data, LandLex has pioneered the use of Computer Assisted

Qualitative Data Analysis Software (CAQDAS), tools originally developed for the social sciences and little known in the humanities. During the LandLex workshop held in Waterford in June 2017, a demonstration of the Atlas ti2 system, Dr Steve Wright of Lancaster University and a leading consultant gave the software adopted by LandLex, in CAQDAS systems. In addition to CAQDAS, a limited number of entries were also encoded following the Text Encoding Initiative (TEI)3 as will be described in chapter III of this volume.

LandLex is concerned not just with a restricted lexis, but also in building methods for the exploration of legacy dictionaries and the proposing of new lexicographical models for e-dictionaries. Consequently, this volume concerns only three of the words under study: 'daisy' (Bellis perennis L.), 'hill' and the colour 'red' . These three words were the object of several meetings and a training school all of which had as their aim the construction of a model that can be applied to other words from the LandLex lexicon. This volume is thus the result not only of different strands of research coming together around a common object, but extremely integrated work with interaction between all the teams involved.

Common theme, the development of common research methods, and hence shared lexicographical resources and bibliography. LandLex is not simply a project but a research community.

The current volume

The book consists of five main sections, including this introductory section.

The second main section outlines methodological roots for the analysis of language change overtime and methods for handling this variation within dictionaries. In this section, Alina Villalva demonstrates the need to build coherent word histories rather than pure etymologies. This is one of the main strands of the European Roots dictionary prototype and takes diachronic studies from a truly European perspective. LandLex is about studying data and making the results available in a new lexicographical model. This has been done through the use of the online Dictionary Management System Lexonomy 4 . Working closely with its creator, Michal Měchura, it has been possible to adapt the tool to the data thereby making the European Roots data more widely available.

The following section concerns both methodology and its application to the word 'hill'. The underlying challenge here is to demonstrate language variation in space and time whilst developing a model that allows comparability between languages without imposing translation that would actually undermine the wealth of European language experience. By comparing languages, we also seek to isolate the base information that dictionaries should contain in order to define certain concepts whilst at the same time showing what is specific to a certain language community. Thus, the first chapter, by Geoffrey Williams, is essentially methodological in nature and introduces both the LandLex Zotero database and the use of the TEI for the experimental mark-up of dictionary entries in different languages of the project and the extraction of definitional information for the creation of a multilingual lexicographical prototype. We next have a series of case studies on 'hill' in different linguistic regions. In the first of these studies, Iris Metsmägi & Vilja Oja, look at 'hill' in Estonian dictionaries moving from strong influence of German bilingual dictionaries to contemporary monolingual dictionaries of Estonian that also describe dialectal variation. Ioana Galleron then discusses 'deal' and 'colină' as well as other words that designate the concept of 'hill' in Romanian. The following paper looks at 'colină' as a borrowed word in Romanian as well as its usage in French and Italian. An important issue raised is that of phraseology and how this colours usage of a word with purely language specific connotations. With 'Kholm, kholmik, kholmishche', Kira Kovalenko details the variations in Russian descriptions of 'hill' and its diminutives and magnifying terms whilst showing the cross influence from other languages and the witness data from German and Greek legacy dictionaries. In this study, she shows the great variety of wordings, only some of which have survived into contemporary Russian. To end this section, Esperança Cardeira, Alina Villalva & Laura do Carmo takes us beyond Europe to Brazil to show how two countries which share the same language, but on two continents, have different landscapes to describe and a partially different lexicon to do it. This makes an interesting study of how an ex-colony and its mother language can remain linguistically close, but how specificities become essential in adapting language to environment.

Section IV brings us to the second LandLex keyword, 'daisy' (Bellis perennis L.) and the problem of naming and describing flora in dictionaries. This is not just about one plant name, but the whole issue of how flora, and by extension fauna, can be given accurate definitions and descriptions in dictionaries that go beyond Samuel Johnson's highly laconic comments such as 'a spring flower' or 'a kind of plant' .

The first chapter in this section 'Semantic Motivation of Plant Names as a Part of their Etymology' , by Przemysław Dębowiak and Jadwiga Waniakowa, details factors inherent in the naming of flora. This takes us beyond the neat descriptions of botanical Latin into the variety of names that plants received in their language communities based on factors as their appearance and their real or perceived properties. The second chapter, written and compiled by Alina Villalva from contributions from the entire LandLex team is an attempt to demonstrate language variation across the European area through comparisons and analyses of how this very simple flower is named, described and portrayed in phraseology. A simple word, but an extremely complex network of cross-influences with tremendous etymological confusion and often fairly disastrous treatment in bilingual dictionaries.

The final section looks at the third word chosen for this initial study: 'red' .

After the introductory section by Alina Villalva, Vilja Oja looks at 'red' in Estonian, a language that had in the nineteenth century two clear literary varieties each with its own word for 'red' . In the chapter 'Modern Greek equivalents of 'red', Simeon Tsolakidis tackles the situation of how modern Greek has come about and how the colour words evolved from earlier varieties of the contemporary, as opposed to classical Greek. The chapter by Przemysław Dębowiak, Alina Villalva and Esperança Cardeira brings in a truly pan-European perspective with mapping interactions between two European languages separated geographically and by language group. The fact that although widely different, the search for shared Indo-European etymons brings us full circle and back to the necessity to look at European roots.

Conclusion: From old books, new dictionaries

This volume is already an achievement in terms of creating a truly pan-European community concerned with clearly demonstrating the enormous wealth of the European language heritage through interaction and variation over space and time. LandLex is not concerned with so-called major languages and lesserspoken languages, it puts all the languages of Europe on an equal footing so as to see how they have evolved and how they have interacted and continue to interact. It deals with a very small section of the lexicon, but in so doing endeavours to go into lexicographical issues in depth so as to create new and better models for dictionary analysis and new and better dictionaries. It seeks to show the importance of language variety and the importance of lexicographical tradition with the wealth of knowledge held within legacy dictionaries. Thus, the legitimate question is where we go next.

The obvious answer is that we continue to build the LandLex community, we continue to look at the other words in our restricted list so as to prepare the ground for a truly pan European vision of the lexis of the landscape. We are however more ambitious than that.

Legacy dictionaries, the works big and small that have forged the European lexicographical tradition are a source of knowledge and inspiration. From the 16 th century onwards, dictionary writers, who did not yet know they were lexicographers, and their allies the publishers and printers who helped forge these essential reference works, thought, published and innovated and thereby gave rise to the paperbased dictionaries and their digital counterparts of today. Legacy dictionaries, old books, are an enormous source of knowledge, particularly the great encyclopaedic dictionaries. Far from being restricted by a need for neutrality, the authors were free to give their opinions thereby giving fascinating insights into attitudes of the time. They contain lexical and encyclopaedic information that provide a window into the past. They contain vital information as to language change. They are a truly European heritage and must be made available for the European public, and not just as static images but as dynamic searchable resources that are open of access and not hidden behind firewalls. In showing the vitality of legacy dictionaries through deep analysis of key words, LandLex seeks to show their contemporary importance.

Old books to new dictionaries is more than only requiring that the European lexicographical heritage be made public, it is seeking inspiration. Earlier lexicographers experimented with new ways of providing information, which is why such dictionaries are far from standardised in the management of informational content. The constraint was the needs of the printer, but in the world of printing presses the publisher could experiment too. However, the act of encoding the formats and information in a computationally accessible form forces us to look anew at the data. It cannot be simply encoded using a standardising Dictionary Management System, the flexibility allows us to encode variety, but forces us to think about how to manage such disparate data, and that activity can help us

II. European Roots: outline of a project

Alina Villalva

Most Portuguese contemporary dictionaries (paper editions as well as e-dictionaries) obey conservative models that are not significantly different from those of 19 th century dictionaries. Their word lists still echo lexicographic approaches that other European languages have discarded over the 20 th century, namely accumulation and a scarce incorporation of lexicological and lexicographic research. In fact, these dictionaries tend to incorporate, as exhaustively as possible, the information made available by their predecessors, regardless of the words' effective usage. Furthermore, the usage status of words is largely overlooked.

To illustrate these issues, consider the case of abundar 'to abound' in [INFOPEDIA].

It is presented as an intransitive verb, meaning 'to exist in a more than sufficient quantity' and 'to exist in a large quantity'; and as a transitive verb, meaning 'to have something in large quantity' and 'to agree' . It is assigned to a Latin etymon, the verb abundare that, according to [Lewis & Short], meant 'to overflow' . [PRIBERAM] doesn't acknowledge the intransitivity of the verb nor the meanings associated to that valence, and neither do most speakers, but there is more. Both dictionaries register, as an autonomous entry, the verb abondar, which, in fact, has been a graphic variant with 18 registers since the 13 th century (cf. Corpus do Português): [PRIBERAM] redirects the reader to the entry abundar, but [INFOPEDIA] considers that it is a 'regionalism' , making no reference of a relationship with abundar, though it redirects the reader to another variant (i.e. bondar), marked as 'popular' . Bondar is also listed in [PRIBERAM], as a word unrelated to the previous, though the meaning is similar -in Corpus do Português, bondar has 52 registers over a period of 800 years. Finally, both dictionaries list avondar, yet another phonetic/graphic variant of abundar, which has 24 registers from the 13 th to the 16 th century, and has had none since then. This time, [INFOPEDIA] redirects to abundar, while [PRIBERAM] gives abundar as its meaning. In sum, for a single verb, i.e. abundar, we find four different entries and no systematic information on their interrelationships.

Another issue regards the frequent inconsistency of information regarding word diachrony, morphological analysis and lexical semantics. The verb enaltecer 'to praise' is presented by [INFOPEDIA] as a derivative from the adjective alto 'high' , and a loan from Spanish by [PRIBERAM]. One of these pieces of information is wrong, but the reader cannot guess which. Furthermore, [INFOPEDIA] lists as the first meaning of enaltecer 'to make high' , but none of the 94 registers in Corpus do Português authorise such a gloss. If this was the argument to present the word as a derivative, then this might be the wrong hypothesis. However, the second hypothesis may be equally inaccurate. The Portuguese enaltecer might be a loan from the Castilian enaltecer, but it may also be a derivative from the adjective alto that has undergone a semantic shift from the original physical meaning in the source language (i.e. Latin altus 'nourished, grown great, high, lofty, tall') to the more abstract meaning 'illustrious' , which is not documented before the 14 th century.

A similar parasynthetic derivation may have taken place both in Portuguese and

Castilian, just like it may be a Castilian loan in Portuguese or even the reverse. In any case, readers should know that there is a morphological relationship with the more recent meaning of the adjective alto 'illustrious' and it might also be useful to link it to the equivalent Castilian word (cf. Silvestre & Villalva (2015: 98-100).

The above examples illustrate a common practice: (i) phonetic/graphic alternates are wrongly registered as different words; (ii) morphological alternates are not marked as such; (iii) morphological and etymological information may be conflicting and inaccurate; and, (iv) undocumented word meanings are improperly presented.

The persistence of this kind of problem is certainly due to the fact that the main strategy for producing new editions or new dictionaries is of a commercial nature -a critical assessment and a lexicologically informed revision is incompatible with the need to produce new editions, whereas an increase of the entry list (by accommodating neologisms that are not so frequently found, or specialized terms randomly chosen, or the introduction of orthographic updates) are welcome pretexts.

Since monolingual dictionaries present these kinds of shortcomings, what could be expected from bilingual dictionaries? Consider the Portuguese adjective esquisito. It is an obvious cognate of the Castilian exquisito, the French exquis or the English exquisite, but the meaning in Portuguese is diverse -it has undergone a semantic shift that has turned it into a negative property instead of the positive value that it originally conveyed, and which was retained in the other languages.

[PRIBERAM]'s monolingual entry provides a series of meanings, seven in total.

The first four (i.e. delicate, very good, rare, eccentric) are wrong; only the final three relate adequately to the actual meaning (i.e. bizarre) 1 . The translations into Spanish, French and English reverse the order, but they convey the same mistake:

(1) PT esquisito -> SP 2 1. adjectivo extraño; curioso; anormal; extraña

adjectivo exquisito

PT esquisito -> FR 3 1. adjectivo bizarre; anormal; singulier; singulière 2. adjectivo exquis PT esquisito -> ENG 4

1. adjectivo strange; peculiar 2. adjectivo odd 3. adjectivo exquisite [INFOPEDIA] provides the adequate meaning first (i.e. bizarre), in the monolingual dictionary, but it then also conveys two lines of the incorrect senses (i.e. extravagant, delicate, elegant, rare) 5 . The translation into French 6 links esquisito to 'bizarre, drôle, biscornu'; into Spanish 7 'raro, extraño'; into Italian 8 'strano, curioso, strambo, stravagante, bizarro'; and to English 9 'strange, odd, funny, fussy, particular' .

The bilingual assessments look even more lucid than the monolingual account, since they generally ignore the incorrect meanings. Apparently, [INFOPEDIA] has managed to redress a long and erroneous lexicographic tradition (cf. Silvestre & Villalva 2015), which is explicitly stated in the Spanish-Portuguese dictionary (s.v. exquisito) 10 . Exquisito is assigned to 'requintado, refinado ('refined'), (comida) delicioso ('delicious (food)'), (lugar) encantador ('charming (place)'), and it also mentions that the Spanish word should not be mistaken by the Portuguese word esquisito, which, quite surprisingly, is marked as 'rare' .

Usually, users of dictionaries such as these freely available, online works have no means to evaluate their quality and they generally grant them the credit that they do not deserve of conveying the truth about words. There is an urge to review, to expunge, and to consolidate on more solid grounds, but there is no easy way to achieve it. Therefore, a list of goals and methodological choices should be taken into account by any forthcoming lexicographic project. These goals should, at least, contemplate the following issues:

ȃ dictionary entry lists must be critically selected the number of words in a language is infinite, whereas dictionaries are finite sets of words -each dictionary corresponds to a selection of words that can not be the output of random choices; ȃ entries must provide thorough lexicographic monolingual descriptions word knowledge is multidimensional -each dictionary project must decide which word features it will take into account and will systematically account for;

ȃ a lexicographic model must be able to deal with multilingual issues contrastive lexicography must rely on comparable monolingual tools.

Roots -a morphosemantic historical root dictionary prototype 11

Roots was an exploratory project that aimed to design a new lexicographic model based on the development of a morphosemantic historical root dictionary prototype. It was presented in Silvestre & Villalva (2014) and Villalva & Silvestre (2015). This dictionary sets out to be a user-friendly specialized dictionary, designed for linguists, lexicographers, translators, dictionary makers and language teachers, as well as other interested users, that should be able to consult it as a reliable source of lexical information -the necessary information and not more than that -to understand the nature of lexical items and their interactions. The following sections are devoted to the discussion of the two core decisions: the choice of roots and the choice of a historical and morphosemantic approach.

Why roots?

The uncountable set of words that form the lexicon of a language is probably made out of a relatively small and stable set of morphologically simplex roots. Yet, a list of roots or even a list of simplex words is hardly available for any language. This project has elected roots as target units for the prototype to potentiate coherence and feasibility -the list of simplex roots from Portuguese words should have a manageable size, which should facilitate the establishment of a stable methodological approach to the lexicographic description.

Defining roots as target units is, however, not enough. 'Root' is a changeable concept, requiring some further purposeful elaboration. Therefore, we decided to constrain the entry list to roots that occur in simplex words. At the initial stage of the project, we were looking for roots that could be assigned to a given word class (the word class of the simplex word where it occurred) and to a meaning.

This distinction helps to capture the contrast between vernacular and neoclassical 11 This non-funded project was hosted by CLUL (Centro de Linguística da Universidade de Lisboa). It was developed between 2011 and 2015. During this period, we organised a conference (Planning non-existent dictionaries) that took place at Faculdade de Letras da Universidade de Lisboa in 2013. A selection of papers from this conference was published in 2015 (cf. Silvestre & Villalva 2015).

lexica in Portuguese, but it also has the advantage of being able to undergo a strictly synchronic assessment:

ȃ the noun root vid -is an entry because it occurs in the simplex noun vida 'life'; ȃ the root vit -is not an entry because it does not occur in simplex words -it occurs in derivatives, such as vital 'vital' , or in compounds, such as vitamina 'vitamin' .

Another consequence of the root constraint is that roots that occur in more than one simplex word originate as many entries. Consider the case of the root sec-. It occurs in the adjective seco/a 'dry'; in the noun seca 'drought'; in the noun seco, the plural form of which (e.g. secos) can be found with the meaning 'dry provisions' in the phrase armazém de secos e molhados 'grocery'; and in the verb secar 'to dry' . Though some of these words may be related by conversion, we decided to acknowledge their roots as independent dictionary entries.

Finally, the semantics of each root also requires a note. This dictionary prototype seeks to convey the necessary information, and only the necessary information.

The adjective seco 'dry' that was mentioned above has a basic meaning which is related to the lack of water or moistness: tempo seco 'dry weather' is a weather condition in which there is no rain, pele seca 'dry skin' refers to a dehydrated skin -though the dryness of the weather and the dryness of the skin are inherently different, they both comply with the initial semantic definition. That is not the case in contexts such as ruído seco 'clicking noise' or resposta seca 'cold reply' -in these cases, since the meaning of the adjective cannot be ascertained by itself, it

will not be considered. We should, however, link these entries to the collocations where they occur, and vice-versa.

Why historical and morphosemantic?

The main goal of this prototype is to design a model for the recollection of lexicological information that may be used for the production of new dictionaries of all kinds, namely synchronic general dictionaries. Historical information will probably be irrelevant for most of these offspring projects, but it is crucial to obtain a consistent and documented semantic account, including the unveiling of likely or unlikely semantic changes.

Historical information will be collected in heritage dictionaries and historical corpora. The availability of such sources is a language-specific feature. Some languages have a wide range of early dictionaries and textual corpora, while others lack records for most of their history. Within the Roots project, the common approach requires a selection of the most representative lexicographic sources, hopefully distributed along the time line. Not all heritage dictionaries are equally interesting -some of them are mere clones of previous ones, and, they should therefore be discarded.

The selection should identify the dictionaries that represent a breakthrough for the lexicography of that language at the moment of their production. All others are irrelevant for the purposes of this project, and considering them would damage the economy of the dictionary. Historical corpora are equally important. Most

Portuguese dictionaries do not convey semantic and usage information systematically.

Sometimes, the most frequent meaning corresponds to the first meaning listed in a dictionary entry, but all the other combinations may also be found, as well as unprincipled presentation choices. The access to real usage that historical corpora make possible provides additional information on written usage along the time that may help to reveal semantic changes and meaning prevalence. Consider the case of the four Portuguese words that originate in the Latin noun macula:

(2) [INFOPEDIA] sets a synonymic link between mancha and mácula, both in the monolingual dictionary and in the Portuguese-English dictionary (i.e. 'stain' , 'spot'). However, current usage of both words is not synonymic: mancha is used to refer to a '(physical) stain' , whereas mácula refers to a 'non-physical negative spot' .

Malha is related to 'knit' , and also to 'spot' , if it relates to animal skin. Mágoa is firstly presented as a resultative of the verb magoar, and also as 'bruise' -the first part is a useless tautological definition and the second part is wrong. The actual meaning of mágoa, rightly identified in the second meaning, is 'sorrow': Early lexicographic sources reveal, as expected, that mácula has no registers before the 17 th century. [Pereira B] documents the appropriation of the Latin word by translating it into the Latin macula, which is of little help in understanding its meaning 12 , but he conveys a further Latin equivalent (i.e. labes), which, according to [Lewis & Short], is equally associated to 'stain' and to 'blemish' . Less than a century later, [Bluteau] just acknowledges the metaphoric meaning: the word is used in the moral sense, he claims, which means that only the labes (i.e. 'blemish') meaning prevailed.

Mancha, mágoa and malha are older words in the Portuguese lexicography and it is unclear why these three plausible phonetic outputs coexist. All the phonetic changes documented by these words are attested elsewhere: (i) the deletion of 12

According to [Lewis & Short], macula denoted "a spot, mark, stain", "a mesh, hole (in network)", "a spot, stain, blot, blemish, mole" and it also had a set of figurative meanings: "a blot, stain, stigma, blemish, fault, defect, disgrace". 'a lot of'). Usually, cognate words pair an old word and a neoclassical Latinism, not a neoclassical word and several old words, as it is the case here:

(

3) Lt. macula > Ptg. mancha [ˈmɐʃɐ] Lt. macula > Ptg. mágoa [ˈmaɡwɐ]
Lt. macula > Ptg. malha [ˈmaʎɐ] This plethora of cognate words can be better understood if their first attestations are taken into account. In the Portuguese dictionaries, mancha and mágoa preceded malha. Until the mid 17 th century, mancha is registered as an equivalent of the Latin macula, but no other semantic explanation is provided. [Bluteau] is less concise -the first meaning he provides is close to the meaning of the Latin etymon, and he offers a metaphorical meaning (i.e. 'dishonour'), which is explained as a 'character stain' .

Mágoa has been registered since the 16 th century and it is immediately associated to the figurative meaning that the etymon also had (i.e. 'blemish'), then to 'pain' , and afterwards to 'sorrow' (cf. [Pereira B]'s animi dolor and [Bluteau]'s dor d'alma 'pain of the soul'). The third Latin meaning (i.e. 'hole') is inherited by malha, but this word is attested by [Cardoso] only in a collocation (i.e. malha de ferro 'hook'); [Pereira B] provides four collocations that he translates into Latin words that help to elucidate their meaning -malha de ferro (hamus 'hook'), malha de rede (plaga 'hunting net'), malha do animal (macula 'animal skin spot') and saia de malha (lorica 'leather cuirass'). [Bluteau] makes things simpler by bringing back the Latin 'hole in a net' meaning, together with 'animal skin spot' . So, apparently, Portuguese found a way to disambiguate the semantics of macula: mancha has the connotative meaning, while mágoa and malha adopted two different figurative meanings.

This survey of early dictionaries is quite interesting but it still does not allow us to understand the coexistence of the three different cognates. The diachronic distribution of the word usage that a historical corpus can provide is at least equally interesting. The following results (cf. Table 3) were obtained in the [CdP]: 3 -mancha, mágoa, malha and mácula in [CdP] In Table 3, we can see that mágoa and malha are the oldest words, followed by mancha and finally by mácula. Morphologically related words may help us to find earlier attestations. In the case of mancha, neither the verb manchar 'to stain' , nor the adjective manchado 'stained' confirm it, but the verb magoar 'to hurt' has indeed very early registers. Malha has a participial adjective (i.e. malhado) that also has early registers. These figures, combined with the information conveyed by etymological dictionaries and a cross-linguistic analysis, allow us to build the hypothesis that mágoa is the Gallician-Portuguese output of the Latin macula; malha is a loan from the French output of macula (i.e. maille 13 ); and mancha may be a loan of the Castilian output of macula, since it is registered in [Nebrija]'s dictionary and the Corpus del Español shows registers since the 13 th century: In sum, the coexistence of three old phonetic outputs receives a simple explanation, once we consider historical data, but word meanings are also worth considering on a diachronic level. Mágoa has presented the same basic meaning (i.e. sorrow, pain, blemish) since the 13 th century (data from CdP):

(4) 13 th c. guardar os preçeytos de Deos ssë magoa (Vidas de Santos de um manuscrito alcobacense) 'follow God's commandments without sorrow' In sum, the information gathered in early dictionaries, historical corpora, The requirement of twenty simplex words for each word-class was tentatively stipulated, aiming to obtain an interesting cross-linguistic sample, but it was not scrupulously respected -individual word lists were not strictly formed by simplex words as they also included derivatives and complex lexicalised words in addition to some non-frequent words 16 . Finally, the major problem concerned the requirement of English glosses to inter-relate all the participating languages. In fact, the choice of an English equivalent for any given word may be less straightforward than expected.

etymological
For instance, 'happy' is the gloss for three Portuguese adjectives (i.e. alegre, contente, feliz). Conversely, the Portuguese adjective contente may be paired with two English glosses: 'glad' and 'happy' and many other glosses could be chosen (cf. 'cheerful' , 'joyful' , etc.), either considering the basic meaning of each word or collocations 17 .

English glosses should be as generic as possible -glosses are not translations, they are semantic indexes. But the choice of each gloss remains problematic.

This discussion had the merit of demonstrating that the choice of English as an interface required the inclusion of English as one of the languages, and a bilingual approach for each language with English. It also demonstrated the need to contextualise the targeted words -providing a sample sentence and its translation may be indispensible. A corollary of this discussion is related to the obvious historical/ cultural connections that the prototype should be able to incorporate in the future.

Another issue concerned the obvious need to include phonetic transcriptions for each word. Though the number of languages that make use of the Latin alphabet is higher than the number of languages that do not, the fact is that the phonetic transcription is equally useful for all languages. The correlation between sounds and graphemes is language-specific.

16

The frequency measurement could not in fact be considered because many languages lack such data. The following tables display the results of this first task based on the alphabetic ordering of the English glosses. The number in each language column corresponds to the total number of words. Semantic equivalences are established by rows. At this stage, we felt the need to review the prototype and set new guidelines.

Language independent guidelines were set as follows:

ȃ the ER prototype aims to understand and describe all mono-morphemic roots that occur in simplex words (considering their morphological structure); ȃ each root corresponds to an entry that includes all the different meanings of each simplex word headed by that root;

ȃ each meaning of each word will be documented. These quotations will be the input for a multilingual component that will allow to address cognitive and cultural issues;

ȃ complex words morphologically related to a root will be presented in a word family; ȃ derivatives and compounds will be included if and only if they help to characterise the other words, or if their time span is somehow relevant for the understanding of the general picture;

ȃ each root will receive a brief etymological explanation that should identify the immediate etymon, and go as far back as possible, in order to identify cognates in different languages and the spreading of each etymon in the European dominion.

The revision of the language-specific guidelines led to the following formulation: ȃ all the words in each root word family must be looked up in a set of monolingual lexicographic sources and corpora that cover contemporary usage and past synchronies;

ȃ the list of lexicographic sources is critically set by each group of language experts that participate in this project;

ȃ the entry list is formed by the roots of simplex words that can be found in a contemporary dictionary elected as the reference dictionary; ȃ each entry is headed by the identification of the root, the language it belongs to, and by some brief etymological information 18 ;

ȃ the description of each root will be presented in three tables:

Table 1 (sources) displays the lexicographic assessment of all the words that contain a given root, and are registered in the selected contemporary reference dictionary. These words are registered orthographically (including orthographic alternates, whenever necessary). An IPA transcription must also be provided. The list is presented in alphabetic order.

All the words are then checked:

o in the dictionaries that have been critically selected -to understand their meanings and the putative existence of any semantic shifts;

o in diachronic corpora ȃ to determine the life span of each word; 18

We will provide brief etymological information that identifies the immediate etymon and goes as far back as possible. Apart from the etymological sources available for each languages, we use [Pokorny] as authority for Indo-European.

o in contemporary corpora ȃ to confirm that they are still in usage. o the second register illustrates the terminus ad quem of the word -it must be retrieved from a contemporary corpus.

Table 3 (word family) contains a summary of the information gathered above.

The words are displayed according to their semantics and their morphological relationships. Different meanings of any given word will be registered independently (in the example below 20 , raiva 'disease' and raiva 'emotion' are two different subentries).

This table conveys the following information:

o the first column lists all the simple words that contain the root;

o the second column lists all the derivatives that are obtained directly from the root;

o the third column contains derivatives from previously derived words (and eventually further derivatives);

o the fourth column contains words that are derived from the simple words (not directly from the root);

o the fifth column presents an English gloss;

o the sixth column registers the century of the first attestation (i.e. terminus a quo);

19

The very first register may not be the most representative -it is better to choose the very best early record than a less clear absolute first attestation. It should be noted that first attestations are systematically under revision, since historical corpora are still far from comprising an extensive coverage of old written documents, and oral language is impossible to retrieve.

20 Cf. The purpose of Table 1 and Table 2 is gathering the relevant information to build Table 3, which is analytical, rather than merely documental.

Two roots were elected for testing these guidelines (namely, the equivalents for 'anger' and 'red') in three languages: German, Modern Greek 21 and Portuguese.

This stage of the prototype is documented in [START_REF] Blanck | The European Roots Dictionary Prototype. Cross-Linguistic Perspectives on the European Lexicon[END_REF].The following tables display the output of this prototype test. They present the German 22 , Modern Greek 23 and Portuguese 24 equivalents of 'anger' (i.e. Wut, θi'mos and raiva).

21

In the current stage of development of the ER project, we basically deal only with Modern Greek, the language currently prevailing in the Republic of Greece. Modern

Greek goes back to Ancient Greek, but it is a different linguistic system. Similarly, Portuguese, although it goes back to Latin, has a linguistic system that differs from that of Latin. Thus, in this chapter we will refer to Ancient Greek (as well as to Hellenistic and Medieval Greek, that is to stages of development of Greek between Ancient and Modern Greek) only when this is necessary for providing clarifications or some details useful for the understanding of the historical development of the Modern Greek words under examination.

22 The German tables were prepared by Wiebke Blanck.

23 The Greek tables were prepared by Simeon Tsolakidis. 24 The Portuguese tables were prepared by Alina Villalva and Esperança Cardeira.

These tables allow us to conclude that these three words are etymologically unrelated. Chronologically, the German word Wut (8 th -9 th century) is much older than the Portuguese raiva (14 th century) and the Modern Greek θi'mos (15 th century).

We may also observe that the German Wut has undergone no significant semantic changes throughout its existence, though the OHG etymon wuot had a different The Portuguese word inherited and still maintains the polysemy of the Latin word.

This very brief analysis illustrates the advantages of the gathering of a large quantity of information under a very synthetic presentation and the benefit of using the same methodological tools to describe different languages. c. [Steinbach] 18 th c.

[Frisch]

18 th c.

[Adelung]

18 th c. [ 1 DWB]
19 th c. [Sanders ] 19 th c. [Heyne] 19 th c.

[Paul] 20 th c.

[Trübner] 20 th c.

[WDG] 20 th c. [Duden] 21 st c. c.

Wut

[Somavera]

18 th c.

[Dimitrakos] 20 th c.

[DSMG] 20 th c. [Babiniotis] 21 st c. [DCG] 21 st c.

[CGT] 21 st c.

[TC] 21 st c.

[HNC] IPA [Cardoso] 16 th c. [Barbosa] 17 th c.

21 st c. θυµικό(ν) Ν [θimiˈko(n)] - - - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ θυµικός ADJ [θimiˈkos] - - - - ✓ ✓ ✓ - - - θυµός 1 Ν [θiˈmos] 1 ✓ - ✓ - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ θυµός 2 Ν [θiˈmos ] 2 ✓ - - - - - - ✓ - ✓ θυµός 3 Ν [θiˈmos ] 3 ✓ - - - - - - - - - θυµός 4 Ν [θiˈmos ] 4 ✓ - - - - - - ✓ - - θυµός 5 Ν [θiˈmos ] 5 ✓ - - - - - - - - - θυµωτιάρης Ν [θimoˈtçaris] - ✓ - - - - - - - - θυµώδης 1 ADJ [θiˈmoδis] 1 ✓ - - ✓ - ✓ ✓ ✓ - ✓ θυµώδης 2 ADJ [θiˈmoδis ] 2 ✓ - - - - - - - - - θυµώδης 3 ADJ [θiˈmoδis ] 3 ✓ - - - - - - - - - θύµωµα Ν [ˈθimoma] - - - - - ✓ ✓ - - - θυµωµένα ADV [θimoˈmena] ✓ - ✓ - ✓ - ✓ ✓ - ✓ θυµωµένος 1 ADJ [θimoˈmenos] 1 ✓ - ✓ ✓ ✓ - - ✓ ✓ ✓ θυµωµένος 2 ADJ [θimoˈmenos] 2 ✓ - - ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - - θυµωµένος 3 ADJ [θimoˈmenos] 3 - - - ✓ ✓ - - ✓ - ✓ θυµώνοµαι V [θiˈmonome] ✓ - - - - - - - - - θυµώνω 1 V [θiˈmono] 1 ✓ - - - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ - ✓ θυµώνω 2 V [θiˈmono] 2 ✓ - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ θυµώνω 3 V [θiˈmono] 3 - - - ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ - θυµωταριά Ν [θimotaˈrja] ✓ - - - - - - - - - θυµωτής Ν [θimoˈtis] - - ✓ - - - - - - - θυµώτρα Ν [θiˈmotra] - - ✓ - - - - - - - θυµώτρια Ν [θiˈmotria] - - ✓ - - - - - - -
[Pereira A] [Pereira B] 17 th c.

[Bluteau]

18 th c.

[Folqman] Fechei os olhos raivosamente (CRPC, 1985) raivoso1 ADJ outra moller era rraueosa et cõ a rrauea fogia como sandia porlos lugares despobrados (Miragres de Santiago, 14-15th) não sabemos exactamente quantas pessoas tiveram contacto com o cão raivoso (CRPC, 2004) raivoso2 ADJ ya rauyoso assy cõmo se fosse hun leon brauo (Cronica Troyana, 14th) Raivoso, rebuscou os bolsos e contou as moedas reunidas (CRPC, 1996) The next stage of this project corresponded to its integration in the LandLex group. This new platform offered a more principled methodology to deal with the source information. It is now obvious that the access to heritage dictionaries must be facilitated through the availability of TEI versions of a selected set of dictionaries. Since this group has brought together different research interests, we have shifted the targeted lexicon to a landscape vocabulary. Furthermore, and

given the fact that we wish to produce in-depth descriptions in as many languages as possible, we have decided to select three words, the equivalents of the English words 'daisy' , 'hill' and 'red' . These words have motivated a significant number of particular studies that are the basis for the following chapters of this book.

Finally, ENeL has also facilitated the use of a cloud-based, open-source platform for writing and publishing dictionaries called Lexonomy (www.lexonomy.

eu/). The ER prototype that is currently under development at www.lexonomy.

eu/Landlex/ will be presented in the following section.

Encoding European Roots in XML and Lexonomy 27

In this section, we will explain how we have encoded the prototype dictionary

European Roots in XML. The tool that we have used is Lexonomy (cf. Měchura 2017), a web-based software package for writing and publishing dictionaries.

We have designed an entry structure to accommodate some sample cases studied in the framework of the LandLex project. The departure point where three English words ('hill', 'daisy', 'red') and the research strategy was to identify the equivalents in other European languages. Many studies were carried out by LandLex members and some of them can be found the subsequent chapters.

The dictionary prototype that we have developed, which is available for public The ER dictionary is thus a rather unconventional dictionary, for two reasons: (1) it promotes the shared etymons to the top-most level so that these words constitute the dictionary's macrostructure instead of being embedded somewhere deep in the microstructure of each entry, and ( 2) each subentry is a kind of 'mini-dictionary' in its own right, composed of 'mini-entries' with several headwords from several languages. Because of this structure, each entry allows for a straighforward contrastive analysis of the different ways in which the root has been accomodated by a larger or narrower multitude of European languages.

Main entries

Main entries of the ER dictionary prototype are the words that correspond to the shared etymon (e.g. Sanskrit nâraṅga) of the words that belong to the contemporary lexicon of different European languages (e.g. English orange, French orange, Italian arancia, Portuguese laranja). The choice of this lexicographic design aims to demonstrate the vicinity of neighboring or more distant languages, the ways that lexical dissemination have taken and still take in Europe, and substantive evidence to approach the emergence of lexical change.

The macrostructure of the ER prototype contains one single element, named <root_dictionary>:

(8) <Landlex> <entry lxnm:entryID='X' xmlns:lxnm='http://www.lexonomy.eu/'> <root_dictionary> Then, the <root_dictionary> dominates a bundle of nine elements. The first eight elements help to describe the shared etymon word. The ninth element opens to a contemporary dictionary, which will be described in the following subsection: The information regarding the shared etymon relies basically on what can be found through the analysis based on critically selected lexicographic sources, namely etymological dictionaries, and textual corpora (along the lines described in the previous chapter). Therefore, the <root_language> element identifies the language of the shared etymon (e.g. Hellenistic Greek, Latin); the second and the third elements contain the actual shared etymon. It may be recorded just once, if its original script is the roman alphabet, or twice if the original script is not -in that case, its transliteration must also be recorded, for the sake of readability. The etymon's original script will also be provided, whenever we have access to a reliable source.

( The element <definition> is similar to the element found above, in <root_ meaning>, that is, it contains a concise semantic gloss, in English. The remaining elements are slightly distinct or completely new. In fact, each meaning must be textually documented by a dated quotation -the <example_a_quo> will illustrate the best earliest use of the given word meaning. If the word is still used, the <example_ad_quem> will not be filled. If the word became unused, the <example_ ad_quem> will be filled by the latest attestation that should also be dated. In that case, the value UNUSED, from the element <usage_label> will be selected. If the word is rarely used, but can still be found, the element < example_ad_quem> is not filled, and the value RARE, from the element <usage_label> will be selected.

( In some cases, certain meanings of the word have a dialectally specific usage.

If that is the case, the <dialect> element will be filled by one of its languagespecific specific values. INFOPEDIA] and [PRIBERAM]), and seven heritage dictionaries (i.e. [Cardoso], [Barbosa], [Pereira], [Bluteau],

[Fonseca], [Moraies] and [Figueiredo]). The last element (i.e. <other>) allows to add relevant sources of any given specific nature, if necessary.

Each headword may also have an etymological specification if there is a gap between the main entry root and the language-specific headword (usually because there is a vehicular language).

(

Word families

Under the last element of headwords (i.e. <word_family>), we will list all the complex words that are formed from the headword, by modification, derivation, compounding or conversion, and further embedded. Each of these word-formation processes heads a variable number of elements that correspond to a subclassification of the main process: dominates a bundle of elements that is partially similar to the bundle dominated by headwords. Only the last two elements differ: <borrowing> is used to signal the loan of the complex word from a different language, if that is the case; and <embedded_word>, which hosts recursive word-formation, dominates the elements <modification>, <derivation>, <compounding> and <conversion>:

Summary and outlook

In this chapter, we have presented the development of the prototype dictionary European Roots. The original design was submitted to a systematic discussion and testing, mainly in the framework of the LandLex group, and we expect to pursue the main goal of reaching an innovative pan-European lexical platform.

III. Outcomes from analytical TEI mark-up of dictionary entries

The problem of interlanguage diachronic and synchronic markup

Geoffrey Williams

In any prototypical picture of a landscape, hills are inevitably present.

Most countries possess something that can be classified as a hill, but not all have mountains. However, as hill is a fairly simple word, it is apparently easily translated using bilingual dictionaries and easily understood at a gestalt level.

This does not help us understand what the word actually means in context, how a user actually understands a word and its usages and relates it to their world knowledge and other lexical items. It above all means that speakers of other languages will fail to perceive the differences. Unfortunately, as will be seen with for example Portuguese and Romanian, even the word equivalence denoted in bilingual dictionaries can be simply wrong.

Depending on where you are in Europe, 'hill' tends to be more frequent than 'mountains'. In English, 'hill' is a more frequent word for 'mountain' simply because that are plenty of the former in Great Britain whereas mountains tend to be confined to Scotland, Wales or the north west of England in Cumbria. Following the Oxford English Dictionary (henceforth [OED 2000], the word 'hill' arises from Old English and is of Germanic origin, with a first mention circa 1000. The Germanic root is widely shared by other Northern European languages, whereas the romance languages generally take the Latin collina as a root, although the situation can be more complicated, as will be seen for Portuguese and Romanian.

For the former, the main legacy dictionary [Bluteau] gives 'colina' as synonym for the older word 'outeiro' (see Villalva et al, this volume). In Romanian, a variety of words can be found, but bilingual dictionaries tend to give either 'colină' or 'deal' as the best translations, which hides the wealth of possible wordings, and also the fact that a modern dictionary sees 'colină' as more of a hillock than a hill (see Galleron this volume). In English 'mountain' makes its appearance circa 1275 and is a borrowing from French. French obviously follows the Latin root, but has the added complication of the word 'mont' (mount), which also exists in English with a similar usage to modern French, whereas the word actually predates 'montaigne'. Thus, although 'hill' and 'colline' arise from totally different roots, there is a great deal of interaction with related words and also potentially with phraseological units give the shared word histories between the two languages.

In addition to hill and mountain, a third word must be introduced, 'hillock' , or small 'hill' . This increases the problem as although it can be translated as a small hill, 'butte' in French, it can also refer to a man-made elevation of the earth whereas hill is primarily a natural elevation. Thus, we have a continuum running from small hill to mountain, but in which the first element is essentially a diminutive of hill whereas hill is generally contrasted with mountain. We shall thus concentrate on the hill -mountain pair, but reference to the smaller unit and other related wordings will also occur.

Landscape language has a number of words where there are of necessity continua, 'hill' and 'mountain' is one, 'stream' and 'river' another. Where 'hill' stops and 'mountain' starts is largely a question of degree, and depends very much on the geographical and geological aspects of any given country. This is well expressed by the entry for 'hill' in [OED online]:

A natural elevation of the earth's surface rising more or less steeply above the level of the surrounding land. Formerly the general term, including what are now called mountains; after the introduction of the latter word, gradually restricted to heights of less elevation; but the discrimination is largely a matter of local usage, and of the more or less mountainous character of the district, heights which in one locality are called mountains being in another reckoned merely as hills. A more rounded and less rugged outline is also usually connoted by the name.

A dictionary provides information in a variety of ways, not all of which are present in any one dictionary. In the above example, we have a definition followed by encyclopaedic information, the full entry also gives an etymology and quoted sources. Other dictionaries may contain examples, made-up or authentic corpus data, idioms and collocations, a wealth of data that needs to be analysed and contrasted. The means adopted in LandLex is using XML-TEI, encoding individual entries from the LandLex database of dictionaries. Contrast is between time periods, related lexical units and languages. This means that we must not only see how 'hill' and 'mountain' are portrayed in dictionaries in different languages, but also find a means to show how the continuum works within a language and across languages. For this we shall be calling upon lexicographical prototypes [START_REF] Hanks | Do word meanings exist?[END_REF] and their adaption to multilingual contexts [START_REF] Williams | Nation and Supernation: A Tale of Three Europe[END_REF].

Thus, 'hill' is a prime case where there is a clear need not only to provide an analytical and computational framework for the study of the words, but also a practical means to display variations and make that knowledge available. This we propose to do using the European root model, described earlier in this work, and the use multilingual lexicographical prototypes. In computational terms, the data will be displayed and analysed using TEI-XML mark-up. To illustrate the use of the TEI and multilingual lexicographical prototypes, we shall look at the words 'hill' and 'mountain' in English and French, but also draw in examples from other languages.

From portal to dictionaries

The ENeL Dictionary Portal provides access to many contemporary and some legacy scholarly dictionaries for a wide number of languages. Unfortunately, very few legacy dictionaries have been digitised, and even less are available as open source, and this is what scholars, particularly those working within the paradigm of Digital Humanities, require Interfaces are only ever answering other people's questions when access to the data itself allows its enriching so as to answer new questions.

The LandLex Zotero database has allowed us to list what we consider the most appropriate legacy and contemporary dictionaries, the difficulty lies in ensuring that the entire team has access to all the data and a suitable analytical model.

Most of the data is available in PDF format, which makes Atlas ti an excellent tool for individual analysis. However, in order to go deeper into the texts and to make the comparative data available, it was decided to use TEI-XML mark-up for the words 'hill' and 'mountain'. Insofar as many of the dictionaries we shall need to look are under copyright, we only illustrate parts of an entry. The base model would be that created with ENeL Work group 2, TEI-Lex 0 1 , but with added detail added as the need arose. Each language has its own file with the different entries being encoded separately with one per period and per key word.

The best way to illustrate the mark-up procedure is to take an example, in this case 'colline' as described by Antoine Furetière in the 1690 version of his 'Dictionnaire Universel' (Furetière 1690). This is a useful starting point as

Furetière produced an encyclopaedic dictionary, generally with full definitions as opposed to the simple definition by synonym found in earlier works. He also makes extensive use of example and citation as well as giving etymologies and word histories. The first lines are references to the overall LandLex word list and also to the work from which the entry has been extracted, this is followed by the headword itself and the accompanying grammatical information. In the rare cases where grammatical information is not provided in the dictionary text, the information would still be given through descriptive XML attributes. Attributes also serve to have a standard set of word descriptions, initially in English as a hub language, but others can be added too.

We expect dictionaries to follow a relatively predictable pattern, and from the mid-nineteenth century on this has been largely the case. However, legacy dictionaries followed their own rules, for example, if Furetière provided pronunciation information, it might be with the headword, but is often more as a commentary later in the text. Insofar as the information is encoded within named elements, as <pron> for pronunciation, this is not a problem as we extract data rather than sequences of text. This holds for syntactic information, examples, etymologies, in fact all the standard pieces of information that we might find in a dictionary.

All the dictionaries used in LandLex define the word in some way, so the <def> element is used to isolate this.

<sense n=»1»><def>Petite coste élevée au dessus de la plaine. <def>

In this case a full definition is given, whereas the earlier Nicot dictionary (1604) only gives a Latin equivalent without any explanation as <sense><def>Collis</ def></sense>. In the Portuguese Bluteau dictionary (1712), a number of possible words for 'hill' are given, but 'colina' simply receives a synonym as a definition -<sense><def>Outeiro</def>. As will be seen later, this is illustrating a recent introduction with an older word. In the case of Estonian (see Metsmägi & Oja, this volume), monolingual dictionaries are recent with the dictionary record being largely limited to bilinguals with German. Thus, the entry for 'kenk' gives the German translation equivalent, Hügel, and also informs us that the word is dialectal: There are several reasons for this developed database. The obvious one is to make works available to dictionary users who want to read beyond the citation.

With hyperlinking, dictionaries could play an important educational role in giving access to texts and not simply a citation. Access also means the ability to analyse the data itself, thereby getting closer to the dictionary writer's 'corpus' , a precious tool in historical lexicography. However, in the LandLex context it above all gives greater insight into the use of a lexical item, and when translations of the works are available may be a tool in helping understanding usage in another language and culture. It is thus important to study who is quoted, and if possible why. Furetière (1690[START_REF] Furetière | Dictionnaire universel, contenant généralement tous les mots françois tant vieux que modernes, & les termes des sciences et des arts[END_REF] gives only one direct citation, from Ablancourt, and does not cite the actual work: The citation is clearly used purely to add information, in this case we learn that hills provide views and that they may be terraced, thereby adding to the previous information that they can be used for vineyards. Choice of author is governed by the usefulness of he actual wording, there is no expertise on 'hill' brought in, even this author is often quoted by Furetière and must be seeing as an essential part of his 'corpus' .

Turning to English, [START_REF] Johnson | A Dictionary of the English Language[END_REF] has recourse to five different citations:

"My sheep are thoughts, which I both guide and serve; Their pasture is fair hills of fruitless love."

Sidney.

"Jerusalem is seated on two hills, Of height unlike, and turned side to side." Fairfax.

"Three sides are sure imbar'd with crags and hills, The rest is easy, scant to rise espy'd; But mighty bulkwarks fence the plainer part: So art helps nature, nature strengtheneth art." Fairfax, "When our eye some prospect would pursue, Descending from a hill, looks round to view."

Granville.

"A hill is nothing but the nest of some metal or mineral, which, by a plastick virtue, and the efficacy of subterranean fires, converting the adjacent earths into their substance, do increase and grow." Cheyne's Phil. Princ.

All are essentially literary and reflect Johnson's library. They are mostly easily sourced, the first Sidney's The Arcadia poems, then two from Fairfax's Recovery of Jerusalem, Granville's to collections of poems published by Johnson himself, and the last being Cheyne's Philosophical Principles. This is all in line with Johnson's policy of quoting the 'best authors' , and is more about prestige than useful scientific content. Nevertheless, the first does tell us that hills are places of pasture for sheep, whilst Fairfax brings in the notion of crags. Granville informs us to the view, prospect, nicely echoing Furetière's quote from Ablancourt.

Cheyne is far from scientific in his description.

We thus have two very different approaches to quotations, but both of which could be linked to source data enriching the reader's experience, albeit through the language of the dictionary itself.

In Grimm's Wörterbuch, extensive use is made of the bible, again a reflexion of the culture in which the dictionary was created. This opens up the direct comparison using translated texts as in the following example. The Bible is a very particular case of an interpreted text, so it is hoped that literary works will give a more faithful picture.

The TEI is a very powerful means for making data available for research and consultation. Obviously, LandLex may use a wide variety of dictionaries for research purposes, but what can be made publically available is obviously limited by copyright, and for legacy dictionaries, by the time it takes to encode in TEI.

Hopefully, an increasing number of legacy dictionaries will be put online as open source as digital research means access to data so as to apply deeper levels of encoding to answer precise research questions as happens when marking up for lexicographical prototypes.

Multilingual Prototypes

It seems clear that both bilinguals and monolinguals fail us. This is partially the fault of the dictionaries themselves, but largely the fault of a strange notion that dictionaries can be purely descriptive without betraying the cultural assumptions that underlie word meaning. What we find in coding and comparing dictionary data is that there is no systematic description of a concept and the extra information that can be supplied by examples and citation is highly variable, particularly in dictionaries where citations are used for prestige content rather than to illustrate usage. Lexicographical prototypes provide a means to look at the inherent polysemy and meaning variations amongst words that are on a sense continuum.

Hanks [START_REF] Hanks | Linguistic Norms and pragmatic exploitations, or why lexicographers need prototype theory, and vice versa[END_REF][START_REF] Hanks | Do word meanings exist?[END_REF] developed lexicographical prototypes to handle polysemy as a continuum using Wittgenstein's notion of family resemblances and an open lists system. . Basically, units of meaning are displayed as a series of short propositions that are, relatively, unambiguous. He used the example of bank to show how this works, here we shall illustrate it with 'hill' and show how the propositions are then coded in TEI.

Let us go back to Furetière's definition of hill "Petite coste élevée au dessus de la plaine". This can be broken down into two short propositions "legère pente" (light slope) and "au-dessus de la plaine" (above the plain). If we then look at all the other definitions from the LandLex corpus of French dictionaries we have a whole series of propositions that describe 'colline' . If the same process is repeated for 'montagne' , we can see a list of possible descriptors for these two natural phenomena (see annexe 1). Following Hank's method, it is simply a matter of ticking the list to see where overlap occurs or where particular cases of meaning arise.

If this can be done for one language, it can be done for all. This entails translating the list thereby transforming the monolingual prototype into a multilingual one. Obviously, the subsequent list will therefore lengthen allowing national particularities to be visible, but the Wittgenstein approach allows for broad lists and our approach seeks to show what is specific to any one language or culture.

In the TEI marked-up text, we declare parts of the entry as segments, <seg> with each segment be linked to the standardised list of prototype propositions.

Thus, in (Furetière 1690), we read <sense n="1"><def><seg corresp="#light_slope">Petite coste </seg> <seg corresp=»#raised_ground»>élevée</seg><seg corresp=»#above_plain»> au dessus de la <ref corresp=»#plaine»>plaine</ref>. </seg></def>

Whereas the contemporary Dictionnaire de l'Académie Française (Académie Française 1694) reaffirms the slope, but treats 'colline' as being a small mountain rising above a plain. If we now compare with English, we can note that hills did not greater inspire Johnson (Johnson 1785) who succinctly describes 'hill' as:

<def><seg corresp="#raised_ground">An elevation of ground</seg> <seg corresp="#lower_than_mountain">less than a mountain.</seg> </def>

The current version of the OED, as shown earlier, is more detailed and does inform us that the slopes can be more or less steep, hence the more general attribute of 'sloped ground' . It also ads that the elevation is natural, an important means of distinguishing hills from man-made mounds as tumuli. The lengthy note in the OED entry brings in further information as to heights, but this seems to be specific to different language/country pairs as a contemporary

Italian dictionary (Lo Zingarelli, s. d.) shows that an actual height can be given for hill as being less than 600 metres, non supera i 600 m di altezza. With the Ordinance Survey now accepting a height of 2000 feet (609 metres), there are precious few mountains in England, and even less if we adopt the Romanian criteria. For the prototype, we could take the rounded 600-metre height, which might raise a few English hills in status, but in comparative terms exact heights can only be used in local circumstances. Few dictionaries are as specific as the Zingarelli or the Romanian Academy, which makes sense as figures are purely arbitrary and whatever is said, the Black Mountains of Wales and the Menez Du (Black mountains) of Brittany will still be mountains by name even if they do not make the height criterion as after all, until the 1920s, the British ordinance survey put the limit at only 1000 feet (304 metres).

Extracting the definitions and tagging them for prototype elements we can compare a series of languages to see variations across dictionaries, across time, and above all across languages. Thus, <def>Небольшая возвышенность, обычно округлой или овальной формы, с пологими склонами.</def> 3 can be broken down into:

3

The Russian data and is base TEI mark-up have been provided by Kira Kovalenko. See chapter 7 for her discussion of the word 'hill' in Russian.

<def><seg type="elevation" ana="#raised_ground">Небольшая возвышенность</seg>, <seg type="shape" ana="#round #oval">обычно округлой или овальной формы,</seg> <seg type="slope" ana="#light_slope">с пологими склонами.</seg></def>

The prototype is now enriched with 'shape' , something that to date other dictionaries have not mentioned (see Kovalenko, this volume). The Russian entry can now be compared to one from a German dictionary (Sanders 1860), which uses the notion of raised ground, and confirms the comparison with mountain found elsewhere, but introduces the notion of 'lower than' rather than 'small' to describe height.

<def><seg corresp="#raised_ground">erderhöhung von mäszigem umfange,</seg> <seg corresp="#lower_than_mountain">geringer als berg,</seg> Similarly, in Romanian, the noun 'deal' can be defined as lower than a mountain but higher than a hillock, which does means defining both 'mountain' and 'hillock' to get a clear picture. If we turn to Portuguese and look at Bluteau, we find 'outeiro' as:

<seg corresp="#piece_of_land">Lombo de terra,</seg> <seg corresp="#above_plain">que se levanta da <ref corresp="#planicie"> planicie</ref></seg>, & faz hum alto donde se descobre campo. </def> Whilst Grimm gives the German word 'Hügel' as:

<sense n="1"><def><seg corresp="#raised_ground">erderhöhung von mäszigem umfange,</seg> <seg corresp="#lower_than_mountain">geringer als berg,</seg></def> Insofar as 'hill' and 'mountain' are continua, dictionaries must invariably compare the two and overlap is inevitable, and this is precisely what the prototype shows. The aim is in no way to give an 'exact' translation, but to allow the non-Russian or non-German speaker, for example, to understand the gist of what the definitions in other languages as, for example, English or French. The other advantage of prototypes is their ability to evolve: they are not closed sets, but one that evolves allowing to also handle more specialised. Another advantage of this model is that there is no hub language; each language combination is equally as valid. English has only been used for convenience sake here and the identifiers will ultimately be replaced by neutral codes linked to a multilingual reference list.

So, what is a hill?

If we follow the prototype, the following table provides what may be considered the core features in four languages. None of the dictionaries consulted contain all the featured elements, but this is quite normal in Hank's lexicographical prototypes [START_REF] Hanks | Linguistic Norms and pragmatic exploitations, or why lexicographers need prototype theory, and vice versa[END_REF] as this is an open list. None of the dictionaries consulted to date actually say that this is natural raised ground, although it is an important factor that differentiates 'hill' from, for example, a slag heap, which can have the other characteristics, but is man-made in the same way as a funeral mound is not a hillock, a small hill.

Missing features can be added without endangering the notion of prototype. Some features will be central, others peripheral, but the peripheral can be specific in one language, or country, or at a period in time. For example, in Portuguese, a number of words for 'hill' can be found with 'colina' and 'morro' being recent introductions that partially supplant earlier words, but of which the former is used in European Portuguese and the latter being preferred in Brazilian Portuguese (see Villalva et al this volume).

Whilst the core elements allow us to obtain what is essentially 'hill' , but defining is not all as we may want to know how the concepts are perceived in different countries thus introducing an essential cultural element displayed over time and through language and geographical variations. In her 1941 account of pre-war Yugoslavia [START_REF] West | Black Lamb and Grey Falcon: A Journey Through Yugoslavia[END_REF], the travel writer Rebecca West insists on 'naked hills' as seen during her journey from Zagreb to the coast. This is simply because to most English people hills are green, but in Romanian, the collocation 'dealuri aride' points to barren hills. This is where encyclopaedic entries and dictionary examples come in as they are witnesses to the wider picture. For French, Furetière describes hills as being covered with vines, also true for 'deal' in Romanian, but

this not something to be found in England or Estonia. In Portuguese, [Bluteau],

says one feature of a 'hill' is that it can be tree covered. As Galleron shows for Romanian, choice of word form is also culturally important as the picture given for 'deal' is far richer than for 'colină' so that if a reader really wants to know how the landscape feature is perceived, it is to 'deal' that they must turn.

Summary and outlook

'Hill' may be a simply word, but the cross-linguistic reality is far from simple.

Not only do we have to deal with a cline between hillocks, hills and mountains, but we have enormous lexical variety across time, languages and countries. The main difficulty is in making this wealth apparent and going beyond the often incorrect simplicity of bilingual dictionaries, and even beyond the core information found in definitions to show how landscape features are actually perceived. To explore the linguistic wealth in dictionaries, a number of hurdles have to be overcome.

The first task is making the data available showing what dictionaries exist for different languages. This we tackle through the LandLex dictionary database, a tool that seeks to be complementary to the European Dictionary Portal as pointing to both digitalised and non-digitalised works. More and more legacy dictionaries are being made available in digital format, but often only as PDF,

which is why we are pioneering the use of CAQDAS as Atlas ti to explore such documents. Gradually, other dictionaries are becoming available as fully digital TEI-XML documents, and when not, we aim to provide at least a TEI version of our keywords. Use of the TEI provides an international standard that allow other researchers to extract data and thereby explore, for example definitional patterns and etymologies, the latter being key elements in the discovery of European roots and the variations that real and folk etymologies can bring in. It also allows to build on existing data so as to add finer mark-up such as what we propose with our of prototypical elements.

The multilingual lexicographical prototypes are seen as a means of making meaning patterns available, to see what is underlined in any particular dictionary, whatever the language in which it is written. This prototype model is seen as truly multilingual, there is no single hub language, the system can be entered through any of the languages described. This will not only help users access dictionaries in languages other than their own, but make comparative analyses possible. As will be seen in the following chapters, the situation in Romance languages is far from simple. Portuguese is a world language with developing differences between European and South American usage. Romanian, another romance language has influences from a variety of other languages, notably a strong Slavic influence.

Estonian lexicography has clear German influence, whereas the language itself leads to Finno-Ugric groups that wait to be explored. Our prototype model aims to help demonstrate these influences, but also to give access to the enormous wealth of information held in accompanying lexicographical input, the examples and citations. As a model, it can be easily applied and used through XML technologies, but our aim is to go beyond that so as to develop ways in which the information can be built into new electronic dictionary models in the same way as roots have been explored using the online lexonomy tool (see Villalva, in this volume). Much remains to be done, but a model has been tried and tested, and explorations of simple words as 'hill' have been undertaken, as the following chapters will clearly demonstrate.

Words denoting 'hill' in Estonian dictionaries

Iris Metsmägi & Vilja Oja 1

As described by Williams in the introductory part of this section, it depends very much on the geographical conditions of the country, how the language classifies higher places in the landscape, i.e., where a 'hill' stops and a 'mountain' starts or whether a difference is made between them at all. When discussing the words for 'hill' in Estonian, we must consider what does the relief of Estonia look like. Estonian average elevation reaches about 50 m. The highest elevations are in the hilly southeastern area. The country's highest peak, called Suur Munamägi, reaches 318 meters above sea level, but its maximum height from the foot of the hill is only 62 meters. Thus Estonia belongs to the countries that have no real mountains. Respectively, we can imagine that all Estonian words denoting higher places in the landscape referred initially to what is generally understood as a 'hill'. When it was necessary to refer to a real mountain in different geographical environment, the most common of these words (mägi) was used also for that, i.e., the meaning of this word was simply extended. This situation is very well reflected in the English-Estonian dictionary: the Estonian equivalents of the English noun hill are küngas, kink; mägi; in compounds also kuhi, hunnik (Silvet 2009: 537); the Estonian equivalent of the English mountain is only mägi (+ figurative equivalents suur hunnik, kuhi) (740). Consequently, there is no special word for 'mountain' in Estonian. The words küngas, kink and mägi are used to denote 1 Iris Metsmägi's and Vilja Oja's work has been partially supported by the European Regional Development Fund.

'hill' in modern common Estonian most often; the words põnt (~ põndak) and põnk are less known. In Estonian regional dialects there are several other words for various types of higher places, like komp, kont, mätas, rõun, süri, nukk, rünk, with various phonetic and derivational variants (some of them belong also to the standard language but their semantics is different there). These words will be left aside below, as well as some geographic terms for different types of hills, used in standard language but having no dialectal background, e.g., voor 'drumlin' (cf.

Fin. vuori 'mountain').

Before starting to describe the Estonian words for 'hill' in dictionaries, the historical background of the Estonian lexicography should be briefly introduced.

The tradition of written Estonian is relatively young compared to many other European languages. No written texts are available before the 16 th century; the first dictionaries were compiled in the 17 th century. The difference between Northand South-Estonian dialect groups is remarkable. In 17 th -18 th century they were treated as separate languages and they both had their own literary tradition.

All the 17 th -19 th century dictionaries are bilingual (German-Estonian or Estonian-German), and they were compiled by people who were not native speakers of Estonian. The beginning of the tradition of monolingual dictionaries is strongly connected with the formation of the independent Republic of Estonia in 1918 and the new role of Estonian as the official language of the state. This tradition was carried on through the years of Soviet occupation and naturally, it is continued in modern times.

Six Estonian words denoting 'hill' in historical bilingual and contemporary monolingual dictionaries, will be discussed in the present paper. These words are kink, küngas, mägi, põnt, põndak, and põnk.

kink and küngas

It is practical to treat the Estonian words kink (gen kingu) and küngas (gen künka) in the same subdivision, since they seem to belong etymologically together.

They might be regarded as phonetic variants of same stem. In Estonian dialects, more variants are recorded, like kenk, künk, köngas, kõngas (see more details below). It must be pointed out that the phonetic variability, particularly that of the quality of vowels, is at least partly irregular. (The ending -as in küngas can be added, following the pattern of other words, cf., e.g., hammas (gen hamba)

'tooth' . There are many examples about merging this component in Estonian.)

The words have etymological equivalents in the closest cognate languages, i.e., in the other Finnic languages: Livonian kē̮ nka, kīnka, kǖnka, Finnish kenkku, kenkas, kengäs, könkkä, köngäs, Karelian kenkku 'hill' (probably borrowed from Finnish) (SSA I: 343,485), and probably Izhorian künkerä 'tuft' (-rä can be regarded as suffix) (EES: 214). Like the Estonian variants, the cognate language words show phonetic irregularities. The etymological dictionaries of Estonian and Finnish have tried to overcome the problem of the unusual variation of vowels, characterizing the words as "descriptive" (see, e.g., EEW: 834, 1175EEW: 834, -1176;;SSA: 343).

This explanation cannot be considered sufficient, because the words denoting 'hill' hardly represent expressive lexis. No equivalents have been found in the other groups of the Uralic languages so far. An attempt has been made to suggest a Germanic loan source to the words (Katz 1990: 32-33) but this is rightly rejected (LÄGLOS: 81). Some other speculations about possible etymological connections of these Finnic words have been made, too (see Vaba 1995: 82;Ahlqvist 1998: 21-22). So far, it is only possible to accept that they belong to the genuine Finnic vocabulary.

A variant of the word küngas is first attested in an 18 th century Estonian-German dictionary, published as a part of Estonian Grammar by Anton Thor Helle (1732). In his dictionary, there is a compound recorded, consisting of the stems mägi, gen mäe 'mountain, hill' and künk:

mäe=künk der Hügel ['hill'] (Thor Helle 1732: 136).

The next dictionary attestation is in 1780, in August Wilhelm Hupel's Estonian-German dictionary: kenk, G. kengo, Hügel. d. (Hupel 1780: 178) künk, o, (mäe künk) der Hügel,r. (p. 193) In Hupel's dictionary, too, the phonetic shape of the words is a little bit different from that in modern Estonian. Besides the entry words and their German equivalents, some grammatical information (the genitive forms) as well as data about dialectal distribution are given (d. is for dörptsche Dialekt (Ger. Dorpat = Est. Tartu), i.e., South-Estonian dialects, r. for revalsche Dialekt (Ger. Reval = Est.

Tallinn), i.e., North-Estonian dialects). In the second, revised edition of Hupel's dictionary, a variant with different German translation is added: Est. künkas -Ger. kleiner Haufe ['small heap'] (Hupel 1818: 104).

Ferdinand Johann Wiedemann's Estonian-German dictionary (1869) is the first Estonian dictionary compiled by a linguist. The author's aim was to record the 19 th century Estonian vocabulary as completely as possible. Several entries of the dictionary can be regarded as variants of the words kink and küngas: No actual definitions are given to the words, it is only noted that they both can be used as geographic terms (label geogr.); in that case they refer to hills with different height: kink is 10-25 m high but küngas is up to 10 m. As EÕS is a normative dictionary, it is strongly focussed on grammar: the main inflectional forms are given in the case of kink (the declension of this particular word is complicated), in the case of küngas, the number after the entry word refers to the pattern word list in the appendices of the dictionary. The entries include derivatives, partly provided with brief definitions. Compared with Wiedemann's dictionary, the derivatives kinguli|ne 'hilly' , kingust|ik 'hilly landscape' , küngast|uma 'to turn out hilly' (with reflexive suffix -u-), künkali|ne 'hilly' have been added but künklane, künkline, künkrik have been omitted. In derivatives, the boundary of the last derivative suffix is marked. Also some compounds with respective initial component are presented (kinkmaa, kinkmaastik, küngasmaa ['hilly landscape' , maa 'land' , maastik 'landscape']), two of them labelled as geographic terms and probably for that reason provided with their German equivalents. The dictionary includes detailed information about the distribution of words and their variants in subdialects (historical parishes), as well as about their phonetic and grammatical variation. The most common variants are kink (kenk, kinku, kenko), köngas (köngäss, könkä, kõngas), küngas (küngäs, küngäss), and künk. The distribution of variants, according to the data of the Estonian Dialect Dictionary (EMS) and Archive of Estonian Dialects and Finno-Ugric Languages (EMSUKA), is presented in Map 1. In addition to the stem words, there are plenty of derivatives of the words The dictionary is focussed on semantics and lexical use of the words, the entries contain detailed definitions and numerous example sentences.

Haua ̮ = kalmu ̮ küngas (441)
Besides the grammatical information short definitions of the entry words are given. A new solution is that the entries include both the compounds in which the entry word is the final component, and these ones in which it is the initial component (cf., e.g., kaldakink 'shore slope' , mäekink -kingunõlv). The derivatives kingustik (336), küngastik, künklik (441) and the compound küngaslaskumine (ibid.) have the entries of their own.

Mägi

The word mägi (gen mäe) has equivalents in all Finnic languages: Finnish, Izhorian and Karelian mäki, Karelian and Vepsian mägi, Votic mätši, Livonian mä'g (pl. mägūd). The Proto-Finnic stem is reconstructed *mäki (gen *mäγen).

The stem is considered to be of Finno-Ugric origin (< Proto-Finno-Ugric *mäke), the only equivalents in more distant cognate languages are East Khanty miγ In the 18 th century, the word is attested in Anton Thor Helle's Estonian-German dictionary. Again, the German translation equivalent is Berg. In addition, some inflectional forms5 of the word mägi occur as separate entries ( The German translations of these forms indicate that the word was used to denote higher places in general sense, not only hills opposed to lowlands or swamps, but also dry land opposed to the sea. In the Estonian-German dictionary by August Wilhelm Hupel (1780), the entry mägi looks like this:

mäggi G mäe der Berg r. d. katkend mäggi ein abgefallener Berg. r. alla mägge berg ab.

d. (Hupel 1780: 212) The German equivalent is the same as in former dictionaries. The correct genitive form mäe is given, and it is claimed that the word occurs in both main dialects. The entry includes two illustrative word phrases: katkend mäggi 'steep mountain' , alla mägge 'downhill' .

There are separate entries for the same forms mäel, mäele that in the dictionary by Thor Helle, and there are entries for some postpositional phrases: Wiedemann is the first who describes the semantics of the word mägi more thoroughly. He brings out two definitions: 1) 'mountain, hill' , 2) 'higher place, land (opposed to the sea); farmhouse (opposed to cottagers' houses)' , and he illustrates these definitions with postpositional phrases (mäe all 'at the foot of the hill/mountain' , wastu mäge 'uphill' , alla mäge 'downhill' , mäe pōle 'upwards' , mäe pōl 'up'), compounds (e.g., kä̅ pa-mäed 'old hethen grave mounds' (kääbas, gen kääpa 'grave mound'), kulla-mägi 'gold mine' (kuld, gen kulla 'gold'), tulemägi 'hill, where it is said the witches were burnt earlier' (tuli, gen tule 'fire'), mäe-tuba 'upper house' (i.e., house on the hill), and example sentences. He treats the inflectional forms mäel, mäele, mäelt as adverbs and postpositions.

Besides the entry mägi, there are entries for derivatives, built on the basis of the stem forms mägi, mäe or mäge: mägi-line, mägi-ne, mäe-line, mäe-ne 'mountainous, hilly' , mägi-stik, mäge-dik, mäge-stik '(group of) mountains, hills' , mäe-kene (diminutive), mäe-mine 'upper, higher ' (pp. 645-646). Some compounds with the component mägi are presented in other entries of the dictionary, e.g., linnuse-mägi 'hill with a stronghold' (p. 556), liug-mägi, liuu-mägi 'slide, snow slope' (liug, gen liu 'slide, glide') (p. 560), tōmi-mägi 'cathedral hill' (p. 1300).

Wiedemann's treatment makes it clear that the meaning 'mountain' is only one aspect of the broad semantics of the Estonian word mägi -actually it denotes many kinds of higher places. On the ground of the data added in the second edition of Wiedemann's dictionary, we can see that the word has the meaning shade 'heap' , too: there is the compound Est. As mentioned above, the focus of this dictionary is on grammar. Terms of different fields make large part of the compounds. They are marked with special labels and provided with short definitions and/or Latin equivalents (plant and animal names). There is no reason to describe them more thoroughly here.

In the Estonian Dialect Dictionary (EMS), the entry mägi is the following: The entry starts with information about dialectal distribution of the word, and about its phonetic and grammatical variation. The word is known in all Estonian dialects and subdialects (label üld 'common'). There is no variation in nominative sg, but in genitive sg, the variants mäe and mää occur in parallel.

Some dialectal forms of oblique cases, different from the common language, are given, too. The word is defined simply as 'elevation' but the shade of meaning 'large amount, heap' is brought out as well. Figurative use (label piltl) about beneficial, firm situation is explained and illustrated with example sentences in a separate paragraph (2.).

The forms of external local cases mäel, mäele, mäelt, used in special meanings as adverbs or postpositions (similarly to Wiedemann's interpretation), are presented in separate entries in EMS.

There are three entries for each form, according to their meanings. The words mäel 1 , mäele 1 , and mäelt 1 are related to the location of the farmhouse (dwellinghouse was always built in a higher place): mäel 1 'by the farmhouse' , mäele 1 'to the farmhouse' , mäelt 1 'from the farmhouse' (EMS VI: 309). The data of dialectal distribution shows that these meanings are used mainly in the South-Estonian dialect group. The words mäel 2 , mäele 2 , and mäelt 2 are related to the (sea)shore: mäel 2 'ashore' , mäele 2 'ashore, on the shore, to the shore' , mäelt 2 'from the shore' (ibid.). These words are used in this sense in the North-Estonian dialect group, near the sea or the lakes. The words mäel 3 'up' , mäele 3 'up(wards)' , and mäelt 3

'from above' , with general adverbal meaning, are used only in the Võru dialect, spoken in the South-Eastern Estonia.

The following derivatives of the stem mägi (mäe-, mäge-, mäi-) are recorded in In the Explanatory Dictionary of Estonian (EKSS 2009), the use and semantics of the word mägi are also described thoroughly:

mägi ‹mäe, mäge 28› s. Ls. aheraine-, hiie-, hüppe-, jää-, kalju-, kantsi-, kelgu-, kiige-, kiriku-, kuppel-, kõrg-, laine-, linna-, liu-, lossi-, lume-, ohvri-, prügi-, pudru-, suusahüppe-, suusa-, tehis-, tuha-, tule-, viina-, võlla-, väljamägi. In addition to the grammatical information, there are examples about figurative use and idioms, as well as the list of compounds with the final component -mägi or initial components mäe-, mägi-in the entry. 18 compounds with the initial component mäe-and 11 with mägi-have the entries of their own (pp. 568-569).

The dictionary includes derivatives mäendus, mäestik, mägilane, mägine.

Põnt (põndak) and põnk

The origin of the words põnt (gen põnda) together with its derivative põndak (põnda-k), and põnk (gen põnga) is unknown. The etymological relationships of the words are difficult to define. It has been speculated that these two stem words might originate from the same root. According to the semantic aspect and the distribution of the dialect words (see below), it seems to be possible, but the shift k > t or t >k is not regular in Estonian. Some theories of the words' origin have been set but nothing proved acceptable (see EEW 2286EEW -2287;;EES 400).

The words do not occur in dictionaries before the 19 th century. In the first edition of Wiedemann's dictionary, there is the word põnk only:

põnk G. põnga Hügel, Erdhaufen, Erdklumpen. (Wiedemann 1869: 955) The German definition says that põnk is 'hill, heap of earth, lump of soil' .

Also, an obvious derivative Est. põnklik -Ger. klumpig, klössig ['lumpy, cloddy'] is recorded, with adjective suffix -lik (ibid.).

In the second edition of the dictionary (published in 1893), the word põnt and its obvious derivatives põnder, põndrik have been added: põnt G. põnda (S) trockene, höhere Stelle auf Wiesen. [START_REF] Wiedemann | Eesti-saksa sõnaraamat[END_REF](Wiedemann (1893)): 866)

põnder G. põńdri (põńdrik) 1) [...] 2) fig. Knollen, Erhöhung. põńdrik G. põńdriku (NW) = põnder (p. 865)
The word põnt is defined as 'dry, high place in the meadow' , the derivatives põnder, põndrik are both explained as 'knob, elevation' . To the word põnk, Ger.

definition Knoten im Garn (beim Spinnen) [ 'knot in yarn (by spinning)'] is added (p. 866).

In EÕS, the entries põnk and põnt are the following: The word põnk is briefly defined as 'hill; burl, knotty part in yarn' . German equivalents are given to the word in the sense of scientific terms: it is 'elevation' in geography but apparently 'condylus' in anatomy. The definition of the word põnt says that it is 'high dry place in the field or in the meadow' . Again, the entry includes thorough grammatical information, derivatives (põnga-line 'lumpy' , põnk-jas id., etc.) and compounds (põngapealne, põndapealne 'higher place, top of hillock' (pealne 'top, upside'), etc.). It is worth of mentioning that the derivative põndak (with noun suffix -k), defined as 'small põnt' , occurs in this dictionary first time.

The normative dictionary ÕS 1976 has the entries põndak, põnk, and põnt: Although words are usually not defined in this dictionary, these entries have short definitions. The meaning of the noun põndak is 'small hill, high dry place in the meadow or in the field' , põnk and põnt are its synonyms but additionally, the latter has a special meaning in anatomy (cf. EÕS, where the word põnk was an anatomic term). The derivative põndaku-line ['hilly; tufty, bumpy'] of the word põndak is given. The only compounds are põndapealis 'epicondylus' (pealis 'top part') and põndapealne (see above).

The last entry word of the published volumes of the Estonian Dialect Dictionary is nälpsama, thus no data are available about the words põnt and põnk yet. Brief data about their dialectal distribution and phonetic variability can be found in the Concise Dialect Dictionary (VMS). Dialectal derivatives, too, can be found there. In general, this dictionary does not include compounds.

The word põnk has variants põnks, põnksik, and synonymous derivatives põngas ).

In the last normative dictionary ÕS 2013, the word põnk has been omitted.

We can conclude that this word is hardly used in modern common Estonian.

Compared to ÕS 1976, the data is organised in slightly different way but there are no remarkable changes in the data itself:

p`õnt <22u: põnda, p`õnta> põndak; anat luu otsa paksend. Põnda ̮ pealne heinamaa.

Põnda ̮ pealis anat (ÕS 2013: 737) põndak <2: -u> väike küngas, kõrge kuiv koht aasal v põllul. Liiva ̮ põndak (p. 736)

Summary and outlook

The dictionary recordings allow to give a look at the history of the use and semantics of the Estonian words denoting 'hill'. From the six words, analysed in the present paper (küngas, kink, mägi, põnt, põndak, põnk), only the word mägi is attested in each dictionary since the 17 th century. Variants of the words küngas ~ kink have been recorded since the 18 th century. The words põnt, põndak, põnk occur in dictionaries only since the second half of the 19 th century. One must take into consideration that the chronology of dictionary recordings of these particular words indicates rather to their frequency (i.e., how common they have been), than to their age. Likely, it must be mentioned that first at all, the older dictionaries include the vocabulary of Christian texts.

The word mägi has been the most common Estonian word for any higher place in the landscape, used not only for the "real" hills but, for example, also for dry land opposed to the sea. It may denote also 'heap, accumulation' . In some dialects, forms of this word may denote the direction 'up' . The use of the same word in the meaning 'mountain' obviously started in literary Estonian, in connexion with translating the Bible. In modern Estonian, the word mägi is used for both hills and mountains (difference is made only in the scientific terminology, e.g., in geography). The vast field of semantics is proved by the large number of compounds, built by the means of different forms of the word.

The words küngas and kink are commonly used for 'hill' in Estonian, too.

Their semantics is narrower than that of the word mägi. Besides the meaning 'hill' , they (especially küngas) may denote 'heap of earth, stones etc.' (but never 'mountain').

The use of the words põnt and põndak is more restricted. They seem to denote a special type of hills, first of all, dry hillocks in the fields etc. The word põnk, having the same meaning, is hardly used in Modern Estonian any more.

Words denoting 'hill' in Romanian dictionaries

Ioana Galleron

French-Romanian bilingual dictionaries recommend translating colline in Romanian indifferently as deal, colină [Gorunescu, 2002], sometimes as colnic [Haneş, 1981]; Google Translate is more restrictive, since it gives only deal. The results are the same when looking at translations from Romanian deal in French, constantly rendered by colline in the consulted dictionaries. On the contrary, many more equivalents can be found when looking at how to translate the English word 'hill' in Romanian (deal, deluşor, munte, colină, înălțime, muşuroi, grind, morman, măgură, colnic, grădişte, muncel, movilă), with the following basic definitions On the other hand, the same dictionaries suggest translating deal as hill, mount, eminence, height, down, elevation, ascent and even vineyard.

Obviously, the existence in Romanian of a word phonetically close to the French one obliterates for the authors of French-Romanian dictionaries the differences in the perception of the geographical realities, at least as reflected in the use of the two main words for designating hills in Romanian, deal and colină. At the same time, in spite of the more numerous possible translations from Romanian to English (and vice-versa), some of the senses of deal are lost 123 in the proposed translations. While these are not wrong as such, they present the drawback of concentrating almost exclusively on deal as a landform, leaving aside other elements of representation of a Romanian hill, some of them very specific to this language, build from a Slavic hybridization of Latin.

In order to give an as accurate idea as possible of the particularities of Romanian hills, this paper will start with a more detail investigation of the definition of deal in various Romanian dictionaries. After summarizing the initial findings, it will turn shortly to the analysis of colline and collina in some French and Italian dictionaries, so as to underline the differences, both with deal and with colină.

In the third, much shorter, part, it will get back to the above-quoted variety of Romanian words apt to designate (some sort of) hills, in order to observe their etymologies and semantics; on this basis, it will try to provide an explanation of the differences between the Romanian and the other two Romance languages, briefly explored in the second part.

Deal in Romanian dictionaries

Almost all definitions of 'hill' in Romanian dictionaries are organised in two parts, the first one explaining the word as designating a landform, the second one giving an agricultural signification.

To start with this second, the most straightforward (the facts will appear more complicated when looking at etymologies), deal means either vineyard (vie, podgorie), or cultivated field (ogor, teren arabil). Only [Săineanu, 1929] 424", quoted in [DLRLC, 1955424", quoted in [DLRLC, -1957]]; "Beyond the fence, in all directions, round hills, with coppices"), or with poor lands (dealuri aride, barren hills, is a frequent collocation). One can also note that the plural seems to be used rather when hills are uncultivated, while the singular will preferably designate a hill covered in vineyards or crops. Interestingly enough, Romanian does not seem to associate hills with orchards.

The first part of the definition poses an interesting problem of representation of this landform. Half of the sources try to provide precise measures, but none gives the same figures, and the height attributed to hills tends to increase over time. In 1929, a hill was "a land elevation under 300 meters" [Săineanu, 1929]; in 1993, it became "a positive landform, with an absolute height conventionally fixed between cca. 200 and 800 m, with slopes dominating the surrounding valleys" [DE, 1993[DE, -2009]]. In 2009, hills can go up to 1000 meters: "positive landform not too high (under 1000m)" [DEX, 2009].

The other sources remain vague with regards to the height, preferring to provide relative points of comparison:

deál (ea dift.) n., pl. dealurĭ (vsl. dĕlŭ, parte pre-dĕlŭ, hotar [de aicĭ Predeal]. V. deiniță).

Măgură, colnic, înălţime de pămînt mai mică decît muntele.

(hill (diphtong ea), neutral noun, pl. dealuri, (from the slavic dĕlŭ, prefixed by pre-means "border" [hence, Predeal]. See deiniță). Hillock, glade, elevation of the earth lower than a mountain.) [Scriban, 1939] DEAL, dealuri, s. n. 1. Formă de relief mai mică decît muntele dar mai mare decît movila.

(DEAL, dealuri, neutral noun. 1. Landform lower than a mountain but higher than a mound.) [DLRLC, 1955[DLRLC, -1957] ] DEAL, dealuri, s. n. 1. Formă de relief pozitivă care se prezintă ca o ridicătură a scoarţei pământului mai mică decât muntele, dar mai mare decât colina.

(DEAL, dealuri, neutral noun. 1. Positive landform with the aspect of a swell of the earth crust, lower than a mountain, but higher than a hillock.) [DEX, 1998] Another type of definition concentrates solely on the form of the hill (already mentioned in one of the quotations above: "a swell of the earth crust"), and provides no information about the height, be it absolute or relative:

deal (deáluri), s. n. -1.
Colină, formă de vîrf ca o ridicătură de pămînt.

(deal, (dealuri), neutral noun. -1. Hillock, landform with a peak, like an elevation of the earth.) [DER, 1958[DER, -1966] ] 2

All these definitions repose on a system of contrasts, between "positive" and "negative" oscillations of the earth crust on the one hand ("positive" and "negative" being mathematically defined 3 with regards to a very vague axis zero, formed by the flat land), and between "positive" oscillations themselves, on the other hand.

'Hill' is defined in opposition with 'valley' , as clearly shown by a definition from a 19 th century dictionary. The authors of this dictionary are more preoccupied with the origin of the word, than with its definition, and therefore the larger part of the entry is dedicated to various suppositions as about the etymology of deal. However, their text ends with the observation that "the form as well as the meaning [of the word] seem to hide the contrary of valley" [Laurian and al., 1871].

In parallel, 'hill' is defined by contrast with 'mound' and a similarity with 'mountain'. It is worthwhile noting the dissymmetry between the two comparants of 'hill': a hill can be a mountain, but all definitions insist on the fact that it cannot be a mound. The similarity between 'hill' and 'mountain' can be also observed through the substitution test, which works in many contexts, including for a folk saying such as "deal cu deal se întîlneşte, dar'mite om cu om 4 ": the same saying exists in the form "munte cu munte se întîlneşte". Also, mountains are opposed to valleys in certain sayings, confirming the similarity with hills: "Prin munți şi prin văi = peste tot, pretutindeni, pe tot întinsul." ("through mountains and valleys = everywhere", [DEX, 1975] 2 Same description in [START_REF] Nodex | Noul dictionar explicativ al limbii române[END_REF]: "a land elevation lower than a mountain, with a height between 200 and 800 meters".

3

The same dictionary is one of the few to provide the derivate deluros (literally, hilly)

for which it gives as an equivalent uneven (accidentat). A hill, in this dictionary, is an irregularity of the earth, an accident on an even surface.

4

Literally, "a hill can meet another hill"; the expression is meant to say that the most unexpected encounters between people are not out of the realm of possibilities, since landforms as hills can meet.

Lastly, a series of elements define 'hill' by contrast with 'mountains'. Beyond the height, mountains are defined by their composition: "MUNTE, munți, s. m.

1. Ridicatură a scoarței pămîntului mai mare decît dealul, de obicei stîncoasă şi depăşind înălțimea de 800 de metri." ("elevation of land higher than a hill, usually made of rocks, and above 800 meters", [DEX 1975], my underlinings). Also, they are considered a more complex landform: "munte, s.m. [lat. mons, -tem] 1. Forma complexă de relief, cu înălţimi care depăşesc în general 800 m." [START_REF] Breban | Mic dicționar al limbii române[END_REF].

Descriptive vocabularies differ also to a certain extent: if both mountains and hills can have coamă (crest), hills seem to be the only one to have lips (buză), while mountains can have foreheads (frunte).

More importantly, deal in Romanian figures in a series of phrases used to give directions, a function nor munte or colină can assume. Certain phrases built around deal seem non-compositional: "a merge la deal" ("going to the hill") does not necessarily mean going towards a hill; peasants may use it for "going to the fields", "heading for work towards cultivated lands". In other cases, deal indicates a direction of movement: "hai la deal" ("let's go upward") means going towards a point situated in front of the speaker, sometimes (but not necessarily) situated on a slope. By opposition, "hai la munte" or "hai la colină" can only mean moving towards a mountain or a hillock. Also, "la deal de" ("uphill from", if one may say) designates a location beyond a village, town, place, as seen from the point of view of an approaching traveller. This aptitude to figure a direction is also to be found in metaphorical phrases where "deal" is combined with its antonym "vale" (valley), such as "Hill" and "valley" are, in such phrases, very similar to "up" and "down", "left and right", or "forward", "backward".

Last, deal can convey the idea of a border, a milestone; in this respect, deal is close to munte, often seen as a frontier, the limit of the known world. This is the case in a toponym such as Predeal, quoted in one of the definitions above.

Another dictionary mentions the saying "grăieşte cam peste deal" ("one speaks a bit over the hill", DLR, 2006), meaning "someone is a bit strange", "speaks in a curious way". In a similar order of ideas, a hill is also often assimilated to an obstacle ("Este-un deal mare-ntre noi", "there is a hill between us", [DLR 2006]), calling for being "flattened" or somehow annihilated in order to achieve something. What exists over the hill appears in both cases as a new world, as another country, with different customs, very much like the land that is to be found "peste munți" ("on the other side of the mountains").

To sum up, a Romanian hill is: ȃ a swell of the earth crust, of different heights, higher than a hillock but smaller than a mountain; ȃ a direction; ȃ a frontier; ȃ a cultivated land (either with vineyards or cereals).

Deal, colline, collina

To what extent are these senses to be found in other Romance languages?

French dictionaries give the following definitions (selection): Moreover, the definitions of colină in Romanian are quite far from those of the two kin words in French and Italian, in spite of their common etymological root: 5

Five citations from various authors follow this enumeration of senses and synonyms, and are not given here.

COLINA, coline: s. f. Formă de relief mai mică decît dealul; colnic, deluşor -Din fr. colline.

[ DEX, 1975] ("Landform smaller than a hill; hillock, small hill -From fr. colline")

Colină, coline f. Formă de relief mai mică decît dealul (şi lipsită de zone abrupte). [Din fr. colline.] [Săineanu, 1998] ("Landform small than a hill (and without steep slopes).") colină 9 [Gorunescu, 2002] suggests the restriction in use when she talks about the « summit of a hill », since only deal is suggested in this case.

'mountain' , as well as to the idea of a certain effort to be accomplished (either for walking in hills direction, or for crossing the border), as indicated in the first part.

It is worth noting that bilingual French-Romanian dictionaries are not the only ones to lack, or at least to underestimate, this specialisation: English equivalents mentioned in introduction do not underline it in a clearer way. A link between the Romanian language and culture and the Latin world is thus manifested, translating something from the personal positioning and ideas of the authors of the dictionaries, and relating, more generally, to the Romanian aspiration to be fully accepted as descendants of Rome; in Romanian school books, the country is often presented as "an island of Latinity in a sea of Slavic". The Latin, or rather Romanic, origin of colină, as opposed to the Slavic origin of deal, may explain for the push the word receives in such dictionaries, where it becomes a universal equivalent of deal, in spite of a more restricted use in Romanian 10 .

10

Similarly, one may note that the word colină, rather than deal, will be used when characterising the geographical position of a town: Iaşi, in Romania, is "oraşul celor şapte coline", in a clear parallel with Rome. However, colină remains specialised for a small elevation of earth even in such cases: the Transylvanian town of Cluj is associated with "dealul Feleacului", certainly more steep than the 'collines' of Iaşi.

Dîmb, colină, deal

As suggested in the previous section, if a deal is not a colină, and even less a colline or collina, this may be related to its Slavic origin. However, the relation is not self evident and raises several interesting questions. Whether considering the hills as cultivated or uncultivated land, it cannot be said that the forms and the semantics of Romanian words referring to hills are a simple transposition from Slavic languages.

The first oddity is the form of the word deal itself, and more generally the lack of a clear pattern for the origin of landform terms in Romanian. While the language has borrowed colnic from the Slavic холм (kholm [xoɫm]), this widespread term is much less used than deal or the more recent colină, whose success may, however, come from the phonetic proximity with the older colnic.

Why the old Slavic дѣль (del) 11 has been preferred to the detriment of 'kholm'?

Why does it have the largest distribution on the territory, as well as the higher use frequency? This large distribution is all the more surprising as it contrasts with the fortune of words grind and grădişte, also borrowed from Slavic, but which are much less known and used.

While looking towards Slavic language for hills, Romanian borrows munte, muncel from the Latin mons, montis. Was there a time when the tripartite system (high, middle and low ground elevations) was based on the semantic differences between munte, grui (another word for hill, from the Latin grunium) and muşuroi ('mound' , from the Latin mus araneus)? Did deal come after grui and rendered this word quite obsolete, before being itself challenged, to a certain extent, by the Romanic colină?

To complete the picture, it is worth observing that măgură, mentioned in the introduction as an isolated hill, is close to the Albanese magullë; dîmb comes from the Hungarian domb, while the etymology of morman (great pile of different objects, but also elevation of land) is unclear. To the contact of various populations 11

Cf.

[DER] ; Mihăilă, 1974. and cultures, Romanians seem to have borrowed an intricate patchwork of words and representations for landform designation.

On the semantic side, the association of deal with forests, trees, or bare land is on the Slavic side, and seems to come from the Polish view of the mountains (gora), or small mountains, hills (gorka). But while Polish uses gorka, as Russian, to designate "a pile of things" (as in the French "montagne de…"), Romanian does not use deal in such a setting, and specialises the unclearly originated morman for conveying such a sense: un morman de lucruri 12 . Last, but not least, while colnic designates a smaller hill, it can also mean a road through the forests, or even a clear space in the middle of the forest -in other words, a deforested part of a hill:

Summary and outlook

To the knowledge of the author of these lines, there is no equivalent for such an evolution in the other Romance languages, and probably not in other languages either -another indication that one should be careful when looking for equivalents of the Romanian deal.

If some people's hills may be other people's mountains, and vice-versa, the problem posed by the Romanian hills is that these landforms are not collines/ colline, and nor exactly kholms. Differences of height and form are to be found when comparing deal with colline; differences of aspect when looking at kholms (or even gorka), since deal can be cultivated. The question remains, however, as to what extent these semantic nuances are to be found in the day to day speech of Romanians, calling for a corpus linguistics approach that is not in the brief of this chapter.

Words denoting 'hill' in Russian dictionaries

Kira Kovalenko

In order to explore Russian equivalents to 'hill', the most prominent dictionaries of the general Russian language were consulted, both bilingual and monolingual ones. The bilingual ones only included English-Russian as English was the starting point for the investigation of landscape words. After having consulted English-Russian dictionaries, it can be oberved that they give several equivalents corresponding to the English word 'hill': холм [Apresyan, Mednikova; Muller; CD],

пригорок [Apresyan, Mednikova], возвышенность [Apresyan, Mednikova; Muller],

возвышение [Muller]. In the online search system ABBYY Lingvo Live 1 , the same equivalents are given. The same is true for the online resource Reverso Context

2
where холм is the predominant equivalent for 'hill'. Considering all sources, холм 3

is the predominant equivalent and the only one that can be found in all sources.

It can be observed that the concept of what a 'hill' is, differs greatly in Russian dictionaries, depending on the lemma, but also on said dictionaries:

Возвышенность and возвышение 'elevation' are more general words denoting an area of high ground, but terminologically, возвышенность 'elevation' has a height of more than 200 m [BED 1991: 235], whereas холм -the predominant lemma denoting 'hill' -is up to 200 m in height [Barkov 1954: 278, BED 1991: 1460]. Возвышение is a close synonym of возвышенность, but it is not used 1 www.lingvolive.com (December 2018). as a geographical term and has a broader meaning in general. Speaking of the predominant lemma, it has пригорок as one of its synonyms, which is not used terminologically and usually translates as 'hillock'.

The Dictionary of the Russian synonyms regards возвышенность, возвышение and пригорок as words semantically close to холм. Besides these, the entry contains бугор, нагорье, пригорок, увал, взгорье (colloquial), взгорок (colloquial), угор (vernacular), and взлобок (vernacular) [Aleksandrova 2001: 59], but not all of these are full synonyms for холм. For example, нагорье is translated as a tableland, plateau, upland region (ABBYY Lingvo Live). Others are translated as hillock 'small hill'4 . Nevertheless, we decided to include words equivalent to hillock as we have no idea of the lowest height of a hill, while 'small hill' still embodies the idea of 'naturally raised area of land, not as high or craggy as a mountain'5 .

That is a reason why all diminutive forms will be represented in the research, and also горка (diminutive of гора 'mountain'), which is usually translated as 'hill, hillock' (ABBYY Lingvo Live). Besides, it must be taken into consideration that diminutive forms in Russian not only express the idea of smallness of quantity or size, but emotional-expressive nuances as well: tenderness, disparagement, irony, condescension and familiarity [Bratus 1969: 2-3]. They should thus be considered as equal to other lemmas in terms of meaning, even though the form suggests a subordination to another lemma.

Russian words denoting 'hill': etymology, meaning, and derivatives

Returning to our predominant form for 'hill ', холм [xoɫm] is 'a small elevation, usually of round or oval form, with gentle slopes' according to the Academic Dictionary of the Russian Language [BAS 17: 332] The spelling of the word reflects so-called "secondary pleophony" (see details in [Bethin 1998: 77]).

12 Manuscript of the Russian National Library, M.P. Pogodin's collection, № 1642 (1630s), 80r.

13 en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kholm,_Kholmsky_District,_Novgorod_Oblast / (December 2018).

[ SAR 1,part 2: 234]. But even though the second meaning (in a broader sense)

was given in the dictionary of 1847 as well ('a pile in the shape of pyramid or prism' [Sl.1847 1: 86]), which testifies to its having existed in the language for quite a long period of time, the meaning did not survive.

According to Dahl's dictionary, бугор, apart from 'hillock' , denotes 'a hill made by moles, marmots, etc.' [1: 119]. The word has preserved this meaning up to the present. Later, some other shades of meaning were developed, such as 'small elevation on the earth, stones or sand' , 'grave' , and 'wave on the water'

[ ].

In the last edition of BAS, бугор also denotes 'border' , when it is used in collocations за бугром 'over the hill' , из-за бугра 'from over the hill' and so on (the meaning has the label 'vernacular') [BAS3 2: 229]. Another meaning which had not been registered before is 'elevation on something (referring to people or animals)' . It could have been borrowed from the diminutive form бугорок. As can be observed, diminutive suffixes are very often involved in word formation in the Russian language. Therefore, a word denoting a bigger elevation 14

Derivatives of бугор

The data is taken from the electronic resource "The Lexicographer Library" -local text archive stored in the Institute for Linguistic Studies, Russian Academy of Sciences (compiler A.A. Burykin).

on the earth -e.g. гора 'mountain' -may describe a different concept, but its diminutives can form words that carry meaning that equate to 'hill' .

The diminutive of гора, го'рка [ˈɡorkə], has quite a vague meaning, as it can denote 'small mountain' , 'hill' , and also 'pile' , 'small cupboard' , 'a slide for children' , 'ice-hill' , 'an aerobatic maneuver "45° up line"' and 'a sort of a card game' . Some of them were registered in the 19 th century in Dahl's dictionary [1: 332]. 15 The word горка has existed since the Old Russian language period: the oldest form appeared in Flavius's "The Jewish War", which was translated into

Church Slavonic in the 11 th century and is known in copies of the 16 th century . In the singular and especially in the plural form, the word has often been used as a geographical name since the 16 th century The word is also used in the collocation Красная горка, literally 'Red hillock' . The latter was a folk feast of the coming spring, the time of weddings and festivals with singing and dancing [Nekrylova 2007: 694-696]. Dahl explains it as 'Tuesday on the second week after Easter' , but this must be a regional meaning. In BAS Красная горка is 'the next week after the Easter Week' . Such an explanation could have appeared because of the word неделя, which means 'week' in Russian and 'Sunday' in Church Slavonic. In the last edition of BAS we can find the correct widespread (not regional) meaning 'first Sunday after Easter -Old Russian folk feast in spring. With the spread of Christianity, it was timed to the first Sunday after Easter (Thomas's day)' [BAS3 8: 592]. The word is also used in the proverb Уходили (укатали) Сивку крутые горки, where it is applied to a person who has lost his strength struggling against life's difficulties and obstacles [BAS 3: 264]. A possible English equivalent is the old gray mare ain't what she used to be.

now obsolete пригоръ , which is a diminutive from пригорок is пригорочек [prʲɪˈɡorət͡ ɕɪk] (registered since 1847 [3: 461]), vernacular morphological variant -пригорье [prʲɪˈɡorʲje] [BAS 11: 431]. [SRNG 46: 157]. In the literary Russian language it means not exactly 'hill', but 'stretched in length, elevation with gentle slopes' [BAS 16: 97]. Взло'бок [ˈvzɫobək] 'elevation, small hill' , which has been known since the 17 th century and given in the dictionaries of the 20 th century as vernacular [BAS 2: 309;Aleksandrova 2001: 59], is said to have come out of the literary language nowadays and became a dialect word -at least it was given this label in the last Academic dictionary [BAS3 2: 522]. Other dialect equivalents, which are quite numerous, can be found in the Dictionary of Russian Dialects [SRNG] and in the articles describing dialect data, for example [START_REF] Lekareva | Vocabulary of high areas of relief in the areal aspect (based on Pskov dialects)[END_REF]].

Взгорок
To sum up, the words denoting 'hill' seem a rather stable semantic group of words. Nevertheless, it has been made clear that the semantics in some cases varies to a great extent, ranging from 'elevation' (which can be many things, amongst others a wave) to 'hill'. The most commonly used word is холм; another one -бугор -means 'small hill, hillock' . During the history of the Russian language, they have developed a lot of diminutive and magnifying forms, but only some of them have remained in modern Russian. Derivatives from the word гора, such as горка, пригорок, взгорье and угор, are more rarely used. Some of them are vernacular or dialectal.

TEI mark up of the Academic dictionary entry холм

TEI mark up for the Academic dictionary entry холм Translation is a peculiar and complex domain of language contact. Peculiar, because the semantic sameness of the two linguistic inputs (source language and target language) is a mandatory requirement; and complex, because reaching that sameness is a goal that may be defied by both linguistic and non-linguistic complex circumstances. Though we are well aware that word equivalences are perhaps a minor part of this demanding task, we also know that they occupy a focal point as tools par excellence in any translation exercise, and bilingual dictionaries are crucial for that purpose. However, and quoting Verdelho & Silvestre, eds (2011: 5, 6), though "bilingual dictionaries are a privileged source for the study of language and culture", they are "generally considered as ancillary lexicography" (our translation). Yet they have had an undeniably important role in historical lexicography.

In this chapter, we will ultimately argue (i) that the quality of bilingual dictionaries hinges on the quality of monolingual dictionaries; (ii) that monolingual and bilingual dictionaries must be able to dialogue, which will benefit them both;

(iii) that they both must learn from the past, namely from the lexicographic heritage, and historical usage; and (iv) that they should pay attention to contemporary use, documented by contemporary corpora.

Hereafter, we will present a survey of bilingual dictionaries pairing English and Portuguese since their inaugural titles, in the 18 th century. Then we will discuss a case study based on the Portuguese equivalents for the English word 'hill', which enabled us to observe that:

(i) the Portuguese list of equivalents has changed over time;

(ii) some of these changes are related to external factors that may have influenced the selection of one lexical item over another.

(iii) some equivalents (e.g. colina and morro) have been recently introduced;

(iv) these novel equivalents may be specific to only one language variety (e.g. morro in Brazilian Portuguese, colina in European Portuguese)

Subsequently, we will look at each of the most frequently used Portuguese equivalents for hill, namely encosta, outeiro, monte, colina and morro. And finally,

we will talk about the consequences of the existing gap between dictionaries and usage.

Portuguese bilingual dictionaries

Verdelho & Silvestre, eds ( 2011) is a landmark for the study of Portuguese bilingual lexicography. It has had the enormous merit of proving the relevance of the study of these dictionaries, but, more than that, it demonstrates that the practice of bilingual lexicography has a direct bearing on the lexicon of both languages involved. In this chapter, our attention is mostly focused on Portuguese and its relationship with English.

Portuguese modern bilingual lexicography emerged in the mid 18 th century, roughly two hundred years after the beginning of the production of dictionaries for Portuguese, though by then, following [Nebrija]'s and [Calepino]'s models, Latin was an important descriptive tool for monolingual dictionaries.

The main target languages for bilinguals were French, English and Italian, which mirrors the speaker's main intercommunicative needs, within and outside English has also received some attention.

English -Portuguese dictionaries

The survey of the history of English-Portuguese dictionaries presented below is largely indebted to Verdelho's (2011) diachronic survey. As far as we know, the first item in this list was published in London, in 1701 1 . This is a quasi-anonymous dictionary (the author is A.J.) 2 , called A Compleat Account of the Portugueze Language. Though it was not an editorial success, [START_REF] Transtagano | A Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English and English and Portuguese[END_REF]], the author of the first popular bilingual dictionary pairing Portuguese and English, published some seventy years later, in 1773, acknowledged this dictionary. [START_REF] Transtagano | A Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English and English and Portuguese[END_REF]] also thoroughly used [Bluteau]'s Vocabulário, published roughly half a century before, and mentions his predecessor by confiding "I say with truth, that it [meaning A.

J. (1701)] has not been to me of the smallest use".

[Vieyra]'s dictionary was a success for more than a hundred years. The original edition received several revisions by other authors (namely Jacinto Dias do Canto), which may explain the lack of serious competitors. In the preface addressed "To the [English speaking] reader", [Vieyra] lists the goals of his dictionary. It should:

i. be as copious as possible;

ii. provide clear and accurate exemplification of the semantics of the same word in both languages;

iii. only use English words authorized by English writers;

iv. give the etymology of Portuguese words from other languages;

v. insert a considerable number of technical words;

vi. indicate Portuguese and English obsolete, little used or poetical words.

However, according to Verdelho (2011: 28), [Vieyra] promises more than it accomplishes. Verdelho points out that the Portuguese-English dictionary has many

1
Portuguese was also included in [Minsheu]'s Ductor in Linguas, published in 1617, but we were not able to locate a copy of this multilingual dictionary. We thank Dewi Evans for this information.

2

Cf. [START_REF] Kemmler | The Compleat Account of the Portugueze Language e a primeira Grammatica Anglo-Lusitanica (Londres, 1701): Alexander Justice e a questão da autoria[END_REF].

inconsistencies; the coverage is not impressive (the Portuguese word list includes less than 25.000 entries), and there are many missing words and excessively long entries in cases such as mão 'hand' , which has 119 subentries. The English-Portuguese part is of better quality, and was certainly influenced by the British lexicographic tradition and the help of [Bailey] and [START_REF] Johnson | A Dictionary of the English Language[END_REF]].

The second half of the 19 th century brought some diversity. Three major pieces of work were produced [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]], [Bensabat], and [START_REF] Michaelis | A New Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages[END_REF] and at least two sets of dictionaries that aimed and managed to get to a wider audience (cf. [Valdez A], [Valdez B] and [DdP 1885], [DdP 1888]) were also published. [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]] is a heavy two-volume work that did not become as popular as its predecessor. It is an adaptation of [Fleming & Tibbins], probably from the 6 th edition, published in Paris, in 1857.

According to [START_REF] Verdelho | Lexicografia portuguesa bilingue. Breve conspecto diacrónico[END_REF], this is an interesting dictionary, but [Valdez A] and [Valdez B], published nine years later, and meant to be used everywhere, are also quite interesting. [Lacerda 1866]'s dictionary was heavily criticized by Bensabat, namely for listing words such as photographia, which would become a common word for a now quite common artifact.

Nevertheless, [Bensabat] etc" and he promises originality, but the main virtue of this dictionary was the simplification and handiness. The many Diccionarios do Povo were, according to [START_REF] Verdelho | Lexicografia portuguesa bilingue. Breve conspecto diacrónico[END_REF], a praiseworthy initiative. There is no information on authorship, since the purpose of these dictionaries was not the glorification of someone's erudition, but the 'instruction' of the people of Portugal and Brazil, a commercially biased intention endorsed by many publishing companies at that time.

The last item on this list is the dictionary of [Michaëlis 1893]. Henriette Michaëlis was the older sister of a Portuguese by marriage of the notable philologist, Carolina Michaëlis de Vasconcelos. This dictionary was originally published in Germany, Henriette's homeland, and it was a huge success throughout the 20 th century and remains so in the 21 th century, to the point that it is still popular, particularly in Brazil. According to Verdelho (2011: 61), it offers a valuable contribution, but it also reveals inconsistencies that are due to the fact that the author is not a native speaker of Portuguese.

In Verdelho & Silvestre, eds (2011: 221), we can also find a paper on contemporary English-Portuguese and Portuguese-English dictionaries, by Tim Oswald, that pinpoints some of their major problems. One of them regards the fact that the available dictionaries use different language pairings, which, in most cases, are not clearly stated. Oswald claims, "the English side of the dictionary may be, and is, North American, British or even South African in standard and the Portuguese side European or Brazilian Portuguese." The case study that we will present (i.e.

'hill') clearly illustrates this issue on the Portuguese side. The missing information on the variety of Portuguese compromises the information for the dictionary user.

Another relevant issue regards the industry. Commercially available dictionaries on paper do not attract new investment, which is understandable. The problem is that online dictionaries do not attract it either -they generally correspond to the transformation of a previously existing paper dictionary, though they are presented as a novelty. Things get even more problematic when the pseudonew online dictionaries become collaborative or semi-collaborative projects. The collaboration that they are looking for is unpaid and of an uneven quality, but the end result allows the publishers to claim that they promote constant updating.

In sum, as our case study will help to demonstrate, contemporary bilingual dictionaries are not fully reliable sources of information.

About 'hill'

Within LandLex, the English word 'hill' was elected as a promising case study, because it looked like a simple landscape word, both from a morphological stand and from a semantic viewpoint. As we will see, that is not exactly the case, but, in fact, it never is.

As a starting point, we have taken into account some monolingual lexicographic descriptions of 'hill' , such as the one that can be found in the [OED 1961] and in the [CDO]: [OED 1961] hill = 1 an area of land that is higher than the surrounding land; 2 a slope in a road.

hill = A natural
[CDO] (June 2018)

The [OED 1961] entry is interesting, since it defines 'hill' as "a natural elevation of the earth's surface rising more or less steeply above the level of the surrounding land", but it also states that this general meaning of 'hill' was lost when the word 'mountain' was introduced. The difference between 'mountain' and 'hill' is allegedly related to their height, but the [OED 1961] cautiously claims that the distinction is circumstantial, depending on local relevance, as other before him also did - [Webster] is a good example.

hill = A hill is less than a mountain, but of no definite magnitude, and is sometimes applied to a mountain.

[Webster]

The As usual, the introduction of loans destabilizes the coherence of the lexical domain that hosts them -that might explain the difficulty to establish a strict hierarchy of heights between 'hills' , 'mounts' and 'mountains' .

Portuguese equivalents for hill

We will now look at the pairings that 'hill' gets in Portuguese lexicographic registers since the 18 th century. [A.J.], [START_REF] Transtagano | A Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English and English and Portuguese[END_REF]] and [Vieyra 1850[Vieyra -1851] ] give two different equivalents: monte, in the first case; outeiro, in the second.

A hill -O mónte.

A little hill or hillock -O outéiro, o outeirínho, e o montão.

A rough, stony, and hard hill -A rócha, o penédo, a pénna pedregósa.

The ridge or top of an hill -O cabéço de mónte, a sobrancélha de mónte.

The side of a hill -A ladeira de mónte.

The foot of an hill -A cósta ou ladéira de mónte. For [A.J.], outeiro, outerinho and montão, listed as synonyms, are the small counterparts of 'hill' (e.g. a 'little hill or hillock'); the same meaning is assigned only to hillock by [START_REF] Transtagano | A Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English and English and Portuguese[END_REF]]. [START_REF] Vieyra Transtagano | A New Pocket Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English -English and Portuguese. Abridged from Vieyra's dictionary[END_REF]] adds monte and pico to the 'hill'

entry, but outeiro is still the first choice.

[Lacerda 1866] brings new additions to the equivalents of 'hill ' (i.e. eminencia, elevação, altura, colina, cerro, encosta, outeiro), certainly inspired by [Fleming & Tibbins].

It is interesting to see that outeiro, the first equivalent in [START_REF] Transtagano | A Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English and English and Portuguese[END_REF]] and [START_REF] Vieyra Transtagano | A New Pocket Dictionary of the Portuguese and English Languages, in two parts, Portuguese and English -English and Portuguese. Abridged from Vieyra's dictionary[END_REF]], becomes the last in [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]]. The first two are generic terms;

they provide a kind of definition that follows [Fleming & Tibbins]'s model. Therefore, the first equivalent is monte, modified by the adjective pequeno 'small' , thus establishing the size hierarchy between 'hill' and some other unstated word.

Monte also occurs in the translation of the expression by hill and dale and in the explanation of hilly as cheio de montes 'plenty of montes' , wheras [Vieyra A] used cheo de outeiros. Another interesting observation regards the translation of up the hill by ladeira acima. Notice that [A. J.] used the same noun, i.e. ladeira as a translation of side: side of a hill would be a 'slope' , not just hill: The side of a hill: A ladeira de monte. Encosta, a word semantically close to ladeira, is used by [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]] as an equivalent of 'hill' , for the first time.

According to Verdelho (2011: 42-43), [Valdez A] and [Valdez B] were influenced by [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]]. The entry 'hill' shows indeed some similarities, but it deserves further notice because this is the first time that colina is promoted to the top of the equivalent list. This dictionary does not included monte in the definitions of any of the entries.

In [Valdez B], encosta is a member of 'hill''s equivalent list, as for [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]], and it is also an equivalent of hillside. These entries seem to document that hillside is one of the meanings of 'hill' -a polysemy that does not affect its

Portuguese equivalents (i.e. outeiro, monte, colina or morro). The following dictionary (i.e. [Bensabat]) offers a new ordering of the equivalents: monte is on top of the list, as in [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]], and it is often used to paraphrase 'hill''s derivatives (hilled3 = que tem montes, hilly = cheio de montes), compounds (hill-slope = declive do monte, hill-top = cume do monte) and phrases (the foot of a hill = a falda do monte, up the hill = no alto do monte). hilliness = o estado de ser montanhoso hillock = outeirinho, cerro, collina, eminencia hilly = montanhoso, cheio de montes [Bensabat] In this dictionary, encosta is no longer an equivalent of 'hill' -it is reserved for hill-side, but it still appears in the translation of the expression to go up a hill = subir uma encosta.

According to Verdelho (2011: 59), though Bensabat's dictionary had no further editions, it was quite influential for the subsequent lexicographic projects. That is the case of [DdP 1885], as the entry 'hill' well demonstrates. In this dictionary, monte is, again, the first equivalent, followed by colina and eminência, also present in [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]] and [Bensabat]. This dictionary eliminates outeiro (though the diminutive outeirinho is listed as the equivalent of hillock), which may indicate a more acute sensitivity to language use, and it keeps encosta out of the list of equivalents, though equally present in the translation of hill-side and to go up a hill. The first [Michaëlis] dictionary that we were able to locate dates from 1908.

It presents just one equivalent, i.e. outeiro, like the early editions of Vieyra. This may be a good example of lack of native language proficiency. Though some later editions are presented as updated versions, this entry will remain untouched until 1945. [Michaëlis 1922, 1932and Michaëlis 1945] In the turn of the 19 th century to the 20 th and in the early 20 th century, the lexicographic activity is very low. Many publishing companies were located in Rio de Janeiro, and many dictionaries from that time were addressed to both sets of users: Portuguese and Brazilian. It was a commercial strategy. This kind of marketing was meant to please the increasingly important Brazilian market, but the vocabulary was dominantly from European Portuguese. In fact, the production of monolingual dictionaries taking the Brazilian Portuguese specificity into account only starts in the 1930s (cf. [START_REF] Nunes | Dicionarização no Brasil: condições e processos[END_REF], Carmo 2015). A history of the Brazilian bilingual dictionaries is yet to be told, but it was probably initiated in the 1950s, and even those reveal a certain respect for tradition, in the sense that they tended to preserve the equivalents that were adopted in the 18 th century.

Close to the edge of the second half of the 20 th century, Leonel & Lino

Vallandro published a well-accepted dictionary in Brazil -it was republished at least 9 times until 1979. Though this is a dictionary produced at the moment where Brazilian lexicography was gaining some autonomy, it is still quite close to the preceding dictionaries. Nevertheless, this is the first dictionary that includes morro as a possible equivalent for 'hill' . From the 1980's onwards, [START_REF] Houaiss | [END_REF] shared the Brazilian market with the [Vallandro] and [Michaëlis] dictionaries.

Though the English-Portuguese Webster was authored by Antônio Houaiss, a

Brazilian prominent lexicographer, it shows a bigger concern with an uncritical accumulation of equivalents, rather than the scrutiny of the Brazilian Portuguese variety. In fact, by that time, morro was already the most frequent Brazilian

Portuguese equivalent to 'hill' , but [START_REF] Houaiss | [END_REF]'s list of equivalents puts it the third position. Conversely, colina was and still is a rarely used word in Brazilian

Portuguese, but it heads the list of 'hill' equivalents in this dictionary. The acknowledgement of morro as the most frequently used equivalent for 'hill' in Brazilian Portuguese arrives with the more recent versions of Michaelis, as well as in the currently available online edition. These dictionaries reveal a stronger concern of adequacy: not only is morro finally listed at the top of hill equivalents, but it is also true that the online Michaelis suppressed outeiro.

Nothing is said about the status of colina in Brazilian Portuguese.

hill = 1 morro, colina 2 monte de terra hillbilly = rústico, caipira, bicho do mato hillclimb = corrida para carros ou motos na qual os participantes sobem morros e colinas.

[ Michaëlis 2018] In Portugal, the bilingual dictionary publishing niche has been taken by Porto

Editora since the mid 20 th century. They have no serious competitors and the online segment also belongs to the same company under the name of [INFOPEDIA].

This is why European Portuguese is only represented by these two items. It is obvious that these dictionaries ignore the Brazilian preference for morro, and they both elect colina as the first equivalent. As to the other two equivalents (i.e. monte and outeiro), the less recent paper edition seems to be more updated with respect to the word usage than the online edition.

The online Cambridge Dictionary deserves a final mention. The information offered by the online English-Portuguese is scarce, but somehow more interestingly presented. Though similar in this case, British English and American English phonetic information is given, both with IPA transcriptions and audios. Another interesting feature in this dictionary is the distinction between the meaning of the word (i.e. 'a high area of land that is smaller than a mountain') and the equivalents (i.e. colina, morro), although no usage label distinguishing European and South American use is offered. This is of course, insufficient information, but the lexicographic model seems more attentive than other similar tools, such as [Linguee] or [Wordreference].

The previous table displays the Portuguese equivalents of 'hill' that we have found in the above-mentioned dictionaries. The numbers indicate the order of appearance of each Portuguese equivalent. Some of them have been excluded, either because they are very specific in time and motivation (cf. eminencia, elevação, altura), or just because they occur in a small number of dictionaries (e.g. pico, cômoro, cerro, ladeira). The diminutive montículo that occurs in [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF] and [Vallandro] might be interesting because it conveys information about size, but the word has disappeared from recent dictionaries.

Outeiro is by far the most constant equivalent for 'hill' -it is only absent in the very first dictionary and in the [DdP], and though it has been downgraded in the order of appearance, only [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]] and [Morais] have seriously marked the disfavour. Colina was introduced in the late 19 th century and it assumed a protagonism that all [Michaëlis] failed to acknowledge. Curiously, this same dictionary assigns the first position in this rank to morro, which is only offered as an equivalent by dictionaries produced in Brazil. Finally, there is monte. Only [A.J.], [Bensabat]

Encosta

Encosta appears for the first time in [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]], which was, as we saw above, influenced by a foreign English to French dictionary. Apparently, encosta corresponds to the French coteau, but why has the [Fleming & Tibbins] registered this meaning for 'hill'? As far as we know, until the mid 20 th century, English monolingual dictionaries, such as [Johnson], [START_REF] Webster | Thin Paper Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary[END_REF]], [CODCE 1919] or [Collins], have not registered 'slope' or 'inclination' as meanings for 'hill' , and perhaps it doesn't have those meanings. This issue will deserve further inquiry, but the appearance of this meaning in some English dictionaries, even if it is wrong, explain why the early English-Portuguese dictionaries have not included the 'slope' meaning, and why it was later introduced. Anyway, even if encosta is presented as a possible equivalent for 'hill' , it will never be translated into hill, as the [INFOPEDIA] entries illustrate. So, apparently, 'hill' has undergone a semantic change in English that is documented in English dictionaries later than in bilingual dictionaries (English-Portuguese after the English-French model).

So, although it often shows up as an equivalent of 'hill', encosta has a different semantic status in Portuguese. This is a fairly new word in the Portuguese lexicon -its first register dates from the 18 th century, with the meaning 'slope' ('declive, rampa'). It becomes a dictionary entry in 1831, with the 4 th edition of Morais.

Encosta is a deverbal noun (from encostar), which is obtained by conversion.

The base verb is a derivative from costa, a noun that evolved from the similar Latin etymon costa, ae, which meant 'rib' or 'side' . A similar meaning can be found in the Portuguese word costa that means 'coast' , and costas that means 'back (of the body)' , but costa is listed since [Cardoso} as a synonym of ladeira 'slope' . In the mid 20 th century, encosta replaces costa in the contexts that refer the inclination of a hill (monte, colina, outeiro or montanha), as we can see in these excerpts of monolingual Portuguese dictionaries before and after [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]] and [START_REF] Silva | Diccionario da lingua portugueza[END_REF]].

Encosta has preserved the meaning of declivity of any elevated land and it acquired a new one by extension that applies to the declivity of any surface (i.e. rampa), but it has never hosted the meaning of 'elevation of the land' , which is proper to monte, colina and all the other possibilities. In the bilingual dictionaries, costa is used by [Vieira] in definitions (cf. the side of a hill = a costa ou ladeira do monte) and encosta is used thereafter, namely, as we have seen, after [START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]. Costa and encosta were used for the same purpose, but the update is successfully transferred from monolinguals to bilinguals.

ENCOSTA < Latin costa,ae 'rib, side' [Cardoso] (1562-70) Cliuus(i) = Accliuitas(atis). A costa. /Cliuus(i). A costa ou ladeyra. [Barbosa] (1611) costa de monte = Clivus, I Subida, i. costa arriba [START_REF] Pereira | Prosodia in vocabularium bilíngue, latinum, et lusitanum digesta[END_REF] clivus, i = m. g.(Clivum,i,n.g. Nonius). A costa, ou ladeira do monte /Declivitas, atis, f. g. A inclinaçam, costa do monte, a descida, ladeira a baxo [Bluteau] encosta = terreno declive de um monte [START_REF] Figueiredo | Novo diccionario da lingua portuguesa[END_REF] encosta = declive, rampa, vertente [Morais 1949-58] encosta = declive dum monte ou colina; rampa, ladeira [START_REF] Houaiss | [END_REF]] encosta = vertente (no sentido de declive) vertente= declive de montanha; encosta, tombada, quebra [INFOPEDIA] (2018) encosta = 1 declive de um monte 2 rampa, ladeira

Outeiro

Outeiro originates in a Latin word (i.e. altarium), to which [Lewis & Short] assign two meanings that can roughly be reduced to 'altar':

1. That which was placed upon the altar proper (ara) for the burning of the victim 2. a high altar (built and ornamented with more splendor than the ara)

It is used in Portuguese since at least the 13 th century, and it has been dictionarised since the very beginning. It has always meant 'a natural elevation of the earth's surface' , but it is mostly used in religious texts and toponymy, probably under the influence of the semantics of the etymon in Latin. In Portugal, it can easily be found in street names, city districts and small villages, and in Brazil there is at least one famous location, called Outeiro da Glória, where a small 18 th century chapel, often portrayed in paintings, photos and in literary texts, stands.

Out of these contexts (religious and toponymic), outeiro is a rarely used word, as we will see in a moment.

OUTEIRO < Latin altarĭum 'altar' < altus 'high' [Cardoso] (1562-70) collis(is) = Ho outeyro. [Barbosa]

Colina

Colina originates in a Latin adjective, which is a derivative from collis 'hill' . In Ancient Rome, collina was the name of one of its doors, the Porta Collina, stage of an important battle in 82 bC. In Portuguese, colina is a 'recent' neoclassical introduction that primarily meant 'vineyard' and then 'hill' . Why did it become more popular than outeiro or monte?

There is a tempting non-linguistic explanation. The existence of seven hills, in Lisbon, is the invention of a friar, Frei Nicolau de Oliveira, who wrote a book entitled Livro das Grandezas de Lisboa, published in 1620:

as sete colinas sobre as quais estava assente Lisboa: São Jorge, São Vicente, São Roque, Santo André, Santa Catarina, Chagas e Sant'Ana Apparently, the roman conquerors found a similarity between Lisbon's landscape and the topography of Rome. The seven hills that surround the city of Rome (Camidoglio, Quirinale, Viminale, Esquilino, Celio, Aventino and Palatino) served as inspiration to set the same amount for Lisbon, or, at least, that was the persuasion of Frei Nicolau de Oliveira. In fact, the topography of Lisbon has changed over the centuries, and some hills have fallen, due to the effect of earthquakes. The Pico de Belveder, for instance, which was a village outside Lisbon, fell in 1597, and two hills separated by a valley emerged at the same location. The valley, now called Bica, was then urbanised and the new hills (named Santa Catarina and Chagas) were integrated in the city. Geographers confirm that the claim of the existence of seven hills in Lisbon is very fragile, but the image persevered, attached to the latinate word colina, and it was endorsed by marketing for touristic purposes.

Another detail in these monolingual entries is worth a reference. [Figueiredo] and [Moraes 1949-58], unlike all the other dictionary authors, have included encosta in the definition of colina. This is quite unexpected and hard to understand, but these particular dictionaries tend to accumulate meanings that are not attested in the usage of the language. This must the case here, since they do not provide any examples for this meaning, and we may deduce that they were inserted here somehow artificially. Anyway, we may wonder if these meanings were suggested by influence of any bilingual dictionary, following the same semantic extension that 'hill' has undergone in English.

COLINA < Latin collinus, a, um 'of or pertaining to a hill, found or growing on a hill, hilly' [Pereira] (1697) collina, ae = f. g. Vinha em outeiro; item, outeiro: Collina, porta de Roma [Bluteau] [ [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]] collina = outeiro [START_REF] Figueiredo | Novo diccionario da lingua portuguesa[END_REF] colina = pequena montanha, oiteiro; encosta. [Morais 1949-58] colina = 1. outeiro, cole, pequeno monte 2. encosta [START_REF] Houaiss | [END_REF]] colina = pequena elevação de terreno com declive suave e menos de 50m de altitude [INFOPEDIA] (2018) colina = pequena elevação de terreno; outeiro

Morro

Finally, according to the [DCECH], the origin of morro is uncertain, though the word is used in several European languages (Portuguese, Castilian, Catalan, Sardinian, French, Italian, German dialects). Its first attestation dates from 1591.

The [DCECH] defines the Portuguese morro as a 'hill': 'monte o peñasco saliente pero de punta chata' . But he admits that it evolved from an Iberian+Languedoc onomatopoeic form murr-, from the sounds produced by someone grumbling, and used to name an ugly, angry face (cf. "probablemente empezó designando los labios abultados del malhumorado que 'pone hocico'). Still according to [DCECH],

the Góngora's 1613 Castilian translation of Percival's sentence: "a great high rock in the sea; also the poll of the head" is 'alta alta cumbre de aquel morro dificil... esotro escollo al mar pendiente' . Therefore, morro translates high rock.

According to [Bluteau], morro is indeed a hard soil, like a rock. Maybe this is why one of its meanings is 'a big rock' (cf. [START_REF] Houaiss | [END_REF]) and another one is pedreira 'quarry' (cf. [Figueiredo], [Morais 1949[Morais -1958] & [INFOPEDIA]). However, the dominant meaning is 'small hill' since [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]]. [Bluteau] refers to a big elevation in India, called Morro de Chaul, translated in Wikipedia as a "rocky promontory" (en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chaul).

The use of the word was intensified in Brazil, at the end of the 19 th century, but it is not clear why and the subject requires further thorough inquiry. [Valdez A] lists it for the first time and translates it as a "declivity, slope; a little hill."

MORRO (uncertain origin)

Summary and outlook

In sum, the observation of the translation from 'hill' into Portuguese demonstrates the existence of a gap between dictionaries and usage. A search performed in The use of outeiro, which is the first in most equivalent lists, or at least, one of its members, is in decline since the mid 18 th century; colina (the green line), which is frequently the second collocate in the bilingual entries, is also nondominant in this corpus; conversely, morro (the purple line) seems to increase its presence in the language use, as well as monte (the red line), that seems to recover from a downsizing period that coincides with the ascent of colina and morro. The predominance of monte must, however, be partially assigned to its polysemic character: monte is also a quantifier (monte = big quantity, pile) 1 .

1

These results do not include the word form monte as a member of the inflectional paradigm of the verb montar 'to assemble' , nor morro as a form of the verb morrer 'to die' .

This table clearly demonstrates the need to consider diachronic information, for instance, in the case of outeiro. The doughnut chart illustrates the need to also consider diatopic information, though this corpus is yet insufficiently annotated.

So, what can we expect from bilingual dictionaries? Certainly much more than what they presently offer us. Diachronic contrasts must be taken into consideration. Outeiro, for instance, may not be an equivalent for 'hill' in a contemporary English-Portuguese dictionary, though it may be mentioned as an unused equivalent. Furthermore, languages such as Portuguese and English, that have important national varieties, need to incorporate that information, and need to offer the specific information for each variety, whenever applicable. But for lexicologists, bilingual dictionaries have a much more relevant role, since they offer a very interesting array of semantic reasoning that may be absent from monolingual dictionaries.

IV. What do lexicographers need to know about plant names?

Semantic Motivation of Plant Names as a Part of their Etymology

Przemysław Dębowiak & Jadwiga Waniakowa

As is generally known, etymology is the settlement of the origin of words.

The essence of etymological research is both a reconstruction of the original form of the word (its root), and its original -etymological -meaning. Let us quote here the sentence written by Wiesław Boryś, author of the first full Polish etymological dictionary: "The task of etymological research is to reproduce the original motivation of the given word (indication of its immediate derivative basis), to detect and explain its structure, to indicate word-formation morphemes and to reproduce its supposed primary meaning and explain its further semantic development" (Boryś SEJP: 5). Thus, the etymology includes, besides reaching the original form, the presentation of its semantic motivation and the semantic development of the given word. None of these elements of reconstruction can dominate and none can be omitted either. Franciszek Sławski, eminent Polish Slavicist, even claims that "the reconstruction of the motivation should be considered as the basic goal of etymology" (Sławski 1998: 4).

A number of studies have been dedicated to the question of semantic motivation in etymology; see, for instance, [START_REF] Siatkowski | Europejskie paralele motywacyjne słownictwa słowiańskiego (na marginesie Atlasu języków Europy)[END_REF], Varbot (1997: 35), Tolstaja (2008: 188-190) and Jakubowicz (2010: 29-33). However, a detailed discussion of problems related to this issue is beyond the scope of this paper. Let us just refer to Waniakowa's book (2012: 66-67) where she defines the semantic motivation as a nominating mechanism, which triggers a new meaning (see also Jakubowicz 2010: 32).

In the case of plant names, especially non-scientific ones, this new meaning is frequently based on connotative properties, associated with particular genera or species of plants. This motivation should be expanded to include affective and evaluative factors with reference to historical and dialectal phytonyms.

A good knowledge of various aspects connected with plants is needed to investigate the semantic motivation of plant names. One of the prerequisites is an appropriate cognizance of botany, involving in particular the identification of plants and their typical features, such as general appearance, shape and appearance of leaves, colour and shape of flowers, fragrance, blossoming period and potential healing properties. Another key factor is learning about the usage of plants in the countryside. This may include healing properties, alleged magical properties, customs associated with plants, beliefs and legends. It is related to the researcher's knowledge of how a plant was perceived and used in the past (including antiquity), because one can often encounter old names. Only a proper erudition connected with all these aspects can guarantee a correct reconstruction of the semantic motivation of plant names (Waniakowa 2012: 67).

According to scholars (see e.g. Tokarski 1993: 340-341), properties of plants which are the most important for a human being can be classified into three groups:

• environmental characteristics (including the blossoming period, as the most significant for the development of the plant, and harvest time),

• physical properties,

• functional properties (usage of the plant).

Researchers studying dialectal plant names, such as Pelcowa (2001: 100), underline the belief in extraordinary -evil or good -powers of selected plants and legends associated with them play an important role in the process of naming plants. This includes religious references and superstitions, but various symbolic connotations are important too.

In this chapter, we will present a typology of possible semantic motivations for plant naming in various European languages and their dialects.

Semantic motivations for plant names

Taking into consideration the above-mentioned criteria of semantic classification of names enumerated by researchers studying historical and dialectal plant names, we can present the following general motivational mechanisms to establish the basis of the semantic motivation of names in the process of nomination:

• the appearance of the plant;

• the place of its occurrence;

• the properties of the plant;

• its usage;

• other motivations typical of a specific genus or species 1 .

Each of these factors can influence plant names.

It is obvious that each of these general motivations involves a range of detailed ones (Waniakowa 2012: 67-68). It should also be noted that a large number of phytonyms refer to at least two properties of "given" species, for instance to the appearance and the place of occurrence, especially since many of the names are two-word compounds. Metaphorical plant names, which are also abundant in botanical nomenclature, represent a separate issue. They comprise secondary names, so in each case the basis for the metaphor, i.e. its primary motivation, should be deciphered. Secondary names also include names transformed due to an association with another name; this process is often linked to folk etymology.

Another group comprises names that have evolved from other plant species based 1

The commemoration of somebody or the origin of the plant can be this kind of motivation. The latter can be seen, for instance, in the Polish names of sweet flag, Acorus calamus L.: tatarski korzeń literally 'Tatar root' , tatarczuk, tatar and others, as well as the general Polish name tatarak 'Tatar plant)' .

on some similarity; and another group is associated with beliefs and legends, but in this case a certain feature of the plant (i.e. given species) constitutes the motivational basis, too (Waniakowa 2012: 72).

Thus we can present four main factors conditioning the semantic classification of plant names, which are the following:

• the appearance of plants,

• the properties of plants,

• the place of occurrence of plants,

• the usage of plants.

The majority of these main motivations are composed of many particular elements.

Plant names connected with the appearance of plants hide a multitude of detailed motivations, for instance: the colour of flowers, the appearance of inflorescences, the shape of flowers, characteristic infructescence, specific seeds (e.g. their colour), characteristic leaves, the shape of leaves, the size of leaves, the colour of leaves, the arrangement of leaves, the shape of the root, the appearance of whole plants and the physical similarity to other plants. It is worth remembering that some species have many names connected with the appearance in different stages of vegetation because they change their look.

Plant names associated with the properties of plants are also very diversified.

For example, phytonyms connected with sounds made by plants (e.g. rustling, scraping), specific tactile impressions made by plants (e.g. hair, thorns), characteristic features of flowers, characteristic fruits, specific features of the whole plant, healing properties (e.g. pain-killing, stanching blood, healing wounds), specific vegetative properties (e.g. speed of mellowing), blossoming time, harvest time, smell, chemical reactions caused by plants (e.g. the ability to make foam), characteristic properties of juice, specific taste, negative properties (e.g. poisonous, intoxicant), positive properties (e.g. honey-yielding, milk-producing), supposed magical powers (e.g. apotropaic), positive powers (legends and beliefs) as well as properties characteristic to other species.

The names associated with the usage of plants are significantly less diversified.

This group involves names connected with assignment of a species for fodder, names associated with using a species as a medicine and names connected with applying given species in the household. All the above-mentioned features of plants can be the basis of motivation for their names. This is why there are so many (dialectal and historical) names for one species in every language. Each species can have many names motivated by its various features; a given name depends on the feature that was considered as the most important by people who named the species in a given time and place. Taking into consideration the abovementioned remarks, the following schema (cf. Figure 1) of main factors influencing the semantic classification of plant names can be presented. Subsequently, Table 1 presents main motivations of plant names with some examples of names in various languages: In the domain of metaphorical plant names in the nomination process, firstly, one recognizes a characteristic feature of the plant (species), perhaps not very important objectively, but important for the society which is naming it. Secondly, this feature is processed in such a way that, on the basis of some kind of similarity to an object for which this feature is typical, the name of the object is transferred to this species of plant. In other words, a connection is made between the plant species and an object. Each time the plant name is renamed the relation is renewed. Someone who sees the plant and gets to know its name automatically deciphers the semantic motivation of the name and the basis of the metaphor.

Therefore, names based on similarity to other plants, including depreciative names (on the basis of a stereotype), names associated with properties characteristic for another plant, names associated with the supposed magical properties (e.g. apotropaic), names connected with tradition (legends, beliefs) and names associated with the use of the plant as a medicine can be considered as secondary names.

Colours in plant names

As we have just seen, botanic names constitute a complex field of research.

One of the basic problems is the enormity of the material; each one of the huge number of species has many names in standard variety and in the dialects of a given language. Collection, consideration and detailed analysis of all of them (from the semantic, historical-comparative and etymological point of view) is an impossible task. A researcher can never say that he/she has gathered all the names of a species. The material is always incomplete because in a small geographical area or in any historical period an unknown name could be used.

Assigning a name to a particular species of plant is an extremely complicated task. Researchers have always had problems with correct identification of plants;

many botanists and linguists emphasize it. It is worth noticing that the development stage of a plant also has great importance in its identification. Namely, a given plant can easily be confused with another one in the early stages of growth or in the final stage, after flowering, especially when it begins to die off (cf.

Waniakowa 2012: 37).

As it is known, plants received their names with regard to their appearance (shape, construction, colour, flavour, aroma, etc.), features (for instance magic or curative), locus and purpose. Hence the names usually refer to features strongly associated with the species, considered as typical of them (cf. Wierzbicka 2002: 552). They reflect the current knowledge of given communities which relies on the so called connotative features. Namely, typical characteristics of specimens that become the basis of stereotypes, including often purely external features of the plants that, in fact, are not always important. Properties of plants, which are most important for man, can be divided into three general groups (Tokarski 1993: 340-341):

• environmental characteristics (including its blossoming period as the most significant for the development of the plant),

• physical characteristics,

• purpose.

The role of magical powers attributed to certain plant species should be stressed. Therefore, there is the problem of taboo, concerning particularly toxic and medicinal plants. Names resulting from this taboo have a specific structure:

they do not refer directly to a particular species because "a magical plant is not called by its actual name" (Brückner SEJP 362).

It should be remembered that a species is usually characterized by several attributes at once. Each of these features can be the basis of a name because someone who is naming a plant is drawing attention generally to one of many characteristics of the species. If we consider that each of these features can be the basis of many names, we have a huge number of possibilities. Moreover, the same species may have different names depending on the perception of individual stages of specimens. We should also consider that in history many names passed from species to species because of alleged similarities or a similar purpose of these plants. Therefore, a large number of plant names are connected with a multitude of possible semantic motivations in the process of the naming of species.

The system of semantic division of names intersects with another one which is based on metaphorical plant names. The problem of their metaphorical character has been mentioned many times in linguistic literature on different occasions. The Czech researcher Z. [START_REF] Hladká | Přenesená pojmenování rostlin v českých dialektech. K sémantickému tvoření lexikálních jednotek v nářečích[END_REF] has dedicated a monograph to this problem. Various features of botanical species are the basis of metaphors in plant names. Therefore, metaphorical plant names are secondary because we have to decipher the origin of the metaphor each time, which equals discovering their original semantic motivation.

Analysis

Some groups of plant names that were motivated in various ways by colours will hereby be presented. Examples of names in European languages and in their dialects that will be shown have mainly been taken from Several species of plants are so strongly associated with a given colour that in the majority of languages their names are all motivated by this particular colour. One of these species is red clover, Trifolium pratense L., which has dark pink flowers. Their colour influenced already the historical Latin names of this plant, cf. Lat. trifolium pratense purpureum, trifolium pratense rubrum (1623) and, subsequently, other historical names in different languages such as:

• Germ. Rother Klee (1829), Rotklee (1878);

• Dutch roode klaver (earlier);

• Dan. rødkløver (1767);

1
This phenomenon is also observable in many other dialectal botanical names, cf. e.g.:

Med. Lat. branca ursina, branca ursi and Russ. dial. медвěжья лапа (Annenkov 1878), Sloven. dial. medvedove tace, medvedova taca, medvedova dlan [START_REF] Barlè | Prinosi slovenskim nazivima bilja", part. 2[END_REF], Simonović BR, Karlin 1964), Croat. dial. taca medvedova, medviđa šapa, medvjeđi dlan, Serb. dial.

медвеђи длан, мечја шапа (Šugar HBI, Simonović BR). These dialectal names are calques of the Medieval Latin metaphorical name for Heracleum sphondylium L. (common hogweed) and are all motivated by the shape of this plant's leaves, imagined to be similar to a bear's paw.

• Swed. rödvepling (1716), rödklöfver (1806).

Contemporary standard names of red clover in many European languages also refer to the colour of its flowers, cf. e.g.:

• Dutch rode klaver;

• Fr. trèfle rouge;

• Span. trébol rojo, trébol violeta;

• Port. trevo vermelho;

• It. trefòi ross (Brescia), trifoglio rosso, trifoglio violetto;

• Rum. trifoi-roşu;

• Pol. koniczyna czerwona;

• Czech jetel červený;

• Russ. клевер красный;

• Ukr. червона конюшина, червоний горішок;

• Serb. црвена детелина.

Red clover has also, for example in German, several metaphorical names connected to the colour of its flowers. They relate to an item associated with red (or pink) colour that could be important and typical in the past, namely meat (Germ. Fleisch). There are historical and later dialectal German names such as:

Fleischblumen (1500,1532,1539,1582,1588), Fleischklee (1829) and just Fleisch (cf. Marzell 2000 IV col. 784-785).

Speaking about metaphorical names, the importance of taboo in the act of naming plants must not be forgotten. The names of poisonous plants, also motivated by colours, are a good example because they often act as a warning.

E.g., there is a highly poisonous, hallucinogenic species, Hyoscyamus niger L., which has the following names in various languages:

• Eng. black henbane;

• Fr. jusquiame noire;

• Span. beleño negro;

• It. giusquiamo nero;

• Germ. schwarze Bilsenkraut;

• Pol. lulek czarny;

• Russ. белена чeрная.

Similarly, other poisonous plants are often "black" too, for instance:

• pasque flower, Pulsatilla, which is highly toxic, is called černá bylina in Slovak dialects (Slovak černý 'black');

• poisonous common corn-cockle, Agrostemma githago L., is called czarnucha in Polish dialects (Pol. czarny 'black');

• mug wort, Artemisia vulgaris L., which is toxic in larger quantities, is called чорнобиль in Ukrainian (Ukr. чорний 'black').

As we can see, the colour black plays a primary role here as a metaphorical reference to danger and death.

Another observation to be made is that plant names motivated by colours do not always contain the proper names of colours. Sometimes, especially in metaphorical names, there are only references to some elements associated with given colours or typical to them. Such names appeared both in the past and do so nowadays. Some examples are given here:

Summary and outlook

As can be seen from the above-mentioned division of names due to their semantics, the names of plants are motivated by several main general features:

the appearance of the plant, the place of its occurrence, properties of the plant, its usage and other motivations specific to the genus or species. The semantic motivation of phytonyms is the basis of the nomination mechanism. To decipher it properly, one needs a thorough botanical, cultural, historical and linguistic knowledge. Without it, an in-depth study of the origin of plant names is difficult, if not impossible.

Finally, regarding the topic of status of plant names in dictionaries, one should remark that only a small part of them appear in general dictionaries, that is, exclusively the most commonly known ones are to be found in non-specialist lexicographic works. Nevertheless, phytonyms are present considerably more often in dictionaries and works describing lexical resources of particular dialects and, obviously, devoted strictly to botanic terminology, such as Annenkov 1878, [START_REF] Makowiecki | Słownik botaniczny łacińsko-małoruski[END_REF][START_REF] Marzell | Wörterbuch der deutschen Pflanzennamen (Lizenzausgabe Parkland Verlag, Fotomechanischer Nachdruck der Erstausgabe 1943-1958[END_REF].

Furthermore, the above review allows us to conclude that colours have played a significant role in the mechanism of naming plants ever since. There are some groups of semantic motivation that can be identified, but the most popular seems to be the one related to the appearance of plants and their most characteristic features. The names of colours are usually present in botanical names as attributives referring to nouns. However, examples such as Pol. żółcień.

modrak, czerwonka, czarnucha, Ukr. bilavka, Fr. bleuet show that plant names which are motivated by colours do not always have a two-part structure (noun and adjective of colour), but can also be derivatives from adjectives of colour.

Moreover, it is worth emphasizing some general issues that are manifest in our material:

• there are close connections between some dialectal European plant names and pre-Linnaean Latin nomenclature;

• Linnaean scientific plant names depend sometimes on Latin historical names;

• taboo often played an important role in the act of naming plants, visible also in some botanical names motivated by colours.

Word index

'Daisies' in some European languages: a survey of lexical knowledge

Alina Villalva et alii 1

Wild flowers may be quite anonymous. In fact, most of us are unaware of how they are called -in general, they are merely called flowers. Some, however, do receive a greater degree of lexical differentiation and eventually this is the case for 'daisies' as these are common flowers that can be found (almost) all over Europe and have specific names in each language. Since these names look familiar or they even are cognate or loans from other languages, it is not easy to ascertain if they refer to the same species, or species that may differ in size, environment and properties, having only the shape of the flower in common. This mismatch may obviously raise some communication problems, but the problems that we are concerned with here are those that relate to the amount of (accurate) information that dictionaries may convey, especially in a cross-linguistic context.

Daisy was a consensual choice for the LandLex group, based on the assumption that (like 'hill') this would be an 'easy' word, part of common knowledge and easy to find all-over Europe. The assumption that daisies grow spontaneously allover Europe is contradicted by the fact that this is not the case in Estonia (and most probably other septentrional regions), though they have been introduced

there some centuries ago, and, therefore, they are not wildflowers everywhere. Since dictionaries are our main concern, we dug into the most prominent lexicographers of their respective time, hoping to shed some light into a surprisingly shady concept, but we have also found difficulties in that front. Ultimately, 'daisy' became a 'difficult' word.

In this chapter, we will first consider the English word 'daisy' , since this was our starting point and common reference. Subsequently, we will take a look at bilingual dictionaries, namely those that have English as a source language, to find out what they have to say regarding the equivalence of 'daisy' in some European languages, namely, Italian, French, Galician, Portuguese, Romanian, Modern Greek, German and Estonian. The third section regards the Latin noun bellis, which may have been the name for daisies in the ancient Roman world, and also served to name a botanical species (i.e. bellis perennis) many centuries later. In the fourth section, we deal with a name for daisies that can be found in a large number of languages. It is related to the Hellenistic Greek noun μαργαρίτης [margaˈrite:s], that meant 'pearl' , but the modern metaphor has probably spread from the French margerites in the 13 th century. The following three sections are devoted to particular languages, taking into account some observable regional tendencies (Romances languages, Modern Greek and German and Estonian), followed by a cross-linguistic analysis. Finally, we will present the European Roots prototype entry for the Hellenistic Greek base μαργαρίτ-2 .

2 μαργαρίτης goes back possibly to a Middle Persian Old Persian word, cf. Middle Persian marvārīt 'pearl' . With this analysis, the Hellenistic Greek root or base is μαργαριτ-, and -ης is the inflectional suffix.

English daisies 3

Although they are very different plants, confusion can arise between daisy -bellis perennis and oxeye daisy -leucanthemum vulgare, simply because the word 'daisy' tends to get used as a generic word covering both. Our reference for current usage is the corpus based [ODE 2005] which defines the plant as being:

A small European grassland plant which has flowers with a yellow disc and white rays. The same dictionary simply gives the oxeye daisy as:

-A Eurasian daisy which has large white flowers with yellow centres. Also called MOON

DAISY or MARGUERITE

• Leucanthemum vulgare, family Compositae

The root of the problem lies in the fact that the botanical family of compositae is the 'daisy' family thereby creating a potential confusion between the genus proximum and one possible definiens, which is the bellis of the definition and of the etymology daeges éage or 'day's eye' .

As ever, the finest historical overview of both words is to be found in the [OED 2009], which describes 'daisy' (s.v.) as:

The common name of Bellis perennis, family Compositae, a familiar and favourite flower of the British Isles and Europe generally, having small flat flower-heads with yellow disk and white ray (often tinged with pink), which close in the evening; it grows abundantly on grassy hills, in meadows, by roadsides, etc., and blossoms nearly all the year round; many varieties are cultivated in gardens.

This avoids the confusion and also clearly marks the ox-eye as the American word for a different plant, leucanthemum vulgare, a plant in fact introduced into 3

The section on English was written by Geoffrey Williams.

the colonies by British settlers. Interestingly, it is now treated as an invasive plant and noxious weed.

In folk history, 'daisy' has a far richer presence than leucanthemum whose only claim to fame is to be a diminutive of Margaret and a favourite name for cows, and even this may only be a recollection of its French counterpart, marguerite, which holds a similar role. It is the common 'daisy' that is associated with the fairies, with childrens rhymes and decorations -daisy chains -and even in a light hearted approach to death through the expression of pushing up daisies. This is probably due to its ubiquitous place in the landscape as well as its mention in herbals as a loved and useful plant. To sum up, in English, 'daisy' would seem to go through three phases in lexicographical terms. First there is a herbal interest in bruisewort as a cure. The next period is one of scholarly disinterest as later dictionaries do not go into detail in the description of the plant, the most laconic being Johnson who declares it to be "a kind of flower". Finally, it is only in contemporary dictionaries that the wild daisy, bellis, seems to regain interest with the ox-eye daisy being largely overlooked. Much work remains to be done in phraseology and probably also in possible dialectal variations. However, it is already clear that we need a better model to cope with flora in dictionaries, all the more so in that what goes awry in a monolingual can render the situation far worse in bilinguals.

'Daisy' in Bilingual dictionaries

Bilingual dictionaries offer a set of equivalences between 'daisy' and one or more names in different European languages, eventually mediated by botanic taxonomic terms. The (paper and online) dictionaries that we have consulted are those that each target language experts acknowledge as state of the art for that particular language pair. The output of this survey, presented in alphabetic order, is as follows:

( Although other names may occur, this survey yields a surprisingly homogeneous map in the Romance languages domain and Modern Greek, favouring the cognates of the borrowing from the Greek μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita] (cf. Figure 1). Germanic languages and Estonian reveal distinct lexical options.

the English word daisy. The labels 'bot.' (English) or 'wiss.: bellis perennis' (German) make the words and its equivalents easily identifiable.

10

Cf. [Collins E-G].

11

Cf.

[Ragazzini], [Zanichelli].

12 [INFOPEDIA I-E] This is the most popular dictionary in Portugal. The online edition basically replicates the preexisting paper edition.

13

Cf. [Leviţchi & Bantaş].

208 The semantic mismatch between the Latin etymon of Greek origin, that meant 'pearl' , and the cognates meaning a particular flower suggests that a semantic change took place and preceded the word spreading in Europe. Though not so evidently, this survey also suggests that prior to the ascent of margarīta's cognates, other names, not necessarily so etymologically close to each other, were in usage, and may still be, in these languages.

But how accurate are these bilingual dictionaries? Which 'daisy' are they translating?

Latin names

The distinction between classical Latin and botanical Latin is crucial to understand the often used Latin names for 'daisy' . According to [Lewis & Short],

the English equivalents listed s.v. bellis, -idis are "the white daisy, ox-eye". The Latin-German dictionary by Georges translates bellis as 'Gänseblume, Maßliebchen' , and he even identifies it as bellis perennis L. We may speculate that the Latin original name bellis was a cover term for different asteraceae plants, in Classical Latin, such as 'daisy' sometimes is in English, or other names in other languages, but there is no easy way to confirm this claim.

According to the [DELL], bellis, -idis corresponds to the French marguerite (anchored in Plinius description), and it may be a derivative from bellus, which is presented as a diminutive from bonus that the [DELL] claims to have a meaning close to brave. This etymological hypothesis suggests the the flower is named according to a positive assessment. Therefore, the name can not help us to understand which flower we are talking about -we just know that it is pretty.

As we will later show, Galician and Portuguese forms bonina seem to derive from the base of bellis. And the German Tausendschön(chen) might correspond to a semantic loan from Latin.

It is interesting to note that the noun bellis did not left many heirs in contemporary Romance languages (cf. Italian bèllide and Galician belorita have never been the preferred names for the flower) 14 . That may explain why that name was chosen for a genus of the asteraceae family, in the mid 18 th century.

Classical Latin is a generous dead language, but Latin plant names assigned by botanists are typological conventions, eventually distant from vernacular names. that is a limitation that we will have to face when dealing with vernacular names before and even after the existence of botanical typologies.

[Wikipedia] presents bellis perennis 16 In sum, there is a curious abandon of the Classical Latin word bellis and a complex set of vernacular options to name the same or a bunch of slightly different flowers. The following sections are devoted to language-particular lexical descriptions. Eventually, in the end, this description will amount to more than the sum of its parts.

Pearls and flowers

Most Romance languages, as well as Modern Greek (cf. μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita])

and even German (cf. Margerite) and Estonian (cf. margareeta) to daisy that originates in the Hellenistic Greek word μαργαρίτης 18 [margaˈrite:s] 'pearl' , through the Latin borrowing margarita, that also meant 'pearl' .

In contemporary usage, the original meaning of the cognate words is generally unavailable in Romance languages. A metaphoric shift was responsible for the assignment of this word to the name of a small wild flower, though not always the same flower, if we compare different languages, according to the bilingual dictionaries mentioned above: in French, marguerite refers to chrysanthemum leucanthemum; in Italian, margherita refers to the same botanical species if it is modified by dei campi, and the diminutive form margheritina refers to bellis perennis; finally, in Galician and in Portuguese, the translation makes no distinction between the two botanical species -apparently, daisies are always margaridas.

The origin of this semantic change is uncertain. According to the [TLFi] (s.v. marguerite), "le sens de «fleur» s'est développé en français", in the 13 th century 19 . If this is the case, then we may find the French word at the centre of a very successful export, in the centuries to come 20 . Eventually, the success may be related, though not clearly how, to the popularity of the romantic rhyme that can be found even in languages that have not adopted a version of this name for the flower 21 .

18 μαργαρίτης seems to be an oriental loanword of Iranian origin, maybe *mr̥ ga-ahri-ita-'lit.

born from the shell of a bird, e.g. oyster'(cf. Middle Persian marvārīt, Modern Persian marvārīδ 'pearl') (cf. Beekes 2010, pp. 904-905;[START_REF] Gershevitch | Etudes irano-aryennes offertes à Gilbert Lazard[END_REF].

19

"XIII e s. bot. flors des margerites «pâquerette» 20 Notice that the loans from the French marguerite appear much later: German Margerite in the 16 th century; Italian margherita in the 17 th ; Modern Greek μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita] in the 17 th (if we take into account that probably its first lexicographical testimony comes from a dictionary published in 1709); Portuguese margarida in the 18 th ; Romanian "margaretǎ" probably in the 19 th (etymological dictionaries suggest also a possible borrowing from the German "Margarete"); and Estonian margareeta (borrowed via German) in the 20 th .

21

It is easier to find information on the French 'ritournelle' called effeuiller la marguerite:

La personne qui y joue associe chaque partie de la ritournelle: «elle (il) m'aime, un peu, beaucoup, passionnément, à la folie, pas du tout» (cf. [fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Effeuil-ler_la_marguerite]).

In the [DEEL] we find another remark on the semantic shift. They claim that 'we may suspect that Aristotle had some influence in the domain of biology and botanics since Renaissance times. In Latin, margarita has always meant pearl, but Aristotle, in his treaty on plants, uses the word to refer to an Egypcian plant.

Maybe this is the origin of that semantic translation, since the flower that we call margarita could be called bellis, aster or amellus, according to its different varieties.' 22

In fact, the reference to Aristotle is problematic, since the word does not seem to be attested in his texts. Apparently, Pliny (1 st century AD), in his Historia Naturalis (13.42) refers to a μαργαρίτις as a kind of palm-tree 23 . This is not the 2016), who has identified regional variation of this ritournelle, in France.

The ritournelle has also spread to other languages, though not exactly in the same terms.

English, like many other languages, has a binary variant (i.e. X loves me / X loves me not). In Portuguese, the verse has a longer version (i.e. mal me quer, bem me quer, muito, pouco ou nada 'X doesn't like me, X likes me, a lot, a little, not at all') and the first sequence was lexicalized as the flower name (i.e. malmequer). Since malmequer is used in Portuguese since, at least, the 16 th century, the original French ritournelle must in fact be much older.

22 This is the original quotation: "Podemos sospechar de la influencia de Aristóteles en el terreno de la biología y la botánica a partir del Renacimiento. Porque margarita en latín siempre significó perla, pero resulta que Aristóteles, en su tratado de las plantas, usa la palabra para referirse a una planta de Egipto. Quizá sea el origen de esa translación semántica. Porque la flor que llamamos margarita, según distintas variedades, se podía llamar en latín bellis, aster o amellus."

23 Cf. Cf. "at in meridiano orbe praecipuam optinent nobilitatem syagri proximamque margarides. hae breves, candidae, rotundae, acinis quam balanis similiores, quare et nomen a margaritis accepere." (In the southern part of the world the kind called in Greek, the Dates called Syagri are held in the highest repute, and next to them rank those which are called margarides. The latter is a short, rounded fruit of a white colour, more like a grape than a Phoenician date, for which reason it has also received the semantic shift that we are looking for, but it is similar to the flower naming metaphor.

Finally, in the Projet Babel24 we can find the enunciation of three possible semantic motivation processes for the semantic shift: 1) the white petals or the small yellow middle flowers (without petals) evoke pearls, 2) the jewel most commonly made with pearls used to be a small brooch -easily made by gathering the pearls by means of a thread -which had the shape of a daisy, 3) the pearl necklace, a gift of love par excellence (let us not forget that the mother-of-pearl shell was the cradle and the symbol of Aphrodite), was used as a rosary for the rhyme "I love you, lots, passionately, madly, not at all": the flower would then have been the "pearl necklace of the poor".

In sum, though we cannot exactly locate the origin of the semantic shift, it seems plausible to postulate that it took place in French before the 16 th century, and that many languages borrowed the new meaning of the French word marguerite to their own pre-existing cognates, and some other languages borrowed the French loan in other languages. The spreading of the 'new' flower name was unquestionably well-succeeded, but it is also interesting to find out the semantic role that each language will assign to the French loan.

Romance languages

In this section, we will present a survey of five Romance languages. The order of presentation (i.e. French, Italian, Galician, Portuguese and Romanian) has been decided over the assumption that the semantic shift of the French marguerite was decisive for the spreading of the cognate words in these languages, following their geography. However, this survey also considers the names that each language had in use before the introduction of the loan from the French marguerite, some of which are still used.

name margaritis (here Plinius means that the name margaritis is owing to fact that the fruits of the plant margarides resemble (in shape or size) pearls).

French 25

Ses racines sont des fibres deliées

Quite surprisingly, contemporary dictionaries fail to acknowledge the distinction:

[TLFi] describes pâquerette as a "plante vivace de petite taille qui fleurit dans les prés, les gazons aux environs de Pâques; fleur de cette plante, blanche (ou rosée) à coeur jaune, rappelant la fleur de marguerite", and marguerite as a "Plante à fleurs de la famille des Composées, à pétales généralement blancs et à coeur jaune. / (Grande) marguerite ou marguerite des prés / (Petite) marguerite.

Synon. de pâquerette. The dictionary of the [Académie Française 1694] endorses 25 The section on French was written by Geoffrey Williams.

the same equivalence: "Pâquerette. Sorte de marguerite blanche qui pousse dans les prés vers le temps de Pâques."

Another interesting issue regards the etymology of pâquerette. Many authors invoke a link to Pâques 'Easter' . According to Furetière/Basnage [START_REF] Furetière | Dictionnaire universel, contenant généralement tous les mots françois tant vieux que modernes, & les termes des sciences et des arts[END_REF]],

"elle est appellée paquerete, ou paquette, parce qu'elle fleurit vers le temps de Pâques." The [TLFi], the [Académie Française 1694] and the [Petit Robert 2019] also claim that the word comes from Pâques, through the Middle French adjective pasqueret, that meant 'related to Easter' and the suffixe -ette. Other authors suggest another etymological link. [DECHALF], followed by [Littré], refutes the link to

Easter by saying "Mais ce ne peut être la cause du nom de la plante, puisqu'elle fleurit à peu près toute l'année". Instead, he suggests that pâquerette is related to "l'ancien français pasquierette qui vient de pasquier («pâquis, pâturage»), avec le suffixe -ette. La fleur serait ainsi nommée parce qu'elle parsème nos prairies."

The second hypothesis seems more plausible. Leucanthemum vulgare blooms from late spring to autumn and bellis perennis generally blooms from early to midsummer, which means that blooming is not restricted to the Easter period that may range from mid-March to mid-April. The Latin verb pasco, pascere, that [Lewis & Short] translate into 'to cause to eat, to feed, pasture' provides a plausible source both formally and semantically, since these little flowers grow spontaneously in short grass and lawns. The repetitive nature of the definitions and the etymology in French shows more a continuing lexicographical tradition where 'simple' words are copied from one dictionary to another than a real lexicographical analysis. It may simply be that lexicographers find such words beneath their attention and not worthy of deeper analysis. As such, the received wisdom is carried forward and not questioned. of course it may well have been in use before. We do not have the means to understand why this new name was introduced, so we may wonder that it corresponded to a botanical distinction (Tournefort (1694)'s treaty is more than a century away). Anyway, Furetière/Basnage seem to suggest that marguerite has a wider scope (cf. "sorte de plante dont il y a plusieurs especes"), and pâquerette is a particular plant (cf. "sorte de plante qu'on appelle en Latin bellis"), but posterity would bring all sorts of reinterpretations.

Finally, there is a neat distinction between marguerite and pâquerette, since only the last one is phraseologically rich:

• aller aux pâquerettes 'go to pick daisies; in football, said of a goalkeeper who fails to stop the ball, let something pass'

• au ras des pâquerettes 'vulgar language or behaviour'

• cueillir des pâquerettes 'go picking daisies'

• envoyer aux pâquerettes 'sent to pick daisies, meaning the goalkeeper is sent to get the ball after having failed to stop it'

Italian26

According to [Ragazzini], Italian has two equivalents to the English word 'daisy': margherita and pratolina. The archaic word marguerita (or margarita)stated as such since the 1552 edition of [Calepino] and present in this form until the first edition of [Crusca 1612] -is a noun of Latin origin (borrowed from Ancient Greek) that has preserved the original meaning 'pearl' as the exclusive one, at least until the end of the 17 th century.

The 'pearl' meaning has certainly lasted longer than in French and even contemporary dictionaries still number it among the possible definitions. The Li denti suoi parevan di ferro, gli occhi suoi risplendeano, come margherite 27

27 His teeth looked like iron, his eyes were glowing, as pearls (margherite).

[Crusca 1612] or in Il Tesoretto (Brunetto Latini 1260 circa):

Tesorett. 3. 13. Vidi… E pietre e margherite, Che son molto gradite.28 [START_REF] Tommaseo | Dizionario della Lingua Italiana[END_REF] or to its metaphorical use, as in Dante's Paradiso (cant. 6), where margherita means 'sky' (cielo) E dentro alla presente margherita.

[Crusca 1612]

The reference to the flower consistently enters dictionary articles from the , [START_REF] Tommaseo | Dizionario della Lingua Italiana[END_REF] and [Zingarelli] In contemporary dictionaries, it is just the other way round, with the reference to the flower coming first, and the pearl and its figurative meaning second (herb -erba -and pearl -perla). In fact, a corpus-based research can easily prove that the Latin cognate has progressively been dropped in favour of the other use. A quick query of the corpus La Repubblica 29 proves that none of the 254 occurrences correspond to the 'pearl' meaning, and even excluding proper names of people and pizza, a fair amount of the results refers to the flower.

Some present-day sources (see for example [De Mauro] or [Sabatini-Coletti]) mention the diminutive form of margherita -margheritina, as another 'daisy' name, basically a synonym. In fact, margherita seems to be an 'umbrella term' to point to different sorts of flowers, although the dictionaries do not offer precise definitions and uses, which are probably strongly influenced by diatopic variables as well. The AIS 30 gives evidence that the word margherita is used as such more in Southern Italy, and we can find a more variegated use in the North of the country, with more dialectal varieties. names that are mentioned in the AIS, there is no evidence of the equivalents mentioned in dictionaries. The [Treccani] dictionary, for instance, offers a range of synonyms for margheritina wider than other dictionaries -it mentions pratolina, prataiola, pratellina and even bellide.

If we look up the equivalents offered by [Treccani] in other dictionaries, [Zingarelli] or Il Nuovo De Mauro, for instance, we are forwarded to margheritina but not to margherita. The lemmata pratolina, prataiola, and prattelina are all related to the landscape where the flower can be found. They all are derivatives of prato 'meadow' , attested since 1800, according to Il Nuovo De Mauro.

We assume this could be taken as an evidence of a similar development for the French pâquerette. It is worth mentioning that pratolina is described by [Treccani] as an equivalent of margheritina, just like primo fiore 'first flower' and fiore di primavera 'Spring flower' , which are names that refer one of the properties of this flower: their blossoming season.

Thus, the word 'daisy' in the Italian language reveals to have two sets of words which present-day dictionaries offer as synonyms, though they have a different semantics and etymology, are used otherwise in different places, and have a different frequency if we look them up in a corpus of contemporary language. The occurrences of margherita in the [ItTenTen] corpus (SketchEngine) are much higher than the ones for pratolina. What is more, Il Nuovo de Mauro labels margherita as AD (Alta Disponibilità -Highly available), whereas pratolina is referred to as TS (Tecnico Specialistico -Technical and Specialized). The same label is given to the direct descendent of the Latin name, bellide, which is the term defining the botanical species with its peculiarities and, as De Mauro states, margheritina (and not margherita!) is one of its hyponyms. So, there are evidences that the two sets are not fully equivalents and that there is a certain amount of insecurity in defining the term and identifying its referents.

Galician

31
Though Galician is an old language, Galician lexicography is quite recent.

It began, like many other languages, with bilingual dictionaries, but the early bilingual Galician dictionaries dealt only with Castilian. Bilingual dictionaries that pair Galician with other languages have only appeared in the 20 th century. This was due to well-known political and sociolinguistic reasons in the context of the history of the Galician language. Furthermore, parity between the languages in bilingual dictionaries is absent when these languages are Galician and Castilian, that have a very different history: Castilian has an impressive lexicographical history32 and a prestigious Academy, as well as an excellent corpus of bilingual dictionaries, whereas Galician was not standardised and normalised until after 1980, and, unlike Castilian, does not have a fully fixed lexicographical thesaurus.

Furthermore, Galician speakers are bilingual in Castilian. For that reason, bilingual dictionaries between these two languages, spoken in the same community, have a role that goes far beyond the mere facilitation of equivalence between them both: it is about dignifying the minority language -the potential user stricto sensu is subtly relegated to the background. After the approval of the Statute of Autonomy of Galicia in 1981, the Real Academia Galega, the Instituto da Lingua Galega, and the University of Santiago de Compostela were assigned the task of studying the Galician language. In 1982, they published the Normas 31

The section on Galician was written by Ignacio Vázquez.

ortográficas e morfolóxicas do idioma galego33 , sanctioned by law in 1983. These standards were the first historical attempt to normalize Galician and they have had an important effect on the creation of (monolingual or bilingual) dictionaries, in recent times. Therefore, Galician lexicographical production before 1982 (e.g. [Olea]) must be distinguished from the post-1982 rules production (e.g. [DGCCG] written according to the rules in force today and published in 1982).

On the other hand, it can be said that Galician monolingual lexicography is generated from bilingual dictionaries created after 1982. These dictionaries only appear when normative bilingual lexicography has been fully established In summary, to overcome the lack of a monolingual Galician dictionary prior to [START_REF] Estraviz | [END_REF]], we must take into account the existing linguistic corpora -one of which is a compendium of dictionaries. Therefore, the information on the Galician equivalents for 'daisy' will, perhaps, be different from those in other languages. It should also be noted that the words consulted and currently referred to as 'daisy' in Galician come from two studies on botany: [NVFVG] and Silva-Pando et alii (1996).

Starting with the fundamental problem, people use many words as synonyms referring to the common flower, all of which are not taxonomically of the species Bellis perennis. The words are: belorita ~ bilorita ~ velorita ~ vilorita, benmequer (ben me quer), bonina, margarida ~ margarita, parramina, ponmerendas, primachorro and quitamerendas. All of these words are alive and in use today (with different peculiarities).

In [DRAG 2012→], that collects the current standard and normative lexicon, only margarida is collected and its variant margarita (one refers to the otherthey are synonymous in all respects) and only the flower is defined:

(monolingual) margarida PARA TODAS AS ACEPCIÓNS SINÓNIMO margarita substantivo feminino 1 Planta herbácea da familia das compostas, que bota flores de pétalos brancos e centro amarelo e da que existen diversas especies. As margaridas cubrían o muro do xardín. 2 Flor desta planta. Un ramo de margaridas. 3 por extensión Calquera flor semellante á margarida. Gústanlles moito as margaridas.

(monolingual) margarita substantivo feminino Margarida Levaba unha margarita na lapela. The third meaning of margarida (i.e. 'by extension -any flower similar to the 'daisy') is interesting. Therefore, the meanings deal with the problem of taxonomic denominations.

Nothing is said about the other entries. In order to find out the ancestry of all the current words for 'daisy' , we have consulted [TMILG] 34 . Only four records of margarida or margarita, used as a female proper noun, are found. There is no record of the other words. We have also searched [DdDGM] 35 . It only has two records of the word margarida as a female proper noun 36 . These results can be better understood considering that, due to the pressure of Castilian, Galician is practically not used in writing from the end of Middle Ages to the 19 th century Rexurdimento 37 . There is very little information from those three hundred years, only some texts and glossaries are available. The texts have been compiled

34 [TMILG] registers texts from 700 to 1600 (notarial prose, non-notarial prose and verse).

35

This is an electronic multidictionary that compiles fourteen glossaries and vocabularies elaborated from Galician textbooks or medieval text collections or belonging to the common Galician-Portuguese tradition. 36 The records appear in the 'Onomastic Index' of the translation of La traducción de la Crónica General y de la Crónica de Castilla by Ramón [START_REF] Lorenzo | La traducción gallega de la Crónica General y de la Crónica de Castilla[END_REF].

37 Rexurdimento 'resurgence' refers to a period in the history of Galicia, in the 19 th century.

Its central feature was the revitalization of the Galician language as a vehicle of social and cultural expression after the so-called séculos escuros 'dark centuries' , in which the dominance of Castilian Spanish was nearly complete.

Margarita is mentioned in one study [START_REF] García González | Glosario de voces galegas de hoxe[END_REF] but not in any dictionary. Parramina is registered in two dictionaries. In both, it is marked with a label that circumscribes it to a specific area (Caurel):

16-(bilingual) Primavera, bellorita, hierba perenne. [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF] 17-(bilingual) Primavera, bellorita, hierba perenne. [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF] And quitamerendas is recorded in a study (cf. Martín Sarmiento 1746-1755) and in two dictionaries:

18-(bilingual) Quitameriendas nombre vulgar de la planta merendera, de la familia de las liliáceas. [DEGC] 19-(bilingual) Quitameriendas, nombre vulgar que se da a la planta merendera de las liliáceas.

[ [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF] In the computerized [TILG] 40 , we can find the following number of records for these words (the remaining are not attested): Table 3 -Distribution of Galician 'daisy' names in [TILG] 40 This historical corpus gathers 1958 texts from the 17 th century to 2013 (4 from the 17 th century, 21 from the 18 th century, 505 from the 19 th century and 1421 from the 20 th century and 21 st century).

Finally, in the [CORGA] 41 , we find the following results: Table 4 -Distribution of Galician 'daisy' names in [CORGA] Many dictionaries have been recently published, in conjunction with the work of the Real Academia. We have considered two, since the other present no different data. In the first one, only two entries are collected, margarida and quitamerendas:

20-(monolingual) margarida (lat. margarita < gr. margarites = perla). s. f. Planta composta con flores de pétalos brancos ligados a un centro amarelo. [DXL] 20-(monolingual) quitamerendas (de quitar + merendas) s. m. Herba silvestre que ten unha flor azul de pequeno tamaño. [DXL] In the second dictionary, we have found:

21-(monolingual) margarita s. f. [START_REF] Estraviz | [END_REF] Bot. O mesmo que margarida.

21-(monolingual) margarida s. f. [START_REF] Estraviz | [END_REF] Bot. Planta da família das compostas com capítulos de flores liguladas, brancas e com um pecíolo ancho com flósculos amarelos, é espontânea e floresce todo o ano menos no inverno. Também é conhecida por belorita, bonina e bem-me-quer (Bellis perennis).

As flores desta planta.

[gr. margarites, lat. margarita]

Given the fact that [START_REF] Estraviz | [END_REF] offers a number of alternative names for margarida, we have also looked them up in this dictionary:

21-(monolingual) belorita

Bot. Planta da família das compostas, o mesmo que margarida (Bellis perennis).

21-(monolingual) bonina

Pequena flor campestre parecida à macela. Margarita (Bellis perennis).

21-(monolingual) bem-me-quer

41

This contemporary corpus gathers texts from 1975 to the present.

It is not collected.

The combination of all these informations yields the following summary: Though the scarcity of the data is a serious shortcoming for the description of Galician, the information that we have gathered suggests that the universal and standard word for 'daisy' , in Galician, is (and has been since the Resurximento) margarida (with its variant margarita, although with fewer records in the corpora, and certainly under the influence of Castilian). Margarida is the only word listed in the [DRAG1982→], and this is a tendency that prevails also in other languages.

Nevertheless, we have been able to trace other names that come across the path of 'daisies' in Galician. The first interesting note regards the preservation of a (graphically unstable) word -belorita -related to the Latin noun bellis. Two other attested words (i.e. bonina and benmequer) are also attested in Portuguese, as mentioned in the following section. Quitamerendas (registered in three dictionaries ( [DEGC], [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF]] and [DXL]) and ponmerendas (without its own entry but named in 14) are clearly of expressive origin. Parramina (registered in two dictionaries [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF]] and [START_REF] Dgc | [END_REF]) without registers in the corpora)

and primachorro (without entry in the dictionaries or registers in the corpora)

indicate, in spite of the lack of diatopic information in the works, a geographical restricted use.

The four words respond to the desire to collect the largest number of entries in dictionaries, a trend verified in Galician lexicography until the 90s.

To conclude, it is important to say that although the flower names presented above are all related to 'daisy' , it is a fact that they are not always the referent of the botanical species bellis perennis. Other flowers, such as 'primrose' or 'camomile' are also mentioned, but this confusion of names is not a specificity of Galician, it is rather common-place in its neighbouring languages (and also those further afield) languages.

Portuguese 42

Though margarida is the only equivalent for 'daisy' offered by [INFOPEDIA I-P], native speakers know that other names, that can be retrieved in monolingual dictionaries such as [INFOPEDIA], are possible choices:

bem-me-quer designação comum, extensiva a diferentes plantas da família das Compostas, que se destacam pelas flores de pétalas brancas, amarelas ou alaranjadas, também conhecidas como malmequer, margarida, etc. It is not that easy, if even possible, to understand which is the proper meaning of each of these words and the resulting interconnections between them are quite intricate. Nevertheless, margarida seems to be at a focal point, which requires some further research since, as we will see below, 'flower name' is a quite recent meaning for that word in Portuguese:

Figure 6 -Interconnections of Portuguese 'daisy' names in [INFOPEDIA] The following diachronic frequency table shows the usage of these words since the 13 th century (cf. [CdP]). This corpus gathers documents since the 13 th century, but none of the above mentioned names occur before the 16 th century, a fact that is open to many interpretations 43 :

43 Maybe this is a consequence of the nature of the corpus or of the scarcity of available written documents; maybe the speakers felt no need to name these small wild flowers, or they just referred them as florzinhas 'little flowers' , a word that [Pereira] lists as a main entry (cf. "Florsinha. Flosculus, i.").

Table 6 -Distribution of Portuguese 'daisy' names in [CdP] The overall observation of these data highlights that margarita, as a flower name, has never been used 44 and pampilho was and still is very rarely used. Bonina had a dominant position in the 16 th and the 17 th centuries, which decayed in the 18 th century, and, in the 19 th and 20 th centuries, its usage was dominantly retrieved by literary texts. Furthermore, bem-me-quer and malmequer were almost evenly used in the 16 th century. The use of bem-me-quer has slightly increased until the 18 th century, and then it became a rarely used word, whereas malmequer became more and more popular along the 19 th and the 20 th centuries. Finally, we may see that, as a flower name, margarida is only documented in the 19 th century, becoming increasingly dominant until the present time. In sum, we may say that bonina dominated until the 17 th century, bem-me-quer prevailed along the 18 th century, margarida took the lead from the 19 th century onwards, and malmequer became almost as salient in contemporary European Portuguese, at the same time.

This frequency analysis assumes that all these words are synonymous, but the assumption is probably insufficiently grounded. We will take a look at the etymology of these words and their lexicographic registers in order to find out more about their meaning.

According to [START_REF] Cunha | Dicionário Etimológico da Língua Portuguesa[END_REF], bonina is a Castilian loan, probably related to the Latin adjective bonus, meaning 'good' . It is worth noting that [DELL] mentions 44 The word occurs, not very frequently though, but with the meaning 'pearl' , or as a proper noun, or, more recently, as the name of a 'drink' . Records of margarita, meaning 'pearl' or 'flower name' in contemporary dictionaries are merely a lexicographic revival.

that "de bonus existe un diminutif familier, employé à toutes les époques: bellus" and he also claims that "les langues romanes ont isolé bonus, bene et bellus, qui étaient étroitement liés en latin et qui sont devenus trois mots distincts: fr.

bon, bien, beau". This is particularly interesting because, in the entry Bellis, -idis, [DELL] refers "marguerite (Plin.). Dérivés de bellus? Cf. κάλλυντρον 45 , Arist.". If, in fact, there is an independently established link between bellis and bonus, then we may admit that the Iberian wild flower 46 name bonina is closely semantically related to the Latin wild flower name bellis 47 .

Portuguese heritage dictionaries (cf. [Cardoso], [Barbosa], [Pereira] and [Bluteau]) consistently translate bonina(s) into the Latin word flosculus 'little flower' .

The same meaning is purveyed by the explanation in Portuguese, whenever it is given (cf. [Bluteau]: "flores mais pequenas", i.e. 'smaller flowers'; [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]]:

"Florzinha [...] do campo", i.e. 'small wildflower') and they are also positively evaluated, somehow bringing back a semantic connection to their etymon (cf.

[Bluteau]: "flores [...] mais mimosas", i.e. 'prettier flowers'; [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]: "Florzinha mimosa", i.e. 'pretty small flower'). [Figueiredo] is the first to present an equivalent that he does not define (i.e. margarida dos prados, i.e. 'meadow margarida') and he also indicates that bonina is a hyperonym of bem-me-quer. Apparently, these meanings are [Figueiredo]'s invention, since until then bonina was a generic name for small and nice wildflowers, but contemporary dictionary makers decided to fully explore [Figueiredo]'s innovation, as we have seen in the above [INFOPEDIA]'s 45 ['kal:undron] goes back to a root kal(l)-'beautiful, good' (cf. AG καλός [ka'los] 'beautiful, good') and in the case of Aristotle it refers to a kind of an (unknown to us) shrub (or flower). Thus, the [DELL] is establishing a parallel between a Latin term and an AG one that were both formed from a root meaning 'good, beautiful' . 46 [RAE 1726] registers bonina as the "hierba que se parece a la manzanilla, de flores blancas y amarillas. Lat. Chamamelonis" 47 [DRA] registers the word bonina as a modifier of abóbora 'pumpkin' (cf. A abóbora bonina é chamada abóbora bolina (por dissimilação e influência de bola?) e abóbora menina por etimologia popular. Minho. Mas onde se acha o bonina? V. abóbora.) Vasconcelos admits that bonina is a phonetic variant of bolina. This is equally a misterious word, but phonetically closer to belo.

entries). A final note, still related to bonina, is suggested by the entry pratum in [Pereira], which he defines as "O prado, o campo de boninas, ou de feno". The reference to prado 'meadow' suggests a semantic relationship to the Italian 'daisy' name pratolina and to the French pâquerette.

Pampilho is a more complex case. According to [START_REF] Cunha | Dicionário Etimológico da Língua Portuguesa[END_REF], its etymology is obscure. The word usage is so scarce that we might just ignore it, but it is plausible to hypothesize the connection to the Quechua word pampa, which is the name for 'meadow' in South America. This might explain why the word only shows up in the 17 th century. And we might, again, also recognise a semantic connection between pampilho, the French pâquerette and the Italian pratolina. Early dictionaries (cf. [Cardoso], [Barbosa], [Pereira], [Bluteau] and [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]] present pampilho as an herb, but they don't agree on which one: heliotropium (and tornasol, in the translation of the Latin word into Portuguese) for [Cardoso]; buphtalmus for [Barbosa], [Bluteau]) and [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]], either in Latin or in the Portuguese translation (i.e. olho de boy; olho de boi)); and buphtalmus, chrysanthemum and cachia for [Pereira]. [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]] registers a surprising equivalence to "uma espécie de parietária" (i.e. 'a kind of parietary') and, as usual, [Figueiredo] innovates:

though he provides no sources, he mentions two graphic alternates (i.e. pampílio and pampillo) and he finds three subspecies (i.e. pampilho aquático; pampilho espinhoso; pampilho marítimo). The most consensual interpretation brings pampilho close to būphthalmos, apparently because the flower resembles the eye of an ox (cf. [Pereira]). [Bluteau] mentions briefly that the flower is yellow (cf. "a flor desta herva he de cor de ouro").

As mentioned above, contemporary sources (namely [INFOPEDIA]) establish a link between pampilho and malmequer.

[Wikipedia] specifically relates pampilho to chrysanthemum segetum (one of its common names, together with erva-mijona, malmequer, malmequer-branco, malmequer-bravo, pampilho-das-searas, pingilhos), and also to coleostephus myconis (together with olhos-de-boi and pampilhode-micão). Such profusion of names and categories, together with such a low frequency in usage, can only mean that, in general, this is not an equivalent for 'daisy' or any other precise wildflower name.

Two other names, bem-me-quer and malmequer (or any other of their graphic variants), are also quite old. They originate in the two first verses of the folk rhyme 48 (he/she loves me; he/she loves me not), sung while picking daisy petals off, one by one 49 , in order to find out the fate of some romantic inclination 50 .

Bem-me-quer, shared with Galician 51 , was never that frequently used in Portuguese.

On the other hand, malmequer, which is a Portuguese idiosyncrasy, became more frequent, as mentioned above, when bonina lost the preference of speakers.

From a semantic point of view, these names seem to fit well with all flowers that allow to play the petal stripping game: [Pereira] mentions calendula ("O bem me queres flor: flor de pamposto, ou girassol"), and chrysanthemum (Pampilho, ou pamposto herva, ou sua flor bememqueres amarela), that belong to the asteraceae family, but he also lists a member of another family, which is caltha ("O bem me queres flor, ou flor do pamposto, ou girasol; ou violeta" and "Malmequeres flor.

Caltha, ae"). [Bluteau] draws a list of properties of bemmequères:

48 Cf. footnote 21. 49 The syntactic origin of these names is patent in their original forms: bem me queres / bememqueres / bemmequères 'lit. well-me-you want'; malmequeres 'lit. bad-me-you want' .

The verbal inflection (2 nd person singular-indicative present) will be lost, in order to get a singular noun (cf. bem-me-quer, malmequer) formally distinct from the plural (cf.

bem-me-queres, malmequeres).

50 [Bluteau] explains and comments the game, but, most interestingly, he tries to identify its origins: "O costume de fazer estas perguntas amorosas às flores se originou, ou de que Venus, & as Graças, suas companheiras se coroão de flores, & o dàr os amantes às amadas capellas de flores, ou ramalhetes, he prova de amor; ou naceo este costume de que a flor; Amaranto, se chama vulgarmente Flor de Amor, & he huma das especies de Bemmequeres, com hum botão de ouro no meyo, mas com flores purpuras ao redor." [Bluteau] argues that the rhyme is either due to the fact that Venus and the Graces use flower crowns and lovers usually offer flowers as a token of their love, or to the fact that one kind of bemmequeres is the amaranth, also called the flower of love. Three centuries later, [Bluteau]'s hypothesis are hardly decodable.

51

Cf. above, the section on Galician.

In fact, there is a gap of more than hundred years between [Pereira]'s record and the 19 th century attestations in the [CdP]: neither [Bluteau] nor [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF] include margarida in the entry list or elsewhere, as a botanical name. [Fonseca] lists margarita and, finally, [Figueiredo] lists them both. Information is thus very scarce. [START_REF] Cunha | Dicionário Etimológico da Língua Portuguesa[END_REF] claims that margarida is a loan from the French marguerite, but we may speculate a bit further. Margarita meaning 'pearl' is an old word in Portuguese, first attested in the 13 th century. The final voiceless stop has probably undergone a voicing process (like many other Latin words, such as vita > vida), which motivated the graphic alternate margarida. The pearl meaning of margarida became unused before the 18 th century (cf. Table 6), but as a female anthroponym (equally old), the word survived until our present days. The introduction of the flower name meaning, documented since the 18 th century, was certainly motivated by the identical meaning of the French marguerite, but the form was not borrowed -most probably, this was just a semantic loan.

Finally, it is interesting to note that [Pereira] presents margarida as a translation for bellis, which is not yet Linnaeus (1735)' bellis perennis, but rather a 'kind of herb' . [Fonseca] presents margarita merely as a flower, and [Figueiredo] evoques the botanical taxonomy presenting both margarita and margarida as 'the name of several plants of the compositae family' . Finally, for [Priberam], margarida and margarita are 'common names for several asteraceae plants'; and for [Infopedia],

margarida is (i) a common noun for several compositae plants, (ii) the name for bellis perennis and (iii) the name of the flower of some of those plants' .

[Wikipedia] 56 offers the best summary for the random semantic account found in lexicographic sources. They claim that there is no consensus about the usage of the word that presents large variation: margarida may refer to any plant of the genus bellis (namely, bellis perennis, bonina or bela-margarida, bellis sylvestris, or margarida-do-monte and bellis annua or margarida-menor); to leucanthemum vulgare or chrysanthemum leucanthemum; to chrysanthemum frutescens; to callistephus chinensisor, rainha-margarida; and to tibouchina aspera, quaresmeira 56 Cf. https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Margarida (July 2018).

or malmequer-do-campo -in other words, margarida is the folk name for a wide variety of plants. Therefore, though, as a flower name, margarida entered the Portuguese lexicon with a tight semantic link to bellis, it subsequently, became a wide range umbrella name for many compositae.

In sum, malmequer and margarida are the best equivalents for the English word 'daisy' , but they are both generic terms for a wide variety of wild flowers typically belonging to the asteraceae family. No further semantic distinction is available in Portuguese through common nouns.

Romanian 57

Bellis perennis is designated in Romanian by a large variety of lexical items, only two of them being captured by the English-Romanian dictionary 58 . Most of these terms are used in specific regions, or even in specific zones of a region 59 .

According to [Panţu], who gives the most comprehensive list, but remains quite unspecific about the topographical spread of the words, it can be called: 57 The section on Romanian was written by Ioana Galleron. 58 The older Dictionar Englez-Roman by the Romanian Academia (1974) indicates four equivalents: «paraluța, banțu, banuței, bumbisor».

59 Great historical Romanian regions are four: Moldavia, Wallachia, Transylvania and Dobruja; inside these regions, other divisions are to be found, designated in turn as "regions", and to which [Panţu] is referring (for a list, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Historical_regions_of_Romania). At least until the modern era, their historical evolution has not been the same, and this has had a significant impact especially with regards to the language spoken in these areas. To give a very rough description of the situation, it is to be borne in mind that Moldavia is closer to the Slavic speaking area, Wallachia and Dobruja had more contacts and exchanges with the Turkish and Greek populations, while Transylvania was part of the Austro-Hungarian empire, with Hungarian and German as official languages for a long period of time. On the top, or at the bottom of this, two unifying factors: the Latin origin of the language, and an Orthodox christianism following Slavonic rites and using Slavonic translations of the Bible. To these forms, [DLRLC (1955[DLRLC ( -1957] ] adds "păscuţă", without specification about the region where in use, but also without mentioning many of the equivalents

Item

given by [Panţu].

It is to be noted that, with very little exceptions, this long series of items creates no confusion with leucanthemum vulgare (or chrysantemum leucanthemum), designated by a completely different series of words: aurată, margaretă (Muntenia), ochiul boului (Transylvania), roman (Transylvania), romoniță mare (Bucovina), tătăişe (Bucovina). The two plants are mistaken only in [DER 1958[DER -1966]], and in some dictionaries of synonyms. The first one, much more preoccupied by the etymology of the word than by the description of the plant, says that frușíță (pl.

frușíțe) is an equivalent of margaretă (Bellis perennis): The three underlined words refer, according to [Panţu], to different flowers; one would have recognised in mărgărită a variation on margaretă (Fr. marguerite, Lat. leucanthemum vulgare), while rotoțele is achillea ptarmica (Ro. iarbă de strănutat, Fr. herbe à éternuer) and scânteioară would be anagallis arvensis (Fr.

mouron rouge or mouron des champs). It is not clear why the two first false synonyms have been included in this list; to a certain extent, the third one has its explanation in the phonetic similarity with scânteiuță, formed on the same root 61 , used indeed in certain regions for bellis perennis.

In fact, complications occur mainly because of phenomena of paronymy and homonymy in the list of words quoted above. This is especially the case for the second and the last item, bumbuşor, respectively scânteiuță mentioned above.

Phonetically, bumbuşor is easy to confound with bumbişor, or even bunghişor, all the more so that bumbuşor and bumbişor are both diminutives of bumb (from the Hungarian gomb), designating a small button, and bunghişor can be interpreted as a Moldavian variation on the same root. Or, according to [Panţu],

followed by other thematic sources, in Bucovina bumbişor designates anthemis tinctoria (also called in Romanian floare de perină), while in Moldova it is used for pyrethrum balsamita (vulg. spilcuțe). According to the same source, bunghişor, in use in Bucovina, is Erigeron acris. To confuse issues even more, bunghişor has as equivalents ochiul boului and steluțe: if one can leave easily aside the second one (literally, 'little stars'), the first one poses interesting problems, as it is the same as one of the Transylvanian words for leucanthemum vulgare, and it means literally ox-eye!

On the other hand, scânteuță as equivalent of bellis perennis seems to be of a limited use. The item is more often quoted as equivalent for gagea pratensis, and both for anagallis arvensis and gagea arvensis, not to mention Erythraea centaurium (for scânteuță de friguri) and ficaria ranunculoides (for scânteuță 61 Scânteie: Fr. étincelle, Eng. spark. Scânteiuță are both diminutives, and mean literally little spark, a description appropriate to the flower it designates.

galbenă). Less complex, but adding in to the general confusion, is the situation of năsturaş, meaning either bellis perennis, or nastratum officinale.

To sum up, through homophones and paronyms, but also through a list of (debatable) synonyms, very different families of plants meet in a quite inextricable "bouquet" in Romanian. Specialised dictionaries use the Latin equivalent and botanical terminology to disambiguate who is who 62 , but this very precision is of little use to the lay public, which gets rapidly lost with the technical terms 63 .

Usual dictionaries, on the other hand, are somewhat light in their descriptions: 63 This is also the case of some lexicographers, judging by the use of capitulum in some of the definitions below.

64 'Ornamental flower with small and round leafs, also called floare frumoasă.' (our translation).

65 'Small plant, herbaceous, pertaining to the family of compositae, with small and round flowers, nicely coloured.' (our translation).

66 'Herbaceous plant with small and round flowers, nicely coloured, disposed in capitulum' (our translation).

67 'Herbaceous decorative plant, similar to marguerites, cultivated for its round, flat, white or rose flowers.' părălúță ~ef. (diminutiv de la para) Plantă erbacee decorativă, asemănătoare cu margaretele, cultivată pentru florile mici, rotunde, de culoare albă sau roz; bănuţ. [START_REF] Nodex | Noul dictionar explicativ al limbii române[END_REF] see bănúț above păscúță, păscuțe, s. f. 2.Plantă de primăvară care face flori albe (Bellis perennis); gușagăinii; (la pl.) bănuţi. [DLRLC 1955-1957] 68 This situation may be related to the fact that the words referring to bellis perennis are themselves evocative, and once the indication given that items are to be understood as plants with (generally white) flowers, it is the implicit comparison in absentia which is probably supposed to convey the right image in the mind of the speaker.

The origin of the words designating bellis perennis is unclear. [DER 1958[DER -1966] ] presents bănuț as a diminutive of ban, issued from a Germanic word, or maybe from a medium Latin bannum; părăluță is a diminutive of the Turkish para 'coin of little value' . Both mean a small piece of money: small, round, reminding the glowing of coins with their light colour detached on a darker background. This implies a metaphorical use for designating the flowers, and therefore a belated entry in the language, since ban has not probably acquired the sense of 'piece of money' until the 12 th century; also, massive contact with the Turks, creating the conditions for vocabulary exchange, has taken place rather after the 13 th century.

But how the Romanians were designating bellis perennis until the 12 th or the 13 th century? Did they wait for the Middle Ages to invent a name for such a common flower? An alternative explanation may be to imagine a phonetic and semantic contamination, similar to the one having taken place in Portuguese, as hypothesised in the previous section, with bellis becoming bonum 69 and then evolving further when ban acquired the sense of 'piece of money' . Further, bumbușor and năsturaș modified somewhat the image, comparing the flower with small buttons, very close in their aspect to the little coins evoked by the word ban. As mentioned above, scânteuță means spark; if the idea of a round form vanishes somehow 68 'Springtime plant blooming white flowers'

69 Known as the origin of the word bun (good) in Modern Romanian.

with this item, the glittering of the bloom is pushed forward, as well as the idea of a small plant/ flower. The less explicit are butculiță and frușiță, the first one evoking remotely a little bottle, the second being less immediate comprehensible.

Finally, floare frumoasă means literally 'beautiful flower'-a quite non-discriminant characteristic, since generally flowers are beautiful, and the category of 'ugly flower' is not one of the most common in Romanian language. Given the three characteristics (small, round, glittering) suggested by the most common words used to designate bellis perennis, as well as this association with the beauty, one can say that the plant is the prototype of field flowers, the one with regard to which all the others will appear as variations on the same theme. This may be the reason of the botanical confusions one can find in dictionaries of synonyms, since, in a way, all field, wild flowers, with small round capitula, be they bellis perennis, or leucanthemum vulgaris can be mistaken as 'coins' or 'buttons' spread on a lawn, or as 'sparks' scattered all over a meadow.

Examples given in dictionaries and found on webpages indicate that bellis perennis is associated to (or meant into) three quite specific contexts. The first one is that of a description of a springtime landscape:

Am găsit… cele dintâi păscuți albe. SADOVEANU, O. VIII 13 [DLRLC 1955[DLRLC -1957] ] 70 De îndată ce pajiştea devine ca buratecul este împestritaţă cu drăgălaşele părăluţe (Bellis perennis), bănuţi de sidef ce strălucesc pe smaragdul ierbii. Spre deosebire de spiţa sălbatică a neamului, părăluţele de grădină au floarea bătută. Sunt colorate felurit de la alb la roşu de trandafir. Prin petalele lor oacheşe aruncă atâta veselie pe pajiştea verde, incât fără sa vrei iţi aduci aminte de tabloul lui Boecklin cu copilaşii ce se hirjonesc intr'o pajişte primăvăratică, presărată cu părăluţe. [Simionescu 1939] 71 If these examples use unambiguous Romanian words (i.e. păscuți, bănuți, părăluțe-all of them related only to bellis perennis, according to [Panţu]), it is easy to substitute "bumbuşori", "bumbişori" or "năsturaşi" in this context, all the 70 'I have found the first white daisies' 71 'As soon as the lawns become as green as a frog they get sprinkled with the lovely daisies (Bellis perennis), small coins of nacre glowing on the emerald grass. To the dif-more so as the author of the second quotation clearly evokes 'buttons' when he speaks about 'coins of nacre' (reminding the Greek margarites) -a somewhat curious material to coin pieces, but very much used to manufacture buttons.

When considering the verbs ('sprinkled' , 'aspersed'), one can also think about sparks, scânteuțe. Obviously, the three denominations are deeply associated in the spirit of the Romanian speaker, even in the mind of a botanist as Simionescu (1939), who was certainly not mistaking bellis perennis with leucanthemum vulgare, nor with the many other plants to which bumbişor or năsturaş can refer to. The fact is that the context does not allow us to think that bumbişori or năsturaşi could designate anything else but bellis perennis -a series of small, precocious, springtime, round flowers, growing in short cut grass.

The second context is that of gardening -books and websites offering advice to young or confirmed gardeners. Bănuți and părăluțe seem to be exclusively used to designate bellis perennis, and the Latin equivalent is regularly provided. To a Romanian gardener, bellis perennis is a small flower, with one or several florets of different colours; the keywords, in such situations, are 'perennial' and 'biannual' .

The third context is that of folk pharmacopoeia; it is the one where contamination of denominations can be most annoying. Bellis perennis, again designated above all as bănuț, has proprieties in fighting migraines, a quite specialised use to which leucanthemum vulgare or anthemis tinctoria are improper.

To sum up, bellis perennis:

• is a plant carrying a small flower, in both senses of size of the floret and height. Almost all items designating it in Romanian (exception made by floare frumoasă) have in common to be diminutives72 .

ference to the uncultured species, garden daisies have several florets. They have various colours, from white to red rose. Their good looking petals spread so much joy on the green lawn, that one remembers involuntarily Boecklin's painting with small children playing on a spring lawn, aspersed with daisies.'

• is not a solitary plant, it grows in groups (see the almost systematic use of plural forms);

• is a plant growing on lawns;

• is a plant growing in springtime, associated, as such, with Easter time and rebirth of nature, and more generally with the idea of incipience, as one can see in the use of the word 'children' in the quotation above, but also in the use of 'first' by [DLRLC 1955[DLRLC -1957]]: not only the first daisies, as one would say the first tomatoes, but also the first flowers to bloom after winter;

• is an ornamental plant (and more largely associated with joyous ideas);

• it cures headaches.

The following diagram is a schematic representation of relations between Latin denominations and related Romanian forms:

Names related to an activity involving the flowers

Portuguese -malmequer

Portuguese -bem-me-quer

Galician -ben me quer

Modern Greek 73

This section is a contribution to the study of the Modern Greek (MG) vocabulary and lexicography especially in relation to the words carrying the meaning 'daisy' and how these words appear in the entries of MG dictionaries.

Our data comes from: 1) modern lexicographical resources and particularly the online editions of [DSMG], [GOD] and [Georgacas], 2) the hard copy editions of [Du Cange], [Somavera], [Skarlatos], [Dimitrakos], [Babiniotis], [DCG] and [HD],

and the enlarged edition of [Heldreich] 74 .

standard modern greek (smg) names for 'daisy' 73 The section on Modern Greek was written by Simeon Tsolakidis. 74 Originally published in 1908, this dictionary was edited and republished by S. Miliarakis in 1926.

The common designation for 'daisy' in MG is μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita]. Like all the cognates found thus far, it comes from Hellenistic Greek μαργαρίτης [margaˈrite:s] 'pearl' , but not directly. In fact, MG [marγaˈrita] goes back to a Romance origin, vehiculated by Οld Italian margarita (cf. [DSMG]'s entry ΜΑΡΓΑΡΙΤΑ), itself obtained from Old French marguerite.

According to the very first MG lexicographical attestation in [Somavera],

[marγaˈrita] is related to 'calendula' , and this could be an indication that at least in the 18 th century (or even in the late 17 th century) [marγaˈrita] was used as a designation for asteraceae with white or yellow petals.

Μαργαρίτα, ἡ. (λουλούδι.) Calendula, fiorrancio, fiord'ognimese, centroclla, spota de sole.

This seems to have changed in the first half of the 20 th century, since in [Dimitrakos] (vol. 9), [marγaˈrita] is described as το φυτόν άνθεμις η λευκανθίς, 'leucanthemum chrysanthemum' .

Ιn the 21 st century, in the μαργαρίτα entry of [DCG], we are provided with actually the same information, since leucanthemum chrysanthemum is provided as the scientific name for [marγaˈrita]. On the other hand, in the definition part

[marγaˈrita] is more thoroughly described as a ποώδες αυτοφυές φυτό με άνθη κίτρινα στο κέντρο και λευκά πέταλα 75 , a description that could fit for a lot of kinds of daisies (consequently, for bellis perennis, too).

On the other hand, [Somavera]'s use of [marγaˈrita] for asteraceae with both white or yellow petals reappears in the late 20 th century [DSMG], where [marγaˈrita] is described as a λουλούδι με άσπρα ή κίτρινα πέταλα τοποθετημένα κυκλικά γύρω από τον ύπερο και τους στήμονες, που είναι κίτρινοι 76 , something which fits to a lot of asteraceae. The same holds in the case of [Babiniotis], where [marγaˈrita] is 75 'herbaceous plant with a flower head consisting of white ray petals that surround a yellow disc' (our translation).

76 'flower with white or yellow petals surrounding the pistil and the stamens, which are of yellow colour' (our translation). 78 . Here again we have a description matching a lot of asteraceae (and actually in [GOD] we are informed that [marγaˈrita] belongs to the family of compositae, which is equivalent to asteraceae. In any case, [GOD] is the only dictionary where the users are explicitly informed that the term for 'daisy' in MG is a 'common term for plants belonging to different genera and species' , and we believe that this is a real progress concerning the MG dictionary definitions of [marγaˈrita], at least on the level of getting users aware that the term [marγaˈrita] is connected with a wide variety of flowering plants. In the next chapter we will discuss more peripheral MG flower names referring to daisies.

other non-smg names for 'daisy'

Let's begin with the observation that in [Heldreich] we are not provided with MG popular equivalents of bellis perennis. If we take into account that

Theodor von Heldreich was a pretty famous botanist of his times (according to

The International Plant Names Index, he discovered seven new genera and 700 new species of plants, 70 of which bear his name 79 , we can quite safely assume 77 'herbaceous plant of the field with a characteristic flower bearing a disc and white or yellow petals (our translation). 78 'the common term for plants belonging to different genera and species; their flowers look very much alike, since they have an inflorescence with heads having two kinds of anthoids; the ones being in the center of the head are tubular, usually yellow in color, while the peripheral ones are tongue-shaped, usually white or yellow' (our translation).

79 www.ipni.org/ipni/advPlantNameSearch.do?find_includePublicationAuthors=on&-find_includePublicationAuthors=off&find_includeBasionymAuthors=on&find_includeBa-that Heldreich believed that this kind of bellis did not exist in Greece. On the other hand, in the 'Compositae section' of [Heldreich], bellis annua and bellis sylvestris are mentioned (along with their popular Greek terms), meaning plants that do not differ so much in appearance from bellis perennis.

We cite below the relevant entries from [Heldreich]:

Bellis annua L. ἄστρο (ἬπειροςΧ. Marg.), στεκούλι (Κεφαλ. Δαλλαπ. Χ.), ἄνοιξι (Κέρκ.), ἀσπρολούλουδα (Sibth. Fr. Marg.) 80 .

B. silvestris Cyr. λεμονόχορτο (Ζάκ.Sibth.).

On the other hand, [Heldreich] claims that [marγaˈrita] is a popular Greek name for anthemis arvensis and anthemis chia in the following entries:

Anthemis arvensis L. μαργαρίτα (Φωκίς Maire), ασπροπούλια (Σκῦρος Τούντ.)

A. chia L. παπούνι (Κύπρ. Sibth.), ζωγιέρα ἀπὸ τῆς πύργους (Κέρκ.), κουτρούλια (Ἀμοργ. Χ.), ἀρμέγκα (Ἀττική Fr.), ἄγρια μαργαρίτα (Ἀττική Χ.).

Besides, in the calendulae species entry we are informed that the plural of

[marγaˈrita] μαργαρίτες [marγaˈrites] is used on the Aegean island of Tinos as a popular term for calendulae, meaning marigolds:

C. species νεκρολούλουδα(ἈθῆναιΧ.), μοσκαρδίνια (Κεφαλ.), μαργαρίτες (Τῆνος Ῥεν.).

In this point it should be taken into account that [Heldreich] was composed in a period when a Common Modern Greek (CMG) was still under development, being characterized, amongst others, by great dialectal or regional diversity (cf.

Mackridge 2014). This is reflected in [Heldreich], since after every popular term

given the area where it is used is given (inside brackets). But in every case, [Heldreich]'s data show us that [marγaˈrita] in the early 20 th century is neither a CMG cover term for daisies nor a term for bellis perennis. The same period sionymAuthors=off&find_rankToReturn=all&output_format=normal&find_authorAbbre-v=Heldr 80 [Heldreich] is composed like a dictionary of synonyms, providing for every of its headwords (consisting of Neolatin scientific names) MG equivalents from various regions of Greece. In this section the MG synonyms in the entries to which we refer to, are underlined.

in a glossary of plant names from the Ionian island of Kefallinia, published in 1876 (and included as an appendix in [Heldreich]) [marγaˈrita] is defined as ο γνωστός πολυανθής σφαιροειδής θάμνος με τα λευκά άνθη. Και το άνθος του χαμομηλίου 81 . According to this entry, we see that, at least in certain regions of Greece, [marγaˈrita] was actually a cover term for various kinds of bellis with white flowers, as well as for the chamomile.

Let us now examine other popular Greek terms that are or were used instead of [marγaˈrita] in other regions of Greece. In case of anthemis arvensis in [Heldreich] we are informed that except from [marγaˈrita] In the case of [Skarlatos] the ἈΣΠΡΟΛΟΎΛΟΎΔΟΝν entry is the following:

ἈΣΠΡΟΛΟΎΛΟΎΔΟΝ (τὸ ἄγριον χαμόμηλον ἢ τὸ κοπρολούλουδον. Eἶίναι διαφόρων εἰδῶν), ἄνθ. » Ἀστερίς, ἀστερία (πόα), ἀνθεμίς, ἄνθεμον, ἀνθέμιον, λευκάνθεμον, μελάνθεμον, ἡράνθεμον (κυρ. τὸ πορφυρανθές), χρυσoκόμη, κηράνθεμον, καλλία, ἀργεμώνη. marguerite, θ. camomille (sauvage). paquerette, θ.

[Skarlatos] is actually a dictionary of synonyms, providing for every MG headword equivalents from AG and HelG as well as from French. In the above entry various plant names from different periods of the history of Greek (without any indication denoting that a plant name is Ancient or a Modern Greek one)

81

'the well known multiflore spherical bush with white flowers. And the flower of the chamomile' (our translation). The above entry of [HD] is particularly interesting because in subsense 2

we are informed that [asproˈluluδo] denotes bellis perennis 'in a lot of places in Greece' (πολλαχ(ού)) in the first half of the 20 th century. In the same subsense, bellis annua is mentioned, and if we take into account that in subsense 3 anthemis chia is used, then we see again that [asproˈluluδo], a word literally meaning 'white flower' (cf. Λευκὸν ἄνθος in subsense 1) is a plant term denoting various kinds of daisies, as well as flowers similar to daisies. Finally, there is no mention to some kind of chamomile in the above presented entry and actually the [HD] entry is likely to be the oldest or one of the oldest MG dictionary entries where an equivalent for bellis perennis is explicitly provided (the volume of [HD] that includes the ἀσπρολούλουδο entry was published in 1941). Finally, at the end of the entry two lines from a Modern Greek poem (published in 1912) are cited, where [asproˈluluδo] is presented having the 'he/she loves me -he/she loves me not' function of 'daisy'.

It is quite interesting that in [Georgacas], a dictionary composed during the second half of the 20 th century, we get the same citation as an example of use and (in subsense 2 concerning the meaning 'daisy') there is a direct connection Concerning the semantics of the basic MG term for bellis perennis, it is obvious that MG [marγa'rita] nowadays does not refer only to that kind of 'daisy' but it is a cover term for various plants belonging to asteraceae or compositae family, or for various kinds of bellis. Thus, one important problem of the definition part in ΜΑΡΓΑΡΙΤΑ entries in major MG dictionaries is that the user is provided with definitions that either are not consistent with each other concerning the flower scientific names related with [marγa'rita], or they are so broad that the user gets the idea that [marγa'rita] is a term referring to every plant with flowers looking very similar, because they have an inflorescence with heads having two kinds of anthoids: the tubular ones, being in the centre of the head and usually yellow in color, and the the peripheral ones, being tongue-shaped and usually white or yellow in color. If we accept that MG lexicography takes seriously into account data that show what a MG medium user believes for the semantic content of a word (for example modern text corpora), then at least in cases such as GOD and [DSMG] we believe that we have to do with definitions that both go back to and are aimed at an urbanized public for which any difference between, for example, bellis perennis, bellis annua and bellis silvestris, is probably too small to be important.

German and Estonian 83

German and Estonian are two languages that seem rather unrelated at first glance. While German belongs to the Germanic, and more precisely to the West-Germanic branch of the Indo-European language family, Estonian is classified as a Uralic (or Finno-Ugric) language of the Finnic branch. Thus, discussing these languages together is not motivated by a common genetic connection. However, there is a certain historical background of long-lasting German-Estonian contacts which clearly had an influence on the Estonian language.

Attempts to bring Christianity to the Baltic peoples had been undertaken from the 10 th century on, but they considerably gained intensity from around 1200 on.

During the 13 th century, the Teutonic Order succeeded in gaining control of large parts of the Baltic territory, eventually establishing its own state there. Following the conquest, many German settlers -the (later) so-called Baltic Germans -came to the region. The German settlers took their language with them to their new home. Consequently, initially Middle Low German (MLG) -and High German (HG) since the middle of the 16 th century -became the language of the upper social classes in the territory of Estonia until the beginning of the 20 th century. As a result of its high status (being the official language for centuries, the language of (higher) education, and the mediator of cultural innovations), German had 83 The section on German and Estonian was written by Wiebke Blanck, Yvonne Luther, Nathalie Mederake, Iris Metsmägi, and Vilja Oja. Iris Metsmägi's and Vilja Oja's work has been partially supported by the European Regional Development Fund.

a considerable influence on Estonian 84 . In Estonian, more than one thousand loanwords of Low (LG) or High German origin can be found, for example Est.

müts ← MLG mutze or Ge. Mütze 'cap' , arst ← MLG arste 'doctor' , pilt ← MLG belde, bilde or Ge. Bild 'picture' . This influence is also very present in the vocabulary related to plant names, as the botanist Gustav Vilbaste (1993:669) states: "Borrowed terms, adaptations and translations from German are common in many plant names, along with some from Russian, Finnish, Swedish and Latvian." Therefore, looking at Estonian designations for 'daisy' / Bellis perennis L., we have to deal with genuinely vernacular names such as (harilik) kirikakar, as well as with names suggesting German origin (e.g. mariienbluum as a loan)

or German influence (e.g. mariialill > maarjalill as a possible loan translation).

German equivalents in contemporary dictionaries

On the list of possible 'daisy' equivalents in German (see above), the diminutive Gänseblümchen appeared as the first entry and should be regarded as the most common contemporary German equivalent for the English word 'daisy'.

The Duden, a well-known language resource and the most common dictionary of contemporary German, defines Gänseblümchen as belonging to composite plants or asteraceae 85 . It is described as a small plant consisting of a yellow flower head with white ray florets, which are often tipped pink. Also, Gänseblümchen are described here to be in bloom almost all year long. This general definition equals the definitions of 'daisy' in its main features as it is described in other languages:

Gänseblümchen, das

Substantiv, Neutr.

(zu den Korbblütlern gehörende) fast das ganze Jahr hindurch blühende, kleine Pflanze, deren Blüte aus einem gelben Körbchen und strahlenförmig darum angeordneten schmalen, weißen, an der Spitze oft rosa gefärbten Blütenblättern besteht 84 Concerning the history of the linguistic situation in the Baltics and the Baltic Germans and their language, see e.g. von [START_REF] Boetticher | Zur Geschichte der Deutschbalten: zwischen den Welten[END_REF], Lele-Rozentāle (2016).

85 www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/gaensebluemchen (February 2018).

Current German synonyms to the diminutive Gänseblümchen are Maßliebchen, Tausendschön(chen) and regionally Angerblümchen 86 , whereas Gänseblume seems to have lost importance in actual usage, as it is not listed in contemporary dictionaries anymore. On a diachronic level, the differentiation of diminutive and non-diminutive nouns seems to be less relevant as both word forms often occur simultaneously (cf. 7.1.3. Common Swiss German variants are Gänsegisserl or Gänsegismeli (cf. Schweizerisches Idiotikon 2,373).

Before having a closer look at each of the possible 'daisy' equivalents, attention should be drawn to the big picture of German designations: on a morphological level, the recurrent distinctive (and highly productive) feature for each equivalent is the suffix '-chen' , conveying the smallness of the object by means of the diminutive 87 . The same applies to the suffix '-li' in Swiss German. Also, most equivalents except Maßliebchen (which is borrowed from Middle Dutch matelieve)

are compounds that consist of appellative components of different meanings.

However, all components either refer to the definition given above or support a possible denomination strategy, which will be examined more detailed later on:

Gänse-blüm-chen = 'goose-flower + diminutive' , Tausend-schön-chen = 'thousandbeauty (more accurately, as the second component is an adjective: thousandbeautiful) + diminutive' , and Anger-blüm-chen = 'meadow-flower + diminutive' .

Duden suggests these equivalents as synonyms to Gänseblümchen 88 . Even though the given definitions are not as elaborate as in the case of Gänseblümchen, it is stated that there is no confusion of the proper meaning of each word:

Tausendschön, das / Tausendschönchen, das Substantiv, Neutrum (zu den Korbblütlern gehörende) kleine, im frühen Frühjahr blühende Pflanze, meist mit gefüllten weißen oder roten Blüten 86 Duden only labels Angerblümchen as "landschaftl." 'regional' without stating in which regions it is used. Adelung (1,305) declares, the word is primarily to be heard in Upper German.

87 Historically, the suffix -lein is of similar importance; see 7. 1.3. 88 www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/Angerbluemchen; www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/Tausendschoen; www. duden.de/rechtschreibung/Tausendschoenchen (February 2018).

of view. However, it is still an interesting denomination as it might refer to the early and very long flowering season of the plant (cf. Marzell 1,560). Summing up, a rich field of denominations for Bellis perennis L. can be identified in German.

Etymological and historical lexicographic analysis

As in Estonian, the German designations for 'daisy' can be separated into words of native origin (Gänseblümchen, Tausendschön(chen), Angerblümchen) and loanwords (Maßliebchen, Margerite). For all of these, diminutive (i.e. designations with suffixes -chen or -lein) as well as non-diminutive variants are attested side by side on a diachronic level. However, as general historical dictionaries as well as Marzell's dictionary of plant names do not really differentiate between them, it is not possible to evaluate the distribution of diminutives vs. non-diminutives in historical German 91 . Semantic aspects of word formation and etymology are closely connected to hypotheses about the denomination process that took place in each of these designations. In some cases (e.g. Gänseblümchen), several motivational backgrounds seem equally applicable, probably interfering with each other diachronically or even synchronically. The underlying selection of aspects focussed in the name-giving process is supposedly determined by several parameters (cf. Sauerhoff 2001: 220-233). These parameters must be attributed to the language users, first of all to their (visual) perception of the object to be named. However, even the act of perceiving a plant is not totally objective, as it is determined by the language users' cultural, social and individual backgrounds 92 .

The compound Gansblume is composed of the two nouns Gans 'goose' as a modifier and Blume 'flower' as the head-word; the variant Gänseblume uses

91
Corpus material is scarce in the area of plant names, and all historical dictionaries of German only offer a few citations, so no reliable conclusion can be drawn concerning this question.

92 Cf., for example, names for plants used for dyeing textiles exhibit the same naming strategy and focus in different languages. German compounds with Färber-like Färberdistel and Färberwau have counterparts with dyer's and des teinturiers in English and

French respectively (dyer's saffron and dyer's rocket, carthame des teinturiers and réséda des teinturiers, also herbe à jaunier 'herb to dye sth. yellow').

might thus be influenced by the flower's appearance on the one hand (i.e. yellow carpel and white petals of the blossom are similar to white feathers and yellow beak of a goose), and by the bird's consumption of the plant on the other.

Additionally, the plant's commonness and its use as fodder can be associated with worthlessness (Marzell 1, 556;Pfeifer 2005:396). A more complex interpretation takes into account the place where daisies usually grow and where geese used to be grazing, associating the first part of the compound with Gänseanger 'meadow where geese graze' .

Another compound is Angerblümchen, showing the same second element as

Gänseblümchen. It consists of the nouns Anger 'meadow, green' and Blume 'flower' + diminutive -chen, again causing umlaut. Marzell (1,558) records Angerblümlein first in 1600, a compound formed with the diminutive suffix -lein instead of -chen.

The only historical dictionary 97 recording Angerblume is DWB (1,349) 98 . The short entry defines it as Bellis perennis, giving the synonyms "maszlieb, gänseblume".

Concerning the naming strategy, Angerblümchen is most probably associated with the place where it typically grows, which is a 'meadow' . Taking into account the interpretation of Gänseblümchen that relates the name to the place where it can be frequently found ('meadow for geese' , see above), the motivational background of both designations can be compared to some extent (cf. Sauerhoff 2001:131, 326).

The compound Tausendschön and its diminutive form Tausendschönchen can be traced back to the adjective compound tausendschön 'very beautiful, excessively beautiful' (literally: one thousand + beautiful), which is attested in the 16 th century (Pfeifer, entry tausend 99 ; DWB 11, 1, 1, 225). The numeral tausend is used as an 97 Adelung records it as well (1,305); his dictionary, however, cannot be regarded as a historical dictionary in a classical sense as he has no diachronic corpus. 98 The entry contains a single MHG citation only, which is not adequate to account for the compound: 'du bist kurzer, ich bin langer' / alsô strîtents ûf dem anger / bluomen unde klê (engl. 'I'm shorter, I'm longer' / they argue like that on the meadow / flowers and clover). Dictionary by Wolfgang Pfeifer which can be consulted at www.dwds.de is not identical with the print version, but there is no indication on which entries have been updated

intensifying particle here. As a name for Bellis perennis L., and its double flowered variety in particular, Tausendschön is attested around 1600 according to Pfeifer, while it was used to name other plants earlier (DWB 11,1,1,225) 100 . The FWB records the plant name, only defining it as "eine Blume" ('a flower '; 5, 308). The motivational background in naming the flower Tausendschön can very likely be found in the language users' appreciation for its appearance (Marzell 1,554).

Maßliebchen is regarded as a loan or a loan translation from Middle Dutch matelieve (Dutch madelief) that entered German early in the 15 th century (Marzell Here the appearance of the daisy's blossom with its white petals gave rise to the assumption that similarity to pearls played a role in motivating the naming process (Duden 7, 543;Sauerhoff 2001:132) 106 .

104 See the chapter on French in this book. 105 An equivalent of the word with the sense 'pearl' was borrowed into German independently and probably directly from Latin earlier (Pfeifer 2005:838), cf. e.g. MHG margarîte 'pearl'

( Lexer 1, 2047). The entry margarite in FWB (9, 1853) only presents the sense 'pearl' as well, with the latest citations dating from the end of the 14 th century. DWB as well provides no reference to the plant name, only recording the female name Margarethe (6, 1624).

106 Pfeifer (2000: 838) additionally suggests that Late Latin margarīta was used as a female name, being transferred to vernacular female names as well (e.g. German Margarete).

According to this, the French version of the female anthroponym supposedly was then Summing it up, most German names for 'daisy' or Bellis perennis L. show recurrent references (1) to appellatives that are connected to the appearance, the surrounding or the use of the plant, and (2) to the Virgin Mary. As the following analysis will show, some of these principles have occurred at (or borrowed into) the design of Estonian words for the common daisy as well.

Estonian equivalents in contemporary bilingual dictionaries Two Estonian equivalents, kirikakar and maarjalill, are given for the English word 'daisy' in the English-Estonian dictionary (Silvet 2009:291). The same two equivalents can be found in many other bilingual dictionaries, for example German-Estonian Gänseblümchen 'kirikakar, maarjalill' (Kibbermann et al. 2007:436) 'daisy' equivalents in Estonian contemporary monolingual dictionaries assigned to flowers and finally borrowed into German bearing this sense. Marzell (1,551) asserts, too, that this plant name is commonly understood as being related to the female name Margareta. Pfeifer (2000: 838) additionally suggests that both French and German female names originating from margarīta were used rather frequently and thus acquired the meaning '(simple) country girl' . Cf. ENHG grete (FWB 7,382), a shortening of Margarete which (besides being used as a name) also designates 'girl, woman' in a pejorative sense, specifically also meaning 'bad, immoral woman' . On the basis of this consideration, the female names can be associated with the aspect of commonness, which is attributed to the flower daisy as well.

The two equivalents kirikakar and maarjalill can be found in the largest contemporary monolingual dictionary of Estonian, the Estonian Explanatory dictionary (EKSS) as well. For the word kirikakar, the Latin equivalent Bellis is given, thus being the taxonomic botanical name of the genus Bellis (EKSS:287).

The word maarjalill is simply explained as 'kirikakar' , i.e. a synonym (EKSS:294).

Both names can be found in the normative dictionary of Estonian (ÕS 2013) as well. The taxonomic botanical name of the species Bellis perennis L. is harilik kirikakar 'common daisy' , a compound term which is usually not included in common monolingual dictionaries of Estonian.

Estonian vernacular names for 'daisy'

The Estonian vernacular plant names were mainly recorded by the botanist Gustav Vilbaste (earlier Vilberg, 1885-1967, dr. phil. nat. 1928, University of Vienna), during the first half of the 20 th century. According to his thorough monograph (cf.

Vilbaste 1993:188-189), many other names are used for 'daisy' in dialect/vernacular speech as well. In order to get a better overview over the variants recorded in detail by Vilbaste, it seems reasonable to group them according to their lexical composition. Thus, the names can be divided into four groups:

1) Names containing a variety of the Estonian female anthroponym Maarja 'Mary' (Mari(i)e, Mari(i)a, Mari, Mai, Miia). The majority of these names are compound words with different second components. Names belonging to this group are mariienbluum, mariienblaum, mariienbloom, mariienploom, mariie(n) lill, mariialill, maarjalill, marilill, mailill, maarjahain, maarjakannike(ne), maarjarohi), maarjaõis, mariie(n)roos, mariiaroosid (pl.), mariiaroes, marjanroosid (pl.), mairoos (~ mairuus), maieroes, miiaroes, roosamariiad (pl.). The standard name maarjalill belongs here as well. Sometimes the second component is lacking, as in mariien, mariina, mariine, marinhenid (pl.), mariieke.

2) Compound names consisting of other stems: hanepersed, hanipersed, anneperssed (pl.), kanapasalilled (pl.), piibupaabu, piibo-paabo, pii-paap, hanelillik, käsnalilled (pl.), maalilled (pl.). The standard name kirikakar, having a limited dialectal background, represents this group, too.

3) Names associated with the female anthroponym Margareeta 'Margaret' (cf. German female name Margareta). The names margareeta, markareeta, margakreeta, martakreeta belong here.

4) Names representing variants of the stem pell-, like pelis, pel(l)is, pell, pelle, pillad, vellid.

Etymological analysis

Considering their origin, the vernacular names for 'daisy' can be divided into two groups: 1) borrowed and variously adapted names, and 2) names that were probably formed on the basis of Estonian.

The majority of the vernacular names for 'daisy' belong to the group of borrowed and variously adapted names. This can be expected, because 'daisy'

has not been a natural species in Estonia. Daisies have been growing in gardens probably since the last decades of the 18 th century, and people learned about the plant with its foreign names. However, the plant has naturalized and can be found in parks, meadows, fallows, nowadays, and as a weed in lawns (Raudsepp 1981:143;ENE 4:541). Many names in this group are not direct loan words but apparent loan translations from a foreign source, in which the components of a compound word are usually replaced by their Estonian semantic equivalents.

Most names are related to German sources.

The names mariienbluum, mariienblaum are borrowed from German Marienblume.

The variants mariienbloom, mariienploom reflect Low German marienblome (there was a strong Low German influence as the German language once spoken in the Baltics, see above The names pelis, pel(l)is, pell, pelle, pillad, vellid originate from Latin bellis.

These names must be relatively recent (20 th century) adaptations of the botanical name.

The occurrence of names formed on the basis of Estonian is much more restricted than that of borrowed names. Some names are used not only for 'daisy' , but for some other species simultaneously, e.g. for Leucanthemum vulgare.

It often happens that non-experts mix the names of different plants with rather similar flowers. German Gänseblümchen maalilled (pl.) (maa 'earth'), cf. German Maaßliebenseem to have been accidental formations.

Historical lexicographic analysis of Estonian names for 'daisy'

As 'daisy' was not a natural species in the territory of Estonia, the oldest dictionaries (i.e. bilingual dictionaries from the 17 th and 18 th century) do not contain designations for it. Two names are recorded in F. J. Wiedemann's Estonian-German dictionary, first published in 1869, which is the most complete and valuable collection of 19 th century Estonian vocabulary. These names are kirikakar, explained as 'Maiblümchen (Bellis perennis L.)' (Wiedemann 1869:207) and hane-persed 'Maasslieben (Bellis perennis L.)' ( 884). The same names occur in the second edition of the dictionary (see [START_REF] Wiedemann | Eesti-saksa sõnaraamat[END_REF]Wiedemann (1893): 188, 802)): 188, 802).

Some names for 'daisy' are recorded in the conceptual dictionary of Estonian, a large collection of Estonian vocabulary by dialectologist Andrus Saareste (earlier Albert Saaberk, 1892-1964, dr. phil. 1924, University of Tartu). In Saareste's data, we can find kirikakar or maarjalill, maarjaroos, maarjaninn ('Mary' + 'flower')

'Bellis perennis' [START_REF] Saareste | Eesti keele mõisteline sõnaraamat. Dictionnaire analogique de la langue estonienne[END_REF](Saareste :1118(Saareste , 1127)).

The three-volume normative dictionary (EÕS), published from 1925 to 1937, fixed the literary standard of Estonian, which had become the official language of the state at the formation of the independent Republic of Estonia in 1918. The Estonian scientific terminology, systematically worked out mainly in the 1920s, makes an important part of this dictionary. This means that it also has names that belong to the biological taxonomy, among them the standard botanical names for 'daisy', which are still used in the 21 st century: there are kirikakar, explained as 'aialill ['garden flower']: Bellis, [Gm] Tausendschön' (EÕS 1:222), and maarjalill = kirikakar (456). Although EÕS is a monolingual dictionary in general, terms are usually provided with their Latin and/or German equivalents.

The dictionary of the Estonian dialects (EMS) contains dialectal vocabulary, systematically collected during the 20 th century. In the published parts (A-N) of the dictionary, only a few names occur that have been recorded for 'daisy' in Vilbaste's data. There are haniperse (EMS I,364), mailill (EMS V,907), and mairoos (EMS

• These borrowings are the result of territorial and thus cultural connections between these two languages, which are basically unrelated on a linguistic level.

In the course of our analyses, we also found that it is not always possible to identify the actual flower on the basis of a name/designation. The MG subentry provides a short description of the kind of plants that CMG relates with 'daisy' (in dictionaries published from 17 th to 21 st centuries). viii. The Estonian borrowings emerged in the early 20 th century.

The set of other words that we have found is also quite interesting. We have found a small set of rather unused words that descend from the Latin word bellis. The 'daisy' case study has allowed us to conclude that it is difficult if not impossible to determine the correspondence of plant names and their referents along the history of the words and across each language, language variation and different languages. Uncovering similarities and divergences from nonolingual and cross-linguistic lexicographic analysis and from diachronic and synchronic observations has proven to be a useful strategy to consolidate monolingual findings and information gaps. But, resuming our initial question, what do lexicographers need to know about plant names?

It is quite uncontroversial for the authors of this chapter that the botanical reference should be the only stable language hub (preferably linked to an image).

The description of each plant according to the guidelines established in the previous chapter should also be followed (morphological features, flowering periods, etc.).

And etymological notes as well as brief accounts of the so called folk wisdom (folk etymology). But probably the most important remark is that lexicographers should be well aware of the limits of the information that they can gather and hence convey. Dictionaries portrait the speakers' knowledge of words. In this domain (plant names), like in many other, speakers have a limited knowledge -dictionaries should mirror that common-sense knowledge and complement it with a basic specialized content or the acknowledge that the mapping between common-sense and science can not be established. Eventually, the future will bring us the information that we lacked, which is why a dynamic lexicographic model is so relevant.

V. Colour words

Irrealia words and colour names

Lego aos meus amigos um azul cerúleo para voar alto um azul cobalto para a felicidade um azul ultramarino para estimular o espírito um vermelhão para fazer circular o sangue alegremente um verde musgo para acalmar os nervos um amarelo ouro: riqueza um violeta cobalto para sonhar um garança que faz ouvir o violoncelo um amarelo barite: ficção científica, brilho, resplendor um ocre amarelo para aceitar a terra um verde veronese para a memória da primavera um anil para poder afinar o espírito pela tempestade um laranja para exercer a visão de um limoeiro ao longe um amarelo limão para a graça um branco puro: pureza terra de siena natural: a transmutação do ouro um preto sumptuoso para ver Ticiano uma terra de sombra natural para aceitar melhor a melancolia negra uma terra de siena queimada para noção de duração WILL I leave my friends a cerulean blue to fly high a cobalt blue for happiness a ultramarine blue to arouse the spirit a vermilion to incite the blood to circulate joyfully a moss green to soothe the nerves a golden yellow: wealth a cobalt violet to dream a madder that makes the cello be heard a barite yellow: science fiction, glow, resplendence a yellow ochre to accept the earth a Veronese green for the memory of spring a indigo to refine the spirit through the storm a orange to exercise the vision of a distant lemon tree a lemon yellow for the grace a pure white: pureness natural sienna: the transmutation of gold a luxurious black to see Ticiano a natural umber to better accept the black melancholy a burnt sienna for the notion of duration 1 This is a poem by Vieira da Silva (1908Silva ( -1992)), who was a Portuguese abstractionist painter (cf. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria_Helena_Vieira_da_Silva). The English version is our translation.

In the previous chapters we have discussed words that have a physical, observable, measurable referent. The dominant feature of those discussions may be that even though 'hills' and 'daisies' have a physical, observable, measurable existence, their names are difficult to characterise -they are exposed to historical circumstances that generally led to the accumulation of words in the lexicon, constantly having to negotiate their meanings that often get misled interpretations, both by speakers and by lexicographers. Hence the difficulty to depict their actual contemporary meaning, and to set it apart from previous senses.

The words that we will now consider don't have a physical existence. According to Woleński (2012), Brentano's ontological theory of beings regards 'things' , which he calls entia realia 2 . Left out are "all items belonging to irrealia" that have "the status of entia rationis (beings in the mind or thought objects)". Irrealia beings refer to individual experiences that depend on strictly idiosyncratic, changeable and incomparable factors. They cannot be unequivocally depicted, clearly measured or thorougly weighted. In fact, irrealia beings exist through their names, but philosophical, physiological, psychological, or cultural expertise are insufficient or inadequate to deal with the lexical issue of relativity that is their core feature.

Colours belong to these irrealia domains of human existence and this is why LandLex chose one -red -to assess the degree of difficulty they present to lexicography.

Colour is most certainly a multidisciplinary subject matter. [START_REF] Osborn | Books on Colour 1495-2015: History and Bibliography[END_REF] presents a historical survey of books on colour, setting a considerable number of tags 3 that help to describe the contents of each listed book. The lexical issues Another commonality between language-specific colour systems lies in the fact that correlations between colour names and the names of physical entities may be established. Correlations between colour names and plant names can be commonly found (cf. Port. rosa 'pink' , from the flower rose, or Engl. orange, from the name of a citrus fruit)4 ; the same applies to animal names (cf. purple, from the name of a shellfish) or substances of various kinds (cf. Port. cinza 'grey' , from the colour of ashes). In some cases, the same correlations can be found in different languages (cf. Port. castanho 'brown' , from the Portuguese name of the chestnut fruit, and French marron 'brown' , from the French name of the same fruit). A translation can also be found in competition with direct borrowing (cf.

Port. cor de tijolo orange-brown' , from the colour of bricks, and Port. brique 'orange-brown' , from the Fr. brique 'brick' , that can also be used as a colour name). The correlation may even be established with a non-translated loan (cf.

symbolism, which may equally arise a feeling of identification or disagreement, as we may see, for instance, in the International Color Symbolism chart, that can be consulted at sockrotation.com/2017/02/19/international-colour-symbolism/.

In sum, assigning a colour name to a given 'mind or thought object' may result from the combination of some intangible universal features of human nature and cognitive, cultural and linguistic constraints such as the number of distinctions that a given language can effectively deal with and the kinds of relationships that hold between them.

Therefore, colour names may behave quite differently from language to language, or from language group to language group. This was the main motivation behind the development of the research reported in the following chapters, in the framework of Landlex. Formica rubra L., lady-bird, cow, etc.), wood (timber of alder tree), metal (copper, bog ore), clay and earth, and other natural objects, as well as painted or dyed materials and products . Both words are used also as names for some red or reddish objects, for example blood is said euphemistically punane, sometimes reddish brown domestic animals are called punane; in South-Estonian dialects the yolk is (muna) verev or verev muna (muna 'egg'), a variety of potatoes is called väike verev (literally 'small red').

In all contemporary bilingual dictionaries the Estonian equivalent for a foreign generic name for the colour 'red' is the adjective punane, and the substantival unit punane värv 'red colour' . Another Estonian equivalent for the substantive meaning 'red' is puna. For example, (1) (Kann 1995: 545).

In some dictionaries two Estonian equivalents, punane and verev are given.

For example in the English-Estonian dictionary: red The way to form colour names and to present characteristic features of colours is similar in many languages (compare equivalents e.g. in Herne 1958[START_REF] Oksaar | Die Farbenbezeichnungen im Deutsch der Gegenwart[END_REF][START_REF] Koski | Värien nimitykset suomessa ja lähisukukielissä[END_REF][START_REF] Oja | Linguistic Studies of Estonian Colour Terminology[END_REF][START_REF] Kerttula | English colour Terms. Etymology, Chronology, and Relative Basicness[END_REF][START_REF] Biggam | The ambiguity of brightness (with special reference to Old English) and a new model for color description in semantics[END_REF]. Colour adjectives may be derivatives of nouns, like e.g. the Estonian punane and Finnish punainen < puna, Russian красный < краса (Vasmer 2: 367). In the Table 1 the structure of some Estonian colour names for 'red' are compared with Finnish, German, Russian and English equivalents 4 . In principle, derivatives and compounds with similar structure are used to denote various tones and hues of 'red' in these languages. The examples are taken from dictionaries (EVS, Kibbermann, et al., Saagpakk 1992, SES, Silvet 2009, VES) and from above referred studies.

of Eng. vermilion is Est. kinaverpunane, helepunane [START_REF] Silvet | Inglise-eesti sõnaraamat[END_REF](Silvet : 1028(Silvet , 1315) (in more detail see e.g. Oja 2002: 255-256).

Historical lexicographic analysis

Estonians have had long-lasting historical, cultural and linguistic contacts not only with other Finnic nations but also with Germans. The first German-Estonian dictionary, compiled by Heinrich Stahl on the basis of the North-Estonian dialects, presents Estonian word punnane 'red', and the compound punnane wasck, meaning '(red) copper' (Stahl 1637: 82, 101). The second German-Estonian dictionary, compiled by Johannes Gutslaff on the basis of the South-Estonian dialects, presents Estonian werriw as colour name for 'red' (Gutslaff 1648: 232). The third German-Estonian dictionary contains more Estonian material, including a noun and verb phrases, e.g. Ger. roth, röthe -Est. punnane, Ger. röthe -Est. punnane warw; Ger. roth werden -Est. punnaseks sahma ~ punnasel karwal heitma (Göseken 1660: 341).

The first Estonian-German dictionary, compiled mainly by Anton Thor-Helle on the basis of the North Estonian vocabulary, was published in the 18 th century. This dictionary gives, besides the basic term punane, the derivative Est. punnakas -Ger. röthlich, compounds denoting dark, light and bright shades of red: Est. tumme punnane -Ger. dunckel roth, Est. walwakas punnane -Ger. blaß roth, Est.

elkias punnane ~ elle punnane -Ger. hochroth, comparative-based compounds:

Est. tulle punnane Ger. feuerroth, Est. tulle karwane -Ger. Abendroth, feuerroth, and a compound for the mixed hue of red: Est. punnase-körb -Ger. braun-roth (Pferd), as well as verbs for 'turn red': Est. punnaseks löma -Ger. erröthen, Est. punnama -Ger. roth seyn, roth werden, Est. ärrapunnastama -Ger. roth werden (Thor-Helle 1732: 164, 192).

August Wilhelm Hupel's dictionary, published in 1780 contains two parts:

Estonian-German and German-Estonian. The dictionary includes vocabulary of both Estonian languages (North-Estonian and South-Estonian). Here some compounds with verev were first presented (see Table 2) and illustrated with examples: S-Est.

werrew kriit -Ger. Rötelstein, rothe Kreide, S-Est. werrew raag -Ger. Rothbüchen, S-Est. werrewa sittiko marja -Ger. Johannisbeeren, as well as verbs: Est. werretama, werrewas jäma -Ger. erröthen (Hupel 1780: 310). Second, revised and enlarged edition of the dictionary [START_REF] Hupel | Ehstnische Sprachlehre für die beyden Hauptdialekte, den revalschen und dörptschen, nebst einem vollständigen ehstnischen Wörterbuche[END_REF] gives some more examples of the words' use. Truly abundant vocabulary of the Estonian literary language and dialects was presented in the Estonian-German dictionary by Ferdinand Johann Wiedemann that the word verev is a derivative of the Estonian noun veri 'blood' , which is used in the adjective function. The noun veri is a common word for 'blood' in most Finnic languages: besides Estonian also in Finnish, Karelian, Ingrian, Votic, Livonian, and in some Vepsian dialects. Word variants of the root ver-/vir-have similar meanings even in more distant cognates, and their area of distribution cover most of the Finno-Ugric languages (SKES: 1704(SKES: -1705;;EEW: 3794-3795, 3797;UEW 1988: 576;SSA 3: 427;EES: 598-599).

The colour word verev is considered an indigenous South Estonian derivative, because similar colour names are missing in the other Finnic languages 5 . In addition, in South-Estonian dialects we find verbs and adverbs with the stem veri-/vere-, associated with colour, (not only 'blood'), for example taevas veretab 'the sky has turned red' (EMSUKA). In the other Uralic languages, the Mansi dialect word wiγr (~ wür) is used to denote both, blood and the red colour (SKES 1705;Koski 1983: 80;SSA 3: 427). Hungarian vörös, dial. veres 'red' (< vér 'blood') is analogous to South-Estonian verev, but most probably the Hungarian and Estonian words were formed separately (Saareste 1924: 266). On the other hand, it has even been suggested that a word with the root ver-/vir-has been the original name for 'red' in the Uralic language family (Sutrop, 2002: 167). As we know, the concepts 'blood' and 'red' are indicated by the same or similar word in many languages (see e.g. Biggam 2014: 14 a.o.).

Some secondary words for 'red'

In addition to the words discussed above, some other colour adjectives are used to denote red or reddish colour in Estonian. For example, ruske, raudjas, tõmmu and lepp or lepu denote especially animal hair colour, but the use of ruske is much wider. The word rebu has become the term for 'yolk' in Standard Estonian 5 Sometimes reddish colour is expressed also in North-Estonian dialects by the word verev, in Finnish verevä, and in Karelian dialects vereväine (Lude dialect) or verehiine (Olonec dialect), but those words seem to be more recent derivatives of the noun veri 'blood' , referring to the meaning 'sanguineous' rather (Oja 2006: 374).

and North-Estonian dialects (in more detail see Oja 2016), but its primary meaning was 'fox' in Finnic (see e.g. EES: 422). In some dialects of Estonian the colour words ruske, raudjas, tõmmu and rebu are used to denote brownish-red hues, in some other dialects rebu or ruske denotes yellowish red hues synonymously with the word lepp/lepu (see 5. 1-5.3).

Colour words, based on a strange colouring agent, on a place name or gemstones' designation are younger loanwords in Estonian. Many of them are phonetically similar to their German equivalents, e.g., Est. purpur -Ger. Purpur (Lat. purpura < Gr. -EEW 2241), Est. rubiin, rubiinpunane -Ger. Rubin, rubinrot, rubinfarbig (Lat ruber < rubinus), and others. Often loanwords have been adapted to fit the Estonian phonetic and lexical system, e.g., rubiin. Their use may not reveal whether it was the colour-denoting adjective that was originally borrowed, or a noun (denoting a base of comparison or a pigment name) that has come into adjectival use later. Like other colour terms, the loans also include some words, used as nouns and adjectives, e.g. Est. purpur 'red cloth; deep red (sometimes purplish)' . Some unknown foreign terms have got quite strange word stem on the paronymic basis (by folk-etymological misinterpretation), e.g., Est. bordoopunane 'bordeaux red' (Ger. bordeauxrot < Fr. Bordeaux) has been used in dialect speech as pordu|punane 'brothel-red' . Below the use of four Indo-European loanwords in Estonian, ruske, raudjas, rebu and purpur, and their presentation in dictionaries will be analysed. ruske According to the Modern Estonian dictionaries (EKSS, ÕS 2013), the adjective ruske denotes reddish brown and brownish red hues. It is often used to describe the colour of animal hair, but also other objects, for example the coagulated blood, rowan berries, sunset, sunburnt human skin, etc. Similarly to the basic colour terms, ruske appears as one component in many compounds, like hele|ruske (hele-'light'), rebase|ruske (rebase-'fox'), kollakas|ruske (kollakas-'yellowish'), puna|ruske (puna-'red'), tuli|ruske (tuli-'fire'), and others. In addition, some regular derivatives are used, like moderative adjective ruskjas, verbs ruskama and ruskuma 'make or become russet in color' (EKSS 4: 898;ÕS 2013: 798).

In historical dictionaries the word was first presented in the 18 th century:

Est. rusk -Ger. braun roth, Est. ruskiad -Ger. Brand-gelb, braun-roth (Thor-Helle 1732: 171), andEst. rusk, ruskjad -Ger. brandgelb, braunroth (Hupel 1780: 261). Wiedemann's Estonian-German dictionary (1869: 1091) gives the Estonian adjectives ruske, ruskjas and rusmine with the German equivalents brandgelb, braunroth, gelbroth, Estonian verb ruskama -Ger. brandgelb, gelbroth, braunroth sein with the example: Est. taewas ruskab -Ger. der Himmel ist gelbroth, and the Estonian noun rusklane -Ger. kleine, rothe Ameise 'kind of small red ants'.

(Formica rubra L.). In addition of the above mentioned words the Estonian monolingual dictionary, published in 1937, includes various biological and some chemical terms with the rusk-or rus-stem (EÕS: 1172).

Words with the stem rusk-are used in all Finnic languages except Livonian, but they do not express the same colour. Vepsian rusked (gen rusttan) and Karelian ruskie, ruškie, ruški(a), ruskei or rusked are the generic terms for 'red', but the Karelian words mean also 'brownish red' and 'beautiful' , while in some Vepsian dialects rusked means 'beautiful' and 'good' . Semantics of the Karelian and Vepsian words may be partly influenced by Russian красный [krasnyj] 'red; beautiful' (cf. Herne 1954: 51-53). Votic ruskõa designates 'dark reddish brown' , in some dialects 'yellowish red' , while Standard Finnish ruskea and Ingrian ruskia are common terms for 'brown' . In addition rus-stemmed words are used in Finnic to describe reddish colour, for example, Finnish rusa, rusahka, rusakka, rusama, rusappa, rusettaa, ruseva, ruso, rusoinen, and the verbs rusehtua, rusottaa (Koski 1983, 93-94). The original meaning of the words with rus(k)-stem was probably wider, maybe 'red + yellow (+ brown)' (Koski 1983: 94-98;Oja 2014: 95-97). The Indo-European root was obviously borrowed into Proto-Finnic, but the donor language is not clear. The Indo-European words for 'red', like Eng. red, Ger. rot, Rus. красный and others, descend from the reconstructed Proto-Indo-European root *h 1 reudh-, and it is believed that historically the words descended from the root expressed an extensive colour category, including intersections of red, yellow, brown and purple [START_REF] Biggam | The Semantics of Colour: A Historical Approach[END_REF](Biggam : 171, 2014: 14-15): 14-15). Principally the Finnic stem is considered to be a Baltic loan, cf. Lithuanian rusvas 'brownish, ruddy' , rudskis '(reddish) brown' , rùdas 'brown' , and Latvian ruds 'brownish red, red' ~ rūsgans 'reddish, reddish-brown' EES: 439;LES: 560).

raudjas

The Estonian word raudjas (gen raudja) is synonymous with the adjective punakaspruun 'reddish brown' and the noun punakaspruun hobune 'reddish brown horse' . The colour hue has been defined also as chestnut, rusty, irony or liver-colour and described as similar to ruske or a little bit of darker (EKSS 4: 746-747;ÕS 2013: 767). In the 18 th century dictionaries, this word is presented in two forms: Est. raudjas tõmmu -Ger. Schweiss-Fuchs (Thor-Helle 1732: 167), and S-Est. raudjas, N-Est. raudjas tómmu -Ger. Schweiss-Fuchs (Hupel 1780: 255).

In the 19 th century Wiedemann's dictionary, there are words raudjas and tömmu as synonyms with German translation Schweissfuchs (1869: 1028). In addition, the derivatives of the stem rautsik ~ raudsik and raudlane -Ger. kleine rothe Ameise (Formica rubra L.) are given by Hupel and Wiedemann. In the historical monolingual dictionary (EÕS) we can find raudjas in the entries of punakas and raudjas, where the colour meaning is defined as brownish red, reddish brown and dark brown (EÕS: 856-859, 1041).

Words with raud-stem denote 'reddish brown colour' and 'reddish brown, chestnut or dark brown horse' also in some other Finnic languages, e.g. Finnish rauti(as), raudikko, etc., and Karelian rauvikko, etc. The stem word, Estonian raud (gen raua), Finnish rauta, etc., meaning 'iron; bog ore' , is a Germanic or Proto-Scandinavian loan in Proto-Finnic (cf. e.g. Norwegian raud 'red'), or a Baltic loan, cf. Lithuanian raudà 'red colour' (SSA 3: 57;. The colour term Est. raudjas, Fin, raudikko, etc., referring to a chestnut horse, is probably a separate loan from Baltic languages, cf. Lithuanian raudónas 'red' , and Latvian raũds, raũdis 'reddish brown' (Oja 2014: 97-98).

lepu

In the Standard Estonian dictionaries, the colour word lepp (gen lepu) is declared to be a dialect word. Its meaning is defined as the colour of alder bark, brownish or reddish grey, and a horse of this colour (EKSS 3: 103, ÕS 2013: 469).

Comparing the use of the word in dialect speech, it seems that the meaning has changed. The words lepp and lepu denote reddish colour or a reddish-yellow horse in Estonian Insular dialect (EMS V: 111). Secondly, the noun lepp (gen lepa) means '(fish or animal) blood' on the North Estonian and West Estonian coast and islands, as well as lieppa in Livonian and leppä in Finnish and Karelian dialects (see [START_REF] Oja | Terms for Blood in the Finnic Atlas: Cognates and contacts[END_REF]. Thirdly, names for the alder tree (Alnus) have the stem lep(p)-in all Finnic languages, in Saami and in Mordvin (EES: 237).

Old historical dictionaries present the Estonian nouns: leppa lind 'a bird having red brest' (Thor Helle 1732: 130); tree name: lepp 'alder' , compound terms for reddish birds and beetles: leppa lind, also 'ladybird' (Hupel 1780: 203). In Wiedemann's dictionary the three different concepts: 'tree name' , 'blood' and 'reddish animals' , are presented in separate entries: (1) Est. lepp gen lepa -Ger. The etymology of the stem is uncertain: is it a Baltic loan from *leipā, or descendant of Proto-Indo-European or a later Indo-European loan, or is it originally a Finno-Ugric stem (SKES: 288; UEW: 689; SSA 2: 64-65; EES: 237). The original meaning of the word has been debated, whether it is blood or the tree. Studies on the dialect vocabulary of Estonian and cognate languages have shown that the primary meaning of the noun might have been a colouring substance, a pigment used in a paint (see Oja 2014: 98-101). A parallel development has been described, analysing cognates of PIE *h 1 elu-, defined as colour adjectives for reddish, yellowish and brownish hues as well as tree-names, mammal-names and bird-names, and it is believed that the colour sense was the earliest (Biggam 2012: 185-192). more detail see e.g. [START_REF] Bornstein | Hue categorization and color naming: Cognition to language to culture[END_REF]). To the periphery of the extension of the semantic field of the generic word for 'red' (as well as other basic colour terms) is usually referred by moderating derivatives. The way of defining a colour hue more precisely by comparison-based compound is also popular in different languages. Some words, used to denote reddish colour in Estonian (e.g. purpur, raudjas, rebu, ruske) are loans from Indo-European languages. The meanings of these words may vary. Sometimes the meaning of a borrowed colour name does not coincide with its original semantic background. For example, the word purpur 'purple-red, crimson' has been mediated into Finnic languages by the Bible, but in Estonian dialects purpur (or its phonetic variant) is used for bright red colour and bright red cloth. It is undoubtedly clear, that the semantic fields of words for 'red' do not coincide in different languages. The comparison of the vocabulary helps to avoid misunderstandings in communication as well as mistakes in translation programmes. On the other hand it would be interesting to compare the word uses in European languages in which the words for 'red' might have similar naming motives (e.g. 'blood' , 'bog ore').

Here we notice that in the entry definition only the meaning 'red' appears and there is no reference to other colors or hues of red. Already since the 12 th century ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the basic word for denoting 'red' in Common Greek language. In the etymological part we are informed that the word keeps being used 'nowadays' (Η λ. και σήμ.) and that it goes back to AG [ˈkoc:inos]. Actually, [Kriaras] is the only dictionary mentioning that the predecessor of MG [ˈkocinos] is an AG word and not a HelG one, probably taking into account that, as we have already mentioned, the word is attested in a comedy written in a transition period between Ancient Greek and Hellenistic Greek 4 .

In [Somavera] we find two entries for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ 'red' , one for the adjective 'red' and one for the noun 'red (color)' , and they are: τὸΚόκκινον. Il rosso.

Κόκκινος, η, ον. Rosso.

Actually, [Somavera] seems to be the first lexicographer of MG that provides the dictionary attestation that [ˈkocino] could be either an adjective or a noun. This does not hold true in the case of [Skarlatos], where ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ appears only as an adjective in the following entry: In Dimitrakos, a dictionary compiled in the first half of 20 th century the entry for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the following: From the above entry we are informed that [ˈkocinos] meant the red-dyed already in HelG, and that in the same period it was also used as a noun denoting the red color, as it happens in the vernacular CMG of the mid 20 th century (when Dimitrakos was compiled) 5 . Besides, Dimitrakos provides ερυθρός [eriˈθros] and πορφυρούς [porfiˈrus] as equivalents of [ˈkocinos]. We will refer to the case of [eriˈθros] as an actually exact equivalent of [ˈkocinos] in the next chapter, while in the relevant entry for [porfiˈrus] it is just mentioned that we have to do with an equivalent of an AG or HelG word (πορφύρεος [porˈp h ureos]/[porˈfyreos]) meaning, amongst others, 'deep red' , but in no case just 'red'.

In case of [DSMG] the entry for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the following: From the above entry we get the information that MG [ˈkocinos] carries either the meaning 'red' or 'reddish' , and that it goes back to HelG [ˈkocinos] that comes from [ˈkokos] 'acorn used for coloring' . Besides, there is no indication that [ˈkocinos] is a word of learned origin 6 . The same holds true in the case of [DCG], where the entry for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the following: In the above entry we see that [ˈkocinos] is described as an umbrella term for 'red', since according to [DCG], [ˈkocinos] is 'someone or something having the color of blood or some hue of it' . The etymological part is somehow misleading for the user concerning the semantic evolution of the word, since it is just mentioned that the predecessor of MG [ˈkocinos] is the HelG [ˈkocinos], without any reference to the fact that HelG [ˈkocinos] originally meant 'scarlet' .

In the case of [GOD] the entry for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the following (lexiconneohel.patakis.gr/en/lexikon/lemma?id=46337): In the above entry the red colour is not only directly related to the colour of blood but, furthermore, a contradiction is to be noticed between the dark red colour (for which [ˈkocinos] is used) and other more light hues of red (for which [ˈkocinos] is not used). In the etymological part it is just referred that [ˈkocinos] goes back to HelG [ˈkocinos] which was formatted with the combination of the stem of [ˈkok:os] and the productive suffix -ινος [inos]. Actually, [GOD] is the only MG dictionary that provides us with data about the formation of predecessors of its headwords that belong to previous stages of MG.

In case of [Babiniotis] the entry for ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ is the following: From the above mentioned entry we are informed that [ˈkocinos] is an adjective referring to someone or something 1) having the colour of blood or of the ripe tomato, and 2) being made of tomato and having the colour of tomato.

Concerning the etymology of the word, we take the information that [ˈkocinos] appears in HelG and it comes from AG [ˈkok:os]. Besides, we are informed that the meaning 'red' has to do with the use of the 'berry' (gall) of kermes oak for dying something red. Finally, as synonyms of [ˈkocinos] (under the laber ΣΥΝ) the words [eriˈθros] and [porfiˈros] are mentioned, although we should mention here that in case of [porfiˈros] in the respective entry of [Babiniotis], in the semantic part [porfiˈros] it is mentioned that [porfiˈros] means 'having the deep red color of purple-fish' . So, here we do not have an exact equivalent of 'red' .

Apart from [ˈkocinos], MG ερυθρός [eriˈθros] (<AG [eruˈt h ros]

) is used with the meaning of 'red' , too. According to Chantraine (1980: 369) It is attested in the 2 nd century BC and it is formed with the combination of ὑπο-[ipo-] 'in small degree or gradual' with [ˈkocinos]. ὑπέρυθρος [ h uˈperut h θros] (< [ h uˈpo-] 'in small degree or gradual'+ [eriˈθros]) had the meaning of 'reddish' already since the 5 th century BC. We could assume that if [ipoˈkocinos] and in current Standard Modern Greek (SMG) is a result of the coexistence of the learned and the popular tradition of MG, the current stage of development of Greek, a language with a written tradition that goes back to the 14 th century BC (Mycenaean Greek). This means that concerning the etymology or the history of a great amount of MG words (for the notion of history of words see Chantraine 1980: ix-xii) we deal with a long period of more than 3,500 years (for a discussion of how the results of the coexistence of learned and written traditions could be handled in a major lexicographic reference work, such as [DSMG], see Petrounias 2017). Learned words as [eriˈθros], are not inherited words, i.e., they have not always existed or been used in the diachrony of Greek, but were re-adopted in the last two centuries from AG (Petrounias 2017: 241). On the other hand,

[ˈkocinos] is an inherited word of popular origin that, since its appearance, has never stopped being used in every period of the Greek language.This dichotomy between the learned and the popular origin of the two words is also reflected in some of the entries of ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣand ΕΡΥΘΡΟΣ already cited above. Except from the above mentioned [ˈkocinos] and [eriˈθros] there are also some words denoting 'red' in AG. Some of them survived in MG and other not.

One of them is the word αιμάτινος [AG aiˈmatinos / HelG eˈmatinos] meaning 'of blood, bloody' in AG also 'red (for glass)' in HelG. The same holds true in MG, where [eˈmatinos] means both 'of blood' and 'red' in cases such as αιμάτινοχρώμα [eˈmatinoˈxroma] 'red color' . The word comes from AG αἶμα [^ai:ma] 'blood' , and if we take into account that 1) according to our lexicographical sources it does not to attested after the middle of the 5 th century AC, and 2) it does not appear as a word of MG not even in [Dimitrakos] (mid. 20 th century), we should accept that it was introduced through a learned channel and especially through some literature works. For example, in the following entry from [DSMG]: [λόγ. < αρχ. αἱμάτινος] where in subentry 2 [eˈmatinos] is referred to as an equivalent to [ˈkocinos],

we are informed that the word is mainly used in literature (λογοτ.). Ιt is interesting that in the case of [Babiniotis], in the respective entry, the meaning of [eˈmatinos] is 'of blood, blood red' and the respective entries of [Georgacas] and [GOD].

Actually it seems that only in [DSMG] [eˈmatinos] is considered to be a somehow full equivalent to [ˈkocinos], although even in this dictionary it is indicated that we have to do with a metaphorical meaning (μτφ.=μεταφορικός=metaphorical) or a meaning appearing mainly in literary contexts (λογοτ.=λογοτεχνικός=literary).

Generally, according to [DSMG] we have to do with a word of learned origin (λογ.=λόγιος=of learned origin).

Up to now we have examined MG words denoting 'red' going back to AG (either of Indoeuropean origin or not). One more resource of enrichment of the vocabulary of Modern Greek were languages with which Greek came in contact during Medieval times and soforth. One interesting case is κιρμιζής/κερμεζής ). The word is attested in [Du Cange] in the following entry: take a middle position between [Dimitrakos] and [DSMG]. The respective entries of [Babiniotis] are the following ones: In the case of [creˈmezi] the semantic part of the entry is nearly the same with that of [DSMG] but in the case of [cremeˈzis], according to [Babiniotis],

we don't have an exact equivalent of [ˈkocinos] but 'something having the red colour of [creˈmezi]' or, in the case of the noun [cremeˈzi] 'the red colour in the hue of [creˈmezi]' . The same seems to hold true in the case of [DCG], where we have the following entries: As in the case of [ˈkocinos] in no one of the entries we examined [cirmiˈzis]/

[cremeˈzis] are we provided with an indication that we have to do with a word of learned origin.

Summary and outlook

In this chapter we examined the MG equivalents for 'red' as they appear in important lexicographical resources of MG. The data we presented show that the words denoting 'red' in MG originate from various periods in the history of Greek, since they can be either as old as to be attested in Linear B tablets of 13 th century BC ([eriˈθros]) or younger and going back to Hellenistic ([ˈkocinos])

or Medieval Greek ([cirmiˈzis]), something which is logical since we have to do with a language with a long history of more than 3,500 years. Besides, as in the case of every language, in MG vocabulary the contacts between Greeks and their language with other people and their languages are reflected. Consequently, we saw that [cirmiˈzis]/[cremeˈzis] constitute two of the ample attestations of the contacts between Byzantine Greeks and Italians and Turks.

The words we examined are also differentiated concerning their popular ([ˈkocinos], [cirmiˈzis]/[cremeˈzis]) or learned origin ([eriˈθros], [eˈmatinos]), thus reflecting two basic channels of formation or enrichment of MG vocabulary. This dichotomy is indicated by the four modern MG dictionaries from which we drew data: [DSMG], [Babiniotis], [DCG] and [GOD]. All of them were composed during the last decade of the 20 th century and later, when the distinction between popular and learned words in MG has been totally accepted by the linguistic scientific community (also through pioneer studies as the one of [START_REF] Setatos | Τα ετυμολογικά και σημασιολογικά ζεύγη λογίων και δημοτικών λέξεων της κοινής νεοελληνικής [The etymological semantic doublets of learned and vernacular words in Common Modern Greek[END_REF]. It goes without saying that this distinction could not appear in older lexicographical works we examined, although in the case of Dimitrakos (1 st half of the 20 th century) we have the distinction between words belonging to Demotic Greek of not, since this dictionary is composed in a period when the Greek language question was still far from being solved 7 . Thus, Dimitrakos provides its users with the information that all the words for 'red' we examined were Demotic Greek words already in its era (independently of their popular or learned origin).

The dictionaries we examined converge concerning which word is a MG equivalent for 'red' especially in the case of the two basic terms for 'red' in this language: [ˈkocinos] and [eriˈθros], although it is obvious that, at least in case of recently published dictionaries of MG,the first place belongs to [ˈkocinos], since it is characteristic that (with the little exception of [Babiniotis], where [ˈkocinos] is 7

The Greek language question was a dispute about whether the vernacular language of the Greek people (Demotic Greek) or a cultivated imitation of AG (Katharevousa) should be the official language of the Greek nation. This highly controversial topic in the 19 th and 20 th centuries was finally resolved in 1976, when Demotic was definitely declared as the only official linguistic system of the Republic of Greece (Mackridge 2014: 145-147). mentioned as a synomym of [eriˈθros] in the ΕΡΥΘΡΟΣ entry) in the definition part of ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ entries we are not provided with a synonymic definition of the type '[ˈkocinos] is [eriˈθros]' . On the contrary, in every ΕΡΥΘΡΟΣ entry (either synonymic, sentential or both) we are without exception informed that ' [eriˈθros] is [ˈkocinos]' . Thus, the compilers of the dictionaries under examination seem to believe that the term for 'red' that every Greek is expected to most easily understand is [ˈkocinos] and that's why they provide it as an equivalent for [eriˈθros] but not the opposite. This does not hold true in the case of Dimitrakos, where [eriˈθros] is provided as an equivalent of [ˈkocinos], and this has to do with the fact that this dictionary is addressed to a public living in an era when Demotic Greek and Katharevousa are still fighting in the frame of language planning in Greece, and since [eriˈθros] is preferred (as a word of learned origin) by the fans of Katharevousa, while [ˈkocinos] is considered as a more Demotic Greek word, Dimitrakos provides its users with both equivalents even in the definition parts of the relevant entries.

Concerning the sentential definitions of MG denoting 'red' our data show that in case of clearly monolingual dictionaries 8 of SMG ( [DSMG], [Babiniotis],

[GOD], [DCG]) our data show that [ˈkocinos] is connected with the colour of blood. Only in [Babiniotis] we are informed that except of the color of blood,

[ˈkocinos] is also something having the color of a mature tomato. This connection with blood also appears in the ΕΡΥΘΡΟΣ entry of [Dimitrakos], where [eriˈθros] is something having the colour of fresh blood (or poppy). Thus, it is very interesting that MG [eˈmatinos], going back to [ˈema] 'blood' and literally meaning 'of blood, bloody, bloodied' , only in [DSMG] is referred to as an equivalent to [ˈkocinos]. In every other case, [eˈmatinos] is connected with 'bloodred' and not simply 'red' . By 'monolingual dictionaries' we refer to those dictionaries where the headwords do not belong to the same functional code as the language of explanation.

Polish and Portuguese: shared etymons, digressive lexical outputs (on the basis of colour names) Przemysław Dębowiak, Alina Villalva & Esperança Cardeira On the face of it, Polish and Portuguese have little in common. However, since both of these languages belong to the Indo-European family, it is reasonable to expect that some common features, namely in the lexical domain that is our field of expertise, may lie somewhere, waiting to be unveiled. In this paper, we would like to present findings of research that looked for remnants of a putative ancestral relationship between Polish and Portuguese by indicating the way that some Indo-European roots have evolved and are conserved in both languages.

The basis of the analysis that we have carried out is composed of Polish and Portuguese colour adjectives. The choice of this particular subset of the lexicon is due to the fact that they present serious lexicological difficulties. Colour words refer to personal synesthetic experiences that raise conceptual problems that are similar in every language, as well as common naming issues. We have limited our study to a subset of colour adjectives, given their higher frequency and the expectation that their context of usage might help us to observe better any interesting semantic evolution.

We have checked the origin of each of the selected colour adjectives. Once its IE root has been established, we have also ascertained if it survived (in the same form or in another one, with different ablaut grades) in other words, in the same language and in the other one, with special attention paid to the meaning of these words. The output of this research allowed us to confirm that there are remnants of different Proto-Indo-European roots in contemporary Polish and Portuguese, even if they have gained slight or strongly different meanings; on the other hand, there are synonymous roots that present a parallel semantic development from diverse IE roots. We will present some examples of both cases.

Hence, this paper looks at a tentative study of historical lexical semantics, and it also highlights that these two languages, Polish and Portuguese, although they apparently never had anything to do with each other, they still preserve traces of a remote common past.

Short presentation of Polish and Portuguese

Polish and Portuguese are akin in the sense of belonging to the same Indo-European family of languages, but they pertain to two different branches:

Balto-Slavic and Italic, respectively. As both languages have had practically no direct contact with each other throughout history, one could think that they do not have much in common. Indeed, even the lexicon, which is the level of the linguistic system most likely to show contacts and influences between any two languages, does not have many correlations. There are obviously lots of words that have been borrowed in Polish and in Portuguese independently from the same source (mainly from Latin / Greek, French and English 1 ), but when it comes to Portuguese loanwords in Polish and to Polish loanwords in Portuguese, there are almost none -and if so, indirectly 2 .

Let us now present an outline of the history of both languages. It should help us to demonstrate their independent and distant paths of evolution. The Polish state formally came into existence in the mid-10 th century. The Baptism of Poland in 966 was an important factor which helped to consolidate various tribes living within the borders of the country and to affirm its unity in the international arena. The Polish language developed on the basis of different dialects spoken in Poland, with a domination of the Greater Poland and Lesser Poland dialects. The earliest written records in Polish date back to 1136. During the synod in Łęczyca (1285), it was decided that sermons must be preached in Polish and without knowing this language one could not become a teacher in cathedral and monastery schools. The first texts in Polish, mainly translations of selected parts of the Bible, were published starting from the end of the 13 th century. Polish literature flourished in the 16 th century, when the Polish language was accepted on a par with Latin.

In the Middle Ages, the Polish lexicon was influenced by Czech and German.

In the 16 th century one can notice a bigger afflux of Italian, Latin and Greek vocabulary. In later history, a French impact was mostly remarkable, but there are also borrowings from Turkish and Eastern Slavic languages. During the 19 th century, when Poland did not exist on the map of Europe because of partitions, the eastern regions of the country suffered from russification, while its western 3 For more details, see e.g. Klemensiewicz (1999). and southern parts were subjected to German influences. In recent time, English has mainly been providing new vocabulary to Polish.

In the 16 th century, after the Reformation, the importance of the Polish language had been growing in Central and Eastern Europe. In 1696, it became the official language of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania (while in Poland this position was occupied by Latin until 1763). From the mid-16 th century till the beginning of the 18 th century, Polish was the language used at the Russian court and by higher social classes in Russia. In the 17 th century, it also played an important role in the Principalities of Moldavia and Wallachia, as well as in Ukraine.

Today, judging on the criterion of the number of users, Polish is the second most spoken Slavic language (after Russian) -by more than 40 million people living in Poland and outside the country in diaspora.

Portuguese 4

Portuguese is one of the languages arising from the fragmentation of Vulgar Latin, thus belonging to the Italic branch of the family of Indo-European languages.

Vast territorial extension of the area where Latin was spoken, isolation of different territories, and existence of specific linguistic features of each geographical area were the most decisive factors behind the fragmentation process. In the northwest of the Iberian Peninsula, Galician and Portuguese shared the same birth process until the 15 th century: both languages suffered the influence of substrate languages, mostly Celtic, Iberian (completely replaced by Latin in the early Middle Ages) and Basque. Later, the Germanic (5 th century) and Arabic (8 th century) invasions added a Germanic and Arabic lexical heritage to the Latin and pre-Latin basis. By the 10 th century, in the region that now corresponds to Galicia and the north of Portugal, there was already a particular spoken romance; this romance, Galician-Portuguese, was the language of the Iberian medieval lyric until the 14 th century.

The kingdom of Portugal, independent since 1143, spread to the south and to the western strip of the peninsula, thus drawing, in about a century, one of the oldest and most stable borders of Europe. The oldest document written in 4 For more details, see e.g. [START_REF] Cardeira | O Essencial sobre a História do Português[END_REF].

Portuguese dates from these times (1175); in the 13 th century, the Chancellery adopted Portuguese as the written language for its royal documents.

Galician-Portuguese poetry lasted up to 1350. Yet, by the end of the 14 th century Portuguese and Galician took diverging directions and Portuguese started a standardization process, which led to the development of the national language.

In the 15 th century an expansionist period began and Lisbon, the capital, became a commercial emporium as well as a receiver-spreader centre of Asian, African and American vocabulary. Portuguese, in addition to being spoken in America (Brazil), was also used as a communication language on the African coast and in some ports of India and Southeast Asia, which led to the formation of Portuguesebased Creoles. As the result of expansion during colonial times, Portuguese is nowadays spoken in countries located on five continents and occupies a major place among the most spoken languages in the world.

Corpus and methodological issues

As has already been mentioned, contemporary colour adjectives in Polish and Portuguese were the basis for our research. Apart from a small number of studies (i.e. [START_REF] Grzegorz | Nomes de cores básicas nas línguas portuguesa e polaca[END_REF][START_REF] Stala | European (dis)union of colours: secondary basic colour terms in Polish, Portuguese and Spanish[END_REF], there is practically no comparative work regarding Polish and Portuguese colour names, which, we believe, assigns to our study a greater interest and opportunity.

The adjectives that have been selected correspond to the eleven basic colour names as established by Berlin and Kay (1969): white, black, red, green, yellow, blue, brown, purple, pink, orange and grey. Then, supplementary criteria were applied: relatively recent adjectives (like Pol. niebieski 'blue' , Port. castanho 'brown' , cor-de-rosa 'pink' , cinzento 'grey') as well as recent borrowings (like Pol. brązowy 'brown' , fioletowy 'purple' , różowy 'pink' , pomarańczowy 'orange' , Port.

azul 'blue' , cor-de-laranja 'orange') have been excluded, in order to retain only old vocabulary in the corpus -we are looking for words that have been inherited from the proto-languages of both languages under consideration: Proto-Slavic for Even though the analysis of the data has been carried out upon contemporary colour adjectives, the presentation of the results will go in the opposite direction, starting from PIE roots. This will ensure a better legibility of the information and it will also help to clearly demonstrate the common past of Polish and Portuguese.

We will now consider five Polish roots and five Portuguese roots separately, since they do not share the same etymon. Finally, we will consider one colour adjective that has the same origin in both languages.

Polish adjectives

As previously stated, we will consider five adjectives (black, grey, red, green and yellow). Four of them have no Portuguese cognates (i.e. czarny, szary, zielony and czerwony); the other one (i.e. żółty) does have a Portuguese cognate, though it is not a colour name (i.e. fel 'bile'). Consider a more detailed information on each of these roots. Three contemporary Polish adjectives (i.e. czarny, szary and zielony) originate from two PIE roots that also referred to a colour. The meanings of other words related to these roots result from association to a dark colour or a bright one, too, a fact that seems not to need further explanation.

The Polish adjective czerwony 'red' has a metonymical origin, which refers to the raw matter used to produce the pigment that yields the colour red.

The second set regards adjectives that have Portuguese cognates: żółty 'yellow' 1 st attestation 15 th century etymology PIE *g h elh 3 -'to shine' , also naming bright colours > *g h elh 3 to-→ *g h l̥ to-→ *gĭlto-→ PS *žьltъ 'yellow' → Pol. żółty 'yellow' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour żółć Nf 'yellowness; bile' , żółto ADV 'yellowly' , żółknąć V 'to turn yellow' , żółtko Nn 'yolk' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *g h elh 3 -> *g h el(H)ū-→ PS *žely, Gen. *žьlъve 'turtle' → Pol. żółw Nm 'turtle' (because of the colour of turtle's shell) PIE *g h elh 3 -> *g h l̥ -> *g h l̥ nā-→ *gĭlnā → PS *žьlna 'bee-eater' → Pol. żołna Nf 'bee-eater' (because of the colour of the feathers on a bee-eater's throat) PIE *g h elh 3 -> *g h leh 2 d h ŭ-'shining, smooth' → PS *gladъ 'plain, smooth' > 1) *gladъkъ → Pol. gładki ADJ 'plain, smooth' , 2) *gladiti 'to make plain, smooth' → Pol. gładzić V 'to stroke, smooth' PIE *g h elh 3 -> *g h lend (h) -'to shine, look' > PS. *ględati (*ględěti) 'to look' > *o(b)ględati → Pol. oglądać V 'to watch, see, look' Portuguese words containing the same PIE root or one of its variants PIE *g u ̯ h el-> Lat. fel, Gen. fellis (← *fel-n-is) 'bile' (maybe of dialectal origin because of the presence of f-) → Port. fel Nm 'bile' (because of the colour of this liquid) references Boryś SEJP s.v. żółty, s.v. żółć I, s.v. żółć II, s.v. żółknąć, s.v. żółw, s.v. żołna, s.v. gładki, s.v. gładzić, s.v. oglądać Snoj SES s.v. žọ̑ lt, s.v. žọ̑ lč, s.v. žȇ ̣lva, s.v. žọ́ lna, s.v. gláditi, s.v. glé The same root is present in animal names (in Polish) and its variant occurs in the denomination of bile (in Portuguese), a fact that can be explained by their effective colour. In the other words (Pol. gładki, gładzić, oglądać), the idea of shining is preserved.

It is worth noting that the names for green and yellow have similar remote origin not only in Polish, but also in other Slavic languages; cf. the synonymous roots *ǵ h elh 3 -and *g h elh 3 -that Pokorny and other authors consider as variants of the same root (e.g. . It is thus possible that initially, they were merely perceived as bright colours and no further distinction seems to be available at this time.

Portuguese adjectives

The set of five Portuguese adjectives that we have studied is not identical to the Polish set: the root for grey has been excluded and we have added the root for purple. The remaining adjectives refer to the same colours (i.e. green, yellow, black and red). Two of these adjectives have no Polish cognates (i.e. verde and amarelo); the other three (i.e. preto, vermelho and roxo) do have Polish cognates, though, again, they are not all colour names (i.e., respectively prać 'wash, launder, beat'; and wierzba 'willow'). The exception is roxo that does have a colour cognate, but the colour is not the same (i.e. rudy 'red, ginger, rufous').

Consider more detailed information on each of these roots.

The first set regards adjectives that have no Polish cognates: Boryś SEJP s.v. wierzba, s.v. wierzgać, s.v. powrósło, s.v. wrzos, s.v. wrzesień, s.v. ręka, s.v. wrzeciono Snoj SES s.v. vŕba, s.v. povréslo, s.v. vrzẹ̑ l, s.v Quite surprisingly, the PIE root *reu̯ d h -is well preserved both in Portuguese and in Polish, where it continues its original meaning in adjectives naming similar colours (purple and rufous), but also in various objects and plants whose characteristic feature is that of being of one of these colours. The other two roots are present in Portuguese colour names through a metaphor (preto) and a metonymy (vermelho); it is curious that an identical metonymy ('maggot producing red dye' > 'red colour') stands behind the Portuguese and Polish names of the colour red, even if these names are not akin. Moreover, Polish and Portuguese vocabularies comprise many words that continue, more or less directly, the primitive significations of roots *per-and *u̯ er-.

Polish and Portuguese 'white'

We have found just one PIE root that refers to the same colour in Polish and

Portuguese. Its original meaning of 'shiny, white' is preserved in both languages, though the phonetic output does not immediately reveal their etymological closeness (cf. biały vs. branco). The same root (in different variants and by different paths) has given the name of the colour white in both languages; the metaphor was the idea of brightness. It is also present in some other words: in Polish they are motivated by the colour, whereas in Portuguese by the idea of shining.

Summary and outlook

The knowledge of Indo-European colour names is not as straightforward as would be considered. or for 'yellow' 9 : Polish adopted two related roots that referred to bright colours and, based on them, developed two divergent forms for 'yellow' and 'green' .

Portuguese took a metaphoric option for 'green' (the colour of a sprout) and also for 'yellow' (the colour of bitter).

IE root Polish Portuguese

* A general conclusion resulting from our material is that it is interesting to see the semantic evolution of PIE roots and their presence in both languages.

It turns out that some names of colours come from a basis that denoted some undefined hues, simply bright (Pol. biały and Port. branco 'white' , Pol. zielony 'green' , żółty 'yellow') or dark ones (Pol. czarny 'black' , szary 'grey'). However, other PIE roots, that have nothing to do with colours, are also present and allowed us to discover some curious metaphors and metonymies that have occurred during their development (Port. preto 'black' , verde 'green' , amarelo 'yellow'). In one case, there is a semantic parallel in the independent development: even if the origin of the adjectives for 'red' is not the same (Pol. czerwony and Port. vermelho), the metonymy 'maggot producing red dye' > 'red dye, red colour' is the same both in Polish (and generally Slavic) and Portuguese (and generally Ibero-Romance) languages. This can be a sign of a common cultural past: it is possible that insects and their larvae were used for the production of red dye on a scale larger than a regional one.

Comparing both languages, as far as names of colours are concerned, we can tell that Polish is more conservative, while Portuguese has more innovative, metaphorically based denominations. Nevertheless, both still show traces of a common remote past.

  rethink e-Dictionaries to go beyond the simple transformation from a paper to an onscreen format, thereby helping new dictionaries to come about. New dictionaries also mean new ways of handling data. Analysis shows what is missing and what should be standard in lexicographical practice, notably in handling issues as flora and fauna. The cross-linguistic diachronic analyses carried out within LandLex have allowed us to experiment with new models such as European Roots. It has allowed us to develop new analytical methods for looking at image data using CAQDAS, and then full digitalisation using TEI-XML. Multilingual lexicographical prototypes are offered as a means of making lexical variation apparent, of making information available without imposing a single language as a hub. After three years of work, this volume shows what has been achieved so far though networking research into a common object. It is a demonstration of what has been achieved, and a starting point for future research and future collaboration.

  the post-tonic vowel[u] (cf. auric[u]la > auricla > orelha 'ear'); (ii) the conversion of the consonant cluster [kl] into a palatal fricative [ʃ] (cf. fasculu > *fas[kl]u > fa[ʃ]o 'torch') or into a palatal lateral [ʎ] (cf. fornacula > *forna[kl]a > forna[ʎ]a 'furnace'); (iii) the voicing of the intervocalic obstruent (cf. acucula > *a[k]ucla > a[g]ulha 'needle'); and (iv) even a similar nasal spreading (cf. [multus] > [ˈmũjtu]

  sources and cross-linguistic checking is thus crucial in reassessing contemporary dictionaries and in setting a solid basis for future projects. The first attempt to produce an actual dictionary entry regarded the adjectival root brav -'brave'), and it looked like this (from Silvestre & Villalva 2014):

  the ultimate goal of ER is to demonstrate that this lexicographic model allows ulterior research, some maps were prepared in order to get a visual perception of the dissemination of some IE roots in European Languages related to the gloss 'red' and the semantic changes they have undergone 26 . r̥ PL [čɛrˈvɔni] (XV th c.) PT carmin (X th c.) PT carmesim (X th c.) MGR κρεμεζής [kremeˈzis] 'reddish' MGR κρεμεζί [kremeˈzi] 'a red dye obtained form the crushed dried bodies of a female scale insect' MedGr κιρμιζής [kirmiˈzis] 'red' (XV th c.) MedGr χριμιζίν [xrimiˈzin] 'a kind of red dye' (XΙV th c.) MedGr κριμίζιν [kriˈmizin] 'a kind of red cloth' (XΙV th c.) Diagram 1 -Map red1

  h ros] (XIII th c. BC) > MGR [eriˈ ros] Diagram 2 -Map red2 26 These diagrams were prepared by Simeon Tsolakidis.

  oak, used to dye scarlet GR κ κκιν ς [ˈk k:inos] 'scarlet, deep red' (320-290 BC) > > MGR κ κκιν ς [ˈk cinos] 'red' GR κ κκιν [ˈk cino] 'red' (II th c.) GR [koˈcina a] 'red color, ruddiness' (XIV th c.) GR [kociˈnila] 'red color, ruddiness, red spot' (XX th c.) GR [kociniˈsto] 'in tomato sauce' (XX th c.) GR [kocinoˈpos] 'reddish' (XX th c.) GR [kociˈnizo] 'to roast' (XI th c.) GR [kociniˈzmos] 'blush, reddening' (XVIII th c.) GR [kocinoˈpos] 'reddish' (XX th c.) Diagram 4 -Map red4

  elements (i.e. <evaluative_word>, <deadjectival-noun>, etc.)

  <cit type=»example»> <quote> On a fait ce bastiment sur la <hi>colline</hi> pour avoir l'avantage de la veuë, et le moyen d'y faire des terrasses. </quote> </cit>

  <cit type="quotation"> <quote>denn werden sie anfahen zu sagen zu den bergen, fallet uber uns, und zu den hügeln, decket uns. </quote> <bibl corresp="#KJV_Luke_23_30">Luc. 23, 30;</bibl> <item xml:id="KJV_Luke_23_30">Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, Cover us.<bibl>King James. St Luke 23, 30</bibl></item>The Bible has the advantage of existing in all European languages, whereas the work cited by Johnson and Furetière tend not to have been translated. However, many more recent works are available in a variety of languages thus opening the possibility of exploring the contrasts revealed through the translation process and possibly getting closer to the connotative meaning in other languages. This contrastive approach does not always work as translator strategies may differ.In the following biblical citation found in the Trésor de la Langue Française informatisé the gods of the Syrians are mountain gods, whereas in English it is hills that are evoked.<quote>Les Syriens battus par les Israëlites disaient à Benhadad leur Roi; ils ont été les plus forts, parceque leurs Dieux sont les des Dieux de montagnes; mais combattons dans la plaine </quote><bibl>1. Liv. des Rois Ch 20 </bibl> <item>And the servants of the king of Syria said unto him, Their gods are gods of the hills; therefore they were stronger than we; but let us fight against them in the plain, and surely we shall be stronger than they.<bibl>1 Kings 20, 23</bibl>

  <def><seg corresp="#small_mountain #low_height">Petite montagne </seg><seg corresp="#light_slope">qui s'esleve doucement </seg><seg="#above_plain">au dessus de la plaine. </seg></def> This definition remains stable in consequent editions of the Académie dictionaries and the notions of 'small mountain' , without defining 'small' also appears in the later Larousse[START_REF] Larousse | Nouveau dictionnaire de la langue française[END_REF] whilst the Littré (É. (1801-1881) A. du texte Littré 1873; É. Littré s. d.) prefers the more neutral 'raised ground' . The more recent historical dictionary Trésor de la Langue Francaise informatisé (Imbs et Quemada 1971) reaffirms what has already been said. <def><seg corresp=»#low_height»>Relief de faible hauteur </seg>dont <seg corresp=»#light_slope»>la pente est généralement douce.</seg></def> However, the Trésor supplies abundant citations, the second of which tends to contradict its definition by accepting steeper slopes. It must be said that citations in this dictionary do tend more to prestige usage than to illustration. <cit type=»citation»> <quote>Une colline assez raide la seule saillie de ce plateau nivelé (...) se profilait devant nous </quote><bibl> <author ana=»#Gracq_ISN0000000121434842»>GRACQ,</author> <title ana=»#Rivage_des_syrtes_1951»>Le Rivage des Syrtes,</title> 1951, p. 162)</bibl>

  kenk G. kenġo (d bl) = künġas 2 (Wiedemann 1869: 290) kink G. kinġu, kinġo (d) Hügel, Hümpel (p. 318) känk G. känġu [...] (d) st. kenk (p. 270) könġas G. könka = künġas (p. 400) könk, könklik etc. (D) st. künk etc. (p. 400) künġas G. künka Hügel, kleiner Haufen [example sentences illustrating the (figurative) use of the word] (p. 475) künġe G. künke (pt), künk G. künġa = künġas (p. 476) Wiedemann's transcription and presentation of grammar are systematic. There are some data about dialectal distribution (d denotes South-Estonian Tartu and Võru dialects, D the island Hiiumaa), or about the field of use (bl. denotes Bible language). There is a slight difference in the German translations of the variants kink and küngas, however, Ge. Hügel is on the first place in both cases, and Ger. Hümpel ['heap'] and kleiner Haufen ['small heap'] seem to be quite synonymous. Some derivatives are presented in separate entries: Est. kingukene (diminutive with suffix -kene), Est. kingune -Ger. hügelig ['hilly'] (with adjective suffix -ne) (p. 318), Est. küngastama -Ger. höckerig, hügelig machen od. werden ['to make or to turn bumpy, hilly'] (with causative suffix -ta-, -ma is the infinitive marker), 2 In Wiedemann's transcription, ṅ denotes the velar nasal ŋ. Est. küngastik -Ger. hügelige Stelle, Hügelreiche ['hilly place, row of hills'] (with collective suffix -stik), Est. künkakene (diminutive), Est. künkane -Ger. hügelig, höckerig ['hilly, bumpy'], Est. künklane, künklik, künkline, künkrik id. (with adjective suffixes -lane, -lik, -line, -rik) (p. 476). Note that the derivatives are often based on the genitive stems kingu-or künka-. In the second, revised edition of Wiedemann's dictionary, no data have been added about the words kink, küngas etc. but the presentation of the data has been elaborated. For instance, in the entry küngas, additionally all variants are listed: künġas G. künka (künġe, künk, känk, kenk, kink, könġas, könk) Hügel, kleiner Haufen [...] (Wiedemann 1893: 432) In the 20 th century, we can follow the words küngas and kink in the monolingual Estonian dictionaries. "Eesti õigekeelsuse-sõnaraamat" 1927-1937 (EÕS) is a very thorough normative dictionary of the standard Estonian of 1920s and 1930s. There are entries for both of the words kink and küngas: kink geogr. (10-25 m kõrge), kingu, -u, -u e. kingusse, -ude, -usid [e. -e], -udesse [e. kingesse]; kingu|ke[ne]; kinguli|ne 3 ; kingu|ne 1 ; kingust|ik; -maa geogr. (Hügelland); -maastik (EÕS : 219) kün|gas 2 geogr. (kuni 10 m kõrge); -maa (Hügelland); -|tama 1 = künkaliseks tegema;-t|ik = küngaste kogu, rida; -t|uma = künkaliseks muutuma; künka|ke[ne]; künkali|ne 3 ; künka|ne3 ; künkl|ik (p. 338)

Map 1 .

 1 küngas and kink in Estonian dialects Each entry contains the definition of the entry word. The word kink is defined as 'elevation' (Est. kõrgendik), while the definition of the word küngas is '(small) elevation' (Est. (väike) kõrgendik). The other variants are generally defined using the same word or the words küngas and/or kink themselves. The definition of the word köndäss is 'higher place, hill' . The only word with two definitions is künk: 1. 'elevation, hill' , 2. 'hump, hunch' . In each entry, a large number of example sentences are presented, provided with abbreviations of parishes in which they have been recorded. Figurative meanings are brought out in the section of example sentences. Most entries end with references to the words having certain similarities.

  põnk (= küngas; jomp, tombuke, jork (lõngas); geogr. Anhöhe; anat. Knorren), põnga, -a, -a e. põngasse, -ade, -asid e. -u, -adesse e. põngusse; põngali|ne 3 ka anat. (knorrig); põnga|pealne; põnga|taoline = -|jas; -l|ik põnt (= kõrge kuiv koht põllul, aasal), põnda, -a, -a e. põndasse, -ade, -asid e. -u, -adesse e. põndusse; põnda|k 3 = väike põnt; põnda|pealne; põnda|taoline = -|jas; -l|ik (EÕS: 909)

(

  with suffix -(a)s) and põngal (with suffix -l)(VMS: 277). They are known in North-Estonian dialects. The word põnt has the variant põnts and synonymous derivatives põnda-k(-as), põnda-s, põn(d)sa-ss, põntsa-k(-as), põn(d)sa-k, and põntsi-k, common in the South-Estonian dialects. See the dialectal distribution of the stems põnk-and põnt-on Map 2. The words have many derivatives with adjective suffixes, like põnga-line, põngu-line, põnk-lik, põnk-line, põnk-ne; põndaka-ne, põndsaku-ne, põnt-lik, põnt-line, põntsaku-lene 'hilly; tufty, bumpy' , and with collective noun suffixes, like põnga-stik, põnda-stik 'hilly, tufty landscape'. Two verbs, põntima and põntuma (VMS: 277) mean 'to become dry and harden (about earth)' . Map 2. põnk and põnt in Estonian dialects

  Before closing this section, a word about what may have motivated the authors of French-Romanian bilingual dictionaries to propose colină as a quite universal equivalent of colline/collina. If phonetic proximity is an obvious explanation, the last part of the French definition suggests an interesting cultural bias. Le Robert mentions the "seven hills of Rome", and while this example is not to be found in several Romanian dictionaries, French-Romanian dictionaries give it very often, as well as "double colline = Parnasse", in a kind of encyclopaedic addition to the translation entry: Colline s.f. 1. (geogr.) colină, deal; colnic; le sommet d'une ~ vârful unui deal. 2. (în expr.) la double ~Parnasul; la ville aux sept ~s Roma.[Gorunescu, 2002] ("1. (geogr.) Hillock, hill; le sommet d'une ~ the summit of a hill. 2. (phras.) the double ~ Parnassus; the city on the seven ~ Rome.")

2

  http://context.reverso.net/перевод/английский-русский/hill / (December 2018).

3 IPA

 3 transcription is given only for words existing in modern Russian and included in the Academic Dictionary of the Russian Language.

  with the meaning 'small hill' are бугоро'к [bʊɡɐˈrok] [SAR 1 part 2: 234; Sl.1847 1: 86; Dahl 1: 119; BAS 1: 665], бугоро'чек [bʊɡɐˈrot͡ ɕɪk] [Sl.1847 1: 86; Dahl 1: 119; BAS 1: 665], and буго'рчикъ [bʊˈɡort͡ ɕɪk] [Dahl 1: 119]; magnifying forms are бугри'ще [bʊˈɡrʲiɕːɪ] [SAR 1, 2: 234; Sl.1847 1: 86; Dahl 1: 119], and буго'рище [bʊˈɡorʲiɕːɪ] [Dahl 1: 119]. Now only two of them are usedin the literary Russian language -бугорок and бугорочек, whereas бугорчик is preserved in Voronezh dialects meaning 'a pile of manure brought down on the earth from a cart'[SRNG 3: 238]. Apart from 'small hill' , бугорок can also denote 'small elevation of the leaves or skin; knob'[BAS 1: 665] in modern Russian; for the first time, it was recorded in Dahl's dictionary as 'abscess on the inner or outer parts of the body'[1: 119]. The words Бугор, Бугры, Бугорок, and Бугорки are also used as toponyms 14 .

  Portuguese-speaking domains. According toVerdelho & Silvestre, eds (2011: 6), the alignment of the Portuguese vocabulary with those of other languages offered the chance to import scientific and technological vocabularies, and to incorporate word-formation resources. This claim can be illustrated by mentionning the recent introduction of neoclassical compounding or the suffixation with -ismo. These authors also claim that the lexicographic partnership between Portuguese and French was the most fruitful (cf.Verdelho & Silvestre, eds 2011: 7). Nevertheless,

  managed to become a source for many later dictionaries (cf. Verdelho 2011: 59), namely for the subsequent [DdP 1885] and [DdP 1888]. He invokes the role model of "Johnson, Webster, Grant, Richardson,

  elevation of the earth's surface rising more or less steeply above the level of the surrounding land. Formerly the general term, including what are now called mountains; after the introduction of the latter word, gradually restricted to heights of less elevation; but the discrimination is largely a matter of local usage, and of the more or less mountainous character of the district, heights which in one locality are called mountains being in another reckoned merely as hills. A more rounded and less rugged outline is also usually connoted by the name.

  hill = eminencia, elevação, pequeno monte, monticulo, altura, collina, cerro, encosta, outeiro. The top, the clif and the foot of a --, o cume, o declive e a falda do monte.[...] By --and dale, up --and down dale, por montes e por valles. Up the hill, ladeira acima. Down the hill, ladeira abaixo. hillock = s. collina, altura, eminencia, elevação, cabeço, comoro. hilly = adj. montanhoso, montuoso, cheio de montes, alpestre. A --country, paiz montanhoso. [Lacerda 1866] hill = [an elevation of ground], éminence, élévation, petite montagne, monticule, hauter, coteau, colline [...] hillock = [a little hill] une colline, une hauteur, une éminence, un petit tertre, elevation. hilly = [full of hills] montagneux, montueux, plein de montagnes [...][Fleming & Tibbins]

  hill = collina, outeiro, encosta, eminencia. Up __work = ladeira acima.

  hill = monte, outeiro, collina, eminencia; The top, the foot of a ~, o cume, a falda do monte; up ~, ladeira acima, subindo; down ~, ladeira abaixo, descendo; up the ~, no alto do monte; to go up a~, subir uma encosta; up ~ and down dale, por montes e valles. hill-side = encosta, declive, ladeira hill-slope = o declive do monte hill-top = o cume do monte hilled = que tem montes, que tem collinas; in seven ~, que tem sete colinas.

  hill = outeiro; up hill = ladeira acima; down hill = ladeira abaixo. hilled = colinoso; the seven hilled city, a cidade das sete colinas, Roma. hillock = outeirinho hilly = cheio de outeiro (MICHAELIS 1908) hill = outeiro; up hill = ladeira acima; down hill = ladeira abaixo. hilled = colinoso; the seven hilled city, a cidade das sete colinas, Roma. hillock = outeirinho hillside = ladeira hilltop = cume de outeiro hilly = cheio de outeiro

  hill = colina, outeiro, morro, cêrro; montículo, cômoro hillbilly = sertanejo ou montanhês do Sul dos Estados Unidos hillman = habitante das colinas, montanhês hillock = pequena colina, outeiro, cômoro, montículo. Der.: hillocky hillside = encosta, vertente (de colina) hilltop = cimo, cume, cabeço de colina hilly = colinoso, montanhoso; íngreme, escarpado. Der.: hilliness [Vallandro] hill = colina, outeiro, morro, monte; montículo hill-billy, hillbilly = (coloquial pejorativo EUA) montanhês ou camponês (esp. do sul), matuto, caipira, tabaréu; relativo a esse montanhês hilliness = natureza montanhosa ou acidentada hillman = habitante das colinas, montanhês hillock = outeiro, pequena colina hillside = encosta hilltop = cume, topo de uma colina, cimo hilly = 1 montanhoso 2 íngreme, escarpado [Houaiss, 1982] hill = 1 morro, outeiro, colina 2 monte (de terra) || hill up and down dale morro acima, morro abaixo. hillbilly = rústico, das montanhas hillclimb = passeio nas montanhas hilliness = natureza montanhosa hillock = morro pequeno, outeirinho hillside = ladeira, declive hilltop = cume de morro hilly = 1 montanhoso, cheio de morros 2 semelhante a morro, íngreme [Novo Michaëlis]

hill = [ 1 ]

 1 colina, monte, outeiro; encosta, ladeira [...] hilliness = carácter acidentado (de qualquer região) hilling = acção de amontoar; aterro hillock = montículo, outeiro, montão de terra hilly = acidentado; montanhoso [Morais] hill = 1 colina; outeiro; monte 2 encosta, ladeira hill country = região montanhosa over hill and dale = por montes e vales hillbilly = (depreciativo) rústico, saloio, parolo hilliness = carácter acidentado (de qualquer região) hilling = acção de amontoar; aterro hillman = montanhês; serrano, habitante das montanhas hillock = montículo, outeiro; montão de terra hilly = [1] acidentado[START_REF] Bellis Perennis | Pequeña planta campestre parecida a la manzanilla, que produce unas florecillas a las que se da el mismo nombre. [RAG] -(bilingual) Manzanilla loca, planta campestre que produce unas florecillas que reciben su mismo nombre[END_REF] montanhoso[INFOPEDIA]

  hill = noun UK /hɪl/ US /hɪl/ A2 a high area of land that is smaller than a mountain; colina, morro[CDO]

  Corpus do Português allows us to illustrate the usage contrasts. The results are presented in the following diagram.

Figure 1 .

 1 Figure 1. Main factors influencing the semantic classification of plant names

  Galician and languages other than Castilian are very recent, and they are all based on[DRAG 2012→] that only hosts margarida (and the variant margarita).

8[9

  LEO] (=link everything online) is a popular multilingual, commercial portal, which invites users to comment and collaborate on bilingual dictionaries with German as an equivalent language. It also links the equivalents to entries in other dictionary resources where users can find more information on orthography, grammar and semantics. Even though criticised as not being thoroughly reliable in terms of the presented content (cf. Hanks 2012: 77-82), the portal has caught on by providing different kinds of user participation and supports an active critical and scholarly discussion (cf. Nesi 2012: 368-9 ; Engelberg/Storrer 2016: 39; Abel/Meyer 2016: 283). On the list of possible daisy equivalents, the diminutive Gänseblümchen is the first entry. It should be regarded as the most common contemporary German equivalent for 207 e. English-Greek 10 daisy -μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita] f. English-Italian 11 daisy -(bot., Bellis perennis) margheritina; pratolina daisy -(Chrysanthemum leucanthemum) margherita dei campi g. English-Portuguese 12 daisy -margarida h. English-Romanian 13 daisy -1. Banuţei, paralute (Bellis perennis); 2. Margareta aurata (Chrysanthemum leucanthemum)

Figure 1 -

 1 Figure 1 -distribution of 'daisy' equivalents in bilingual dictionaries

  According to the [TLF], the Ancient Greek/Latin meaning of 'pearl' was preserved by the form margerie (attested in 1130-40), later margarite (late 12 th century -early 13 th century) and marguerite (1340), and it gained the right to posterity in the expression geter sa margerie entre les porciaux, attested in 1180-90, and later translated into jeter des perles aux pourceaux for the translation of the biblical text (cf. Matthew VII.6). Otherwise, the 'pearl' meaning was lost in Middle French and it gave place to the metaphorical adaptation to the flower name, attested since the 13 th century (flors des margerites -Aucassin et Nicolette, éd. M. Roques, XII, 25). Still according to the [TLF], pâquerette is a much more recent word, attested only in 1553 (cf. P. BELON, Observations, III, 52), although

  bilingual[Ragazzini], for instance, includes it as the third equivalent of the English 'daisy': 3 (slang antiq. o USA) persona o cosa eccezionale; gioiello (fig.) But this in not only the case of bilingual dictionaries. The meaning, metaphorical use and phraseology related to gems (margherita = perla 'pearl') have been partof the definition since 1500 (see, for instance,[Calepino], and all the five editions of Vocabolario dell'Accademia della Crusca, from 1612-1923).

Figure 2 -Figure 3 -

 23 Figure2-margarita in[Calepino]

29

  Corpus of Italian newspaper texts published between 1985 and 2000, approximately 380M tokens. 30 The Linguistic and Ethnographic Atlas of Italy and Southern Switzerland was conceived by the Swiss linguists Karl Jaberg and Jakob Jud. It contains 1705 digitalised maps of the data collected in the middle of the 20 th century.

Figure 4 -

 4 Figure 4 -Detail of the dialectal variety in Piedmont region

(

  cf. Vázquez 2006): a) a total of twenty-three works were published during the non-normative period (1536 -1982): two glossaries in the 16 th century, three glossaries in the 18 th century and eighteen bilingual dictionaries in the 19 th century (the first of which in 1863 -it is considered very late compared to other languages). b) one hundred (monolingual and bilingual) dictionaries have been published during the normative period (1982 to the present); and all dictionaries follow the perception of the academic dictionary.

bonina 1 .

 1 designação comum, extensiva a qualquer pequena flor silvestre 2. (Bellis perennis) planta herbácea, da família das Compostas, espontânea em Portugal, tem folhas de margens serreadas e capítulos de flores liguladas, brancas, vermelhas ou variegadas; margarida 3. (Calendula officinalis) planta herbácea, da família das Compostas, tem folhas oblongas e flores em capítulos, de cor laranja ou amarela; calêndula malmequer planta da família das Compostas, de capítulos grandes, espontânea no Centro e no Sul de Portugal, também chamada pampilho; bem-me-quer margarida planta da família das Compostas, com capítulos de flores liguladas, brancas, espontânea em Portugal, e também conhecida por bonina e bem-me-quer; margarita 42 The section on Portuguese was written by Alina Villalva. margarita ver margarida pampilho nome vulgar extensivo a várias plantas (em especial à também chamada malmequer), da família das Compostas, algumas das quais muito frequentes em Portugal

  bănuței m. pl. floare de podoabă cu frunze mici și rotunde, numită și floare frumoasă (Bellis perennis)[Săineanu 1929] 64bănúț, bănuți, s. m. 3. (Mai ales la pl.) Plantă mică, erbacee, din familia compozeelor, cu flori mici și rotunde, frumos colorate (Bellis perennis) [sic]. [DLRLC 1955-1957] 65 bănúț, bănuți, s. m. 3. Plantă erbacee cu flori mici și rotunde, frumos colorate, dispuse în capitule; părăluţă, bănuţel (Bellis perennis). [DEX 1998)] 66 bănúț ~im. (diminutiv de la ban) 2) Plantă erbacee decorativă asemănătoare cu margaretele, cultivată pentru florile sale rotunde, plate, de culoare albă sau roz; părăluţă. [NODEX 2002] 67 62Here is the definition for bellis perennis in[DFL 1989]: "Specie care înflorește în mart.--iun. Plantă de cca 10 cm înălţime, perenă, cultivată ca bienală. Frunze oval-spatulate așezate în formă de rozetă, din mijlocul căreia pornește un peduncul ce poartă în vîrf cîte un singur capitul format din flori, cele marginale, femele, albe sau rosee, cele centrale, galbene (Pl. 12, fig.68)." 'Species blooming in March-June. The plant is some 10cm tall, perennial, cultivated as biannual. Leafs are oval-spatulated, disposed in circle; in the middle starts a peduncle wearing on top a single capitulum of flowers, females, and white or rose, on the margin, yellow in the centre.' (our translation)

Figure 7 -

 7 Figure 7 -Latin denominations and related Romanian forms

  between[asproˈluluδo] and[marγaˈrita], since the latter is mentioned as an equivalent of the first in ασπρολούλουδο entry: flower in every Greek-speaking area before the 20 th century. If we take into account that [marγaˈrita] is attested in regions of Central and Western Greece, varities of which played an important role in the formation of Common Greek (Pandelidis 2007), then we could assume that [marγa'rita] developed to a cover term for 'daisy' during the formation of a CMG where other, (supposedly) more regional terms for 'daisy' (like the ones we referred to in this chapter) became gradually obsolete.One way or another, MG seems to belong since 20 th century in that group of European languages where a word that (immediately or not) goes back to French marguerite developed to the basic or cover term denoting 'daisy' . Especially in case of Romance languages, this similarity could highlight or remind to us the fact that MG had strong relationships and interaction with languages such as Italian or especially French at least until the early or mid 20 th century (Horrocks 2010).Concerning the MG -FO terms for 'daisy' we could point out the motivation similarity between MG and some other languages mentioned in this chapter, for example MG ['astro] -Romanian scânteuță (both referring to the the flowers of daisy looking like little (glowing) stars in the (darker) green background of a field), MG [marto'luluδo] -German Monatsblümlein (both referring to time of blossoming).

  99 https://www.dwds.de/wb/Tausendschönchen -et-1 The online version of the Etymological

Furthermore

  , it presents a new etymological hypothesis regarding the Old Italian predecessor of MG [marγaˈrita], i.e. the direct predecessor of the form margarita is the Latin margarita and not the French marguerite, which, on the other hand, by developing the meaning 'daisy' , influenced the meaning of the Italian margarita (originally meaning 'pearl').

  to the Portuguese case (right column) and probably to other language cases too (cf. Silvestre, Villalva & Pacheco 2014):

  (e.g. verev kontpuu 'Winter Beauty, Cornus sanguinea' , verev karikseen, Sarcoscypha austriaca, in English known as the Scarlet Elfcup fungus), but in the South-Estonian dialects verev is the generic word for 'red' (seeMap 1). The adjective punane is the derivative of the substantive puna 'red colour' with the common adjectival suffix -ne (gen -se). The adjective verev (gen vereva) is the derivative of the substantive veri (gen vere) 'blood' with the suffix -va.Map 1. Distribution of punane and verev in dialectsBoth Estonian adjectives qualify for general reference to the red colour of any object or substance, for example colour of various red berries (rowan, cranberry, strawberry, etc.), flowers (rose, poppy, etc.), insects, birds and animals (ant, Lat.

  Erle, Eller (Alnus Tournef.); (2) Est. lepp gen lepa, lepu -Ger. Blut (ausgeflossenes, bes. von Thieren), Blutwasser; (3) Est. lepp gen lepu (in Estonian Western regions and in N-Eastern coast) -Ger. Fuchs, rothes Pferd, and compounds Est. tumelepp -Ger. Schweissfuchs, Est. lina-laka-lepp, wal'kija-laka-lepp -Ger. Goldfuchs mit weisser Mähne (In more detail see Wiedemann 1869: 539).

4

  The history of the Greek Language begins, as far as the surviving texts are concerned, with the Mycenaean texts written in Linear B. This stage ends at about 1200 BC with the collapse of the Mycenaean civilization. The period of Ancient Greek, where the works of Homer, Plato, Aristotle etc. were written, ends at about 300 BC. It is followed by the Hellenistic period (where the works of Plutarch, Polybius etc. were written and the Greek translation of the Old Testament (by Septuaginta) was compiled). The Hellenistic period started just after Alexander the Great's conquests, that spread the Greek around the Mediterranean Sea and far into the Orient. Hellenistic Greek was the basis for the development of Medieval and Modern Greek, since a very large number of characteristics of Medieval and Modern Greek (concerning, for example, the pronunciation) are already present in Hellenistic Greek. Medieval Greek period (the Greek of the Byzantine era) lasts from the 4 th century AC until the middle of the 15 th century (when the Byzantine Empire stops existing after the capture of Constantinople (present day Istanbul) by the Ottomans in 1453). That is considered to be the point when the Modern Greek period begins.

  κόκκινος-ίνη-ον μτγν., μσν. κ. -ος-ον, νεώτ., δημ. -ινη-ο ὁ ἐρυθροβαφής, πορφυροῦς [examples of use in Hellenistic, Medieval and Modern Greek literature] 2) ἐπὶ προσ. ὁ ἔχων χρῶμα, χροίαν τοῦ προσώπου ἐρυθρωπήν [examples of use in HelG and MG] || ὁμ. ἐπὶ φαινομένων ἢ πραγμ., ὁ ἔχων χρῶμα πορφυροῦν, ἐρυθρόν [examples of use in MG] 3) μτγν. τὸ οὐδ. κτ. πληθ. ὡς οὐσ. τὰ φορέματα [examples of use in Hellenistic Greek literature] 4) δημ. τὸ οὐδ. ὡς οὐσ. τὸ ἐρυθρόν, πορφυροῦν χρώμα [examples of use in MG]

  κόκκινος, η, ο κόκ-κι-νος επίθ. 1. που έχει το χρώμα του αίματος ή κάποια απόχρωσή του [examples of use in MG] Ουσ.: κόκκινο (το) 1. το αντίστοιχο χρώμα [examples of use in MG] [μτγν. <κόκκινος] 6 In [DSMG] the abbreviation λόγ. (=λόγιος, of learned origin) is used for non popular origin words of SMG (for the dichotomy between MG words of popular and learned origin see Petrounias 2017).

  Για χρώμα που είναι σαν του αίματος ή για κτ που έχει το χρώμα του αίματος [examples of use and collocations in MG], β. Για κάτι που έχει σκούρο κοκκινωπό χρώμα, συνήθως σε αντιδιαστολή με κάτι άλλο που ανήκει στην ίδια κατηγορία και είναι πιο ανοιχτόχρωμο [examples of use in MG], 2) το κόκκινο (ως ουσ. Οσίδερο Οσίδερο) α. (μόνο στον εν.) α 1 .Το κόκκινο χρώμα [examples of use in MG], α 2 .Αντικείμενο με χαρακτηριστικό κόκκινο χρώμα [examples of use and collocations in MG], β. (μόνο στον πληθ.) Τα ρούχα, αξεσουάρ κτλ. που έχουν κόκκινο χρώμα [examples of use and collocations in MG] [ΕΤΎΜ^ < ελνστ. κόκκινος < κόκκ(ος) 'βελανίδι βαφής' + -ινος με λεξικοποίηση |κόκκος < αρχ. κόκκος].

  κόκκινος, -η, -ο 1. αυτός που έχει το χρώμα του αίματος, της ώριμης ντομάτας [examples of use in MG] ΣΥΝ. ερυθρός, πορφυρός […] 4. αυτός που γίνεται από ντομάτα και έχει το χρώμα της [example of use in MG] […] [ΕΤΥΜ. μτγν. <αρχ. κόκκος. Η σημ. «ερυθρός» οφείλεται στη χρησιμοποίηση ορισμένων κόκκων πρίνου, από τους οποίους έφτιαχναν το κόκκινο χρώμα]

  , [eruˈt h ros] goes back to h1r(e)udh-and it is attested already in Linear B tablets of Knossos in the 13 th century bC. Generally, [eruˈt h -]/[eriˈθ-] was the root denoting various meanings connected with 'red' in Ancient and Hellenistic Greek. Cases such as ἐρύθημαπροσώπου[eˈrut h :ema proˈs:opou] 'blush' (5 th century BC) or ἐρυθαίνω [eriˈθeno] 'make sb. blush' (2 nd century BC) seems to connect the red color with the physical expression of embarrassment or timidity. A very interesting semantic change or extension is that in the LXX Is. 63.1 the collocation ἐρύθ(ρ)ημα ἱματίων [eˈriθ(r)ima imaˈtion] means 'scarlet garments' (and not 'red garments'). In the above mentioned cases we also have the earliest attestations of a noun (and not an adjective) meaning 'scarlet or red color' and coming from [eruˈt h -]/[eriˈθ-]. So it seems that in the Hellenistic era [eriθ-]could also denote the meaning of [kocin-] and consequently, this extension could facilitate the use of [kocin-] meaning 'red' instead of [eriθ-] in a later stage of Greek, when [ˈkocinos] replaced [eriˈθros]. At this point we could also refer to ὑποκόκκινος [ipoˈkocinos] 'scarlet tinged, reddish' .

  αιμάτινος -η -ο [emátinos] Ε5: 1. (σπάν.) που αποτελείται από αίμα: Aιμάτινες σταγόνες. 2. (μτφ., λογοτ.) κόκκινος: Aιμάτινο χρώμα / τριαντάφυλλο.

  [cirmiˈzis]/[cermeˈzis] going back to Arabian qirmizī but entering MG through a Turkish and an Italian channel respectively, since the immediate predecessor of [cirmiˈzis] is Turkish kırmızı, and the immediate predecessor of [cermeˈzis] is Italian chermisi. Actually, in all the above mentioned cases we have to do with words of IE origin, meaning that the Arabian predecessor qirmizī goes back to Persian kirm 'worm (used for dye)' < IE kʷr̥ mi-'worm, grub' (Pokorny 1959: 649, [DSMG]: entry ΚΡΕΜΙΖΗΣ). [cirmiˈzis]/[cermeˈzis] did not survive in Standard Modern Greek (SMG). DVMG provides the following entry for ΚΙΡΜΙΖΗΣ: κιρμιζής, επίθ.· κερμεζής· ουδ. κριμίζιν· χριμιζίν. Το αραβοτουρκ. kirmizi. Ο τ. κριμίζιν στο Du Cange. T. κιρμιζί και κριμιζί σήμ. ιδιωμ. (Παγκ., Ιδιώμ. Κρ. Ε' και ΣΤ'), καθώς και τ. κρεμεζί στο Somav. και σήμ. Κόκκινος, ερυθρός: καβάδιον κερμεζήν χαμουχάν μετά βαρέων καταρούχων ενδεδυμένον Ψευδο-Σφρ. 290 1 . Το ουδ. ως ουσ. = 1) Κόκκινη βαφή: εντελημπροστέληνα, με το χρυσοπετάλιν, βαμμένα με το χριμιζίν (Διήγ. παιδ. (Tsiouni) 761. 2) Κόκκινο ύφασμα: έτερος δε ελθών … συντροφεύσας μετ' αυτών εις κριμίζιν. In the above entry we are informed that at least [cermeˈzis] is attested in a chronicle of the mid 16 th century. What survived was a variant of [cirmiˈzis]/ [cermeˈzis], [crimiˈzis]/[cremeˈzis] (obviously from [cirmiˈzis]/[cermeˈzis] through a metathesis of [r]

  κρεμέζι (το) κόκκινη φυσική χρωστική ουσία, που παράγεται από το έντομο κέρμης. [ΕΤΥΜ. μεσν. < τουρκ. kırmızı] κρεμεζής, -ιά, -ί 1. αυτός που έχει το κόκκινο χρώμα του κρεμεζιού [examples of use in MG] 2. κρεμεζί (το) το κόκκινο χρώμα στην απόχρωση του κρεμεζιού.

1 )

 1 κρεμέζι κρε-μέ-ζι ουσ. (ουδ.): κοκκινωπή χρωστικήουσία. [ιταλ. <chermes] κρεμεζής, -ιά, -ί κρε-με-ζής επίθ. (λογοτ.): που έχει το ζωηρό κόκκινο χρώμα του κρεμεζιού. Finally, in the case of [GOD] [creˈmezi] and [cremeˈzis] are related with deep red, as we see in the following entries: κρεμέζι [kremézi], το (ουσ. Ο καρδιοχτύπι) Φυσική χρωστική ουσία με έντονο κόκκινο χρώμα που παράγεται από το έντομο κέρμης. κρεμεζής [kremezís], -ιά, -ί (Ε σταχτής) και κρεμεζί [kremezí] (ακλ.) (επ.) Για κτ που έχει βαθύ κόκκινο χρώμα ή για χρώμα που είναι βαθύ κόκκινο [examples of use in MG]2) (ως ουσ. Ο άκλ. Ο άκλ.) (μόνο στον εν.) Το κρεμεζί χρώμα

  8

Polish 3

 3 Polish belongs to the Lechitic subgroup of West Slavic languages. It descends from Proto-Slavic which, according to most linguists, formed a common branch with Proto-Baltic named Balto-Slavic -a group of Indo-European satem languages.The dialectal segmentation of Proto-Slavic began in the 3 rd century, when a part of the Slavic people started leaving their territories (covering partially contemporary Poland, Ukraine and Belarus) and moving towards the Neman river basin, Volhynia and Podolia; it continued after the 6 th century with the Slavic people's migration towards the Balkan Peninsula. By 1000 AD, the Slavic linguistic area had already split into three big dialectal groups: East, West and South Slavic.

  that refer to this colour etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour Polish / Portuguese words containing the same PIE root or one of its variants references All the information that we have gathered comes from well-established references that have been selected to provide possibly the most complete information related to this twelve adjectives. Most of these references are from etymological dictionaries and other sources providing reliable reconstructions of Proto-Slavic and Latin words, as well as Proto-Indo-European formations and roots (Boryś SEJP, Snoj SES, EDSIL, DCECH, DELP 1 , DELP 2 , HP, DELL, IEW, LIV; see References) 7 .

7

  We do not provide all forms and modifications because of the lack of information in the sources or in order to keep the reasoning clear.

  h elH-> *b h ēlH-> *b h ēlHo-→ PS *bělъ 'white, bright' → Pol. biały 'white' PIE *b h elH-> *b h l-> *b h leg-/ *b h leǵ-'to shine' > Germanic *blank 'bright, shiny' → Port. branco 'white' derivatives & compounds that refer to a colour biel Nf 'white' , bielić V 'to whiten, bleach' , biało ADV 'whitely' , bielmo Nn 'endosperm; leukoma' , białko Nn 'albumen; protein' branquear V 'to whiten' , branqueamento Nm 'whitening' , esbranquiçar V 'to become whitish' , esbranquiçado ADJ 'whitish' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *b h elH-> *b h olH-> *b h olHnā-→ PS *bolna 'membrane, sapwood' → Pol. błona Nf 'membrane, film' (sapwood is usually light-coloured) PIE *b h elH-> *b h olH-> *b h olHnio-→ PS *bolnьje 'wet meadow, clearing' → Pol. błonie Nn 'large pasture, meadow' (whitish area, maybe due to the bright colour of the clay or because of being covered by cotton grass -Eriophorum) PIE *b h elH-> *b h ōlH-> *b h ōlto-→ PS *bolto 'swamp' → Pol. błoto Nn 'mud' (the same motivation as in błonie) PIE *b h elH-> *b h l-> *b h leg-/ *b h leǵ-'to shine' > Lat. (? *flagma →) flamma → Port. chama Nf 'flame' PIE *b h elH-> *b h l̥ -> *b h l̥ g-/ *b

  has been a doctoral student since 2017. [www.researchgate.net/profile/Wiebke_Blanck] Lexicographer at the Göttingen Academy of Sciences and Humanities. She is specialised in historical linguistics, syntax, historical semantics, lexicography. Doctor Luther holds a Phd in German Philology, Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg, Germany (2011). [www.researchgate.net/

	Yvonne Luther
	profile/Yvonne_Luther]

Table 1 -

 1

	malha 2 ˈmaʎɐ	mancha ˈmɐʃɐ	mágoa ˈmaɡwɐ	mácula ˈmakulɐ
	tecido	1. pequena extensão	1. efeito de	1. pequena extensão de cor
	mancha na pele	de cor diferente numa	magoar; nódoa	diferente numa superfície,
	dos animais	superfície, deixada por	ou marca	deixada por uma substância
		uma substância que suja;	produzida por	que suja; nódoa; mancha
		nódoa; mácula	contusão	2. figurado o que atinge a
		2. pinta; malha	2. tristeza;	honra ou a reputação de
		3. defeito; imperfeição	desgosto;	alguém; desonra, infâmia
		4. figurado desonra;	amargura	3. MEDICINA pequena área
		deslustre	3. dor de alma	situada na parte central
		5. cama de javali		da retina, responsável pela
		6. TIPOGRAFIA zona		perceção de detalhes
		de uma página ocupada		4. MEDICINA mancha
		pela impressão de texto		cutânea plana que pode
		ou gravuras e limitada		apresentar coloração
		pelas margens: superior,		acastanhada, rosada ou
		inferior, direita e		arroxeada, surgindo em
		esquerda		diversas situações (sarampo,
		7. Brasil doença do		rubéola, gravidez, etc.)
		tabaco
		1. (nódoa) stain	1. (contusão)	1. (mancha) stain; spot;
		uma mancha de gordura	bruise; sore	blemish
		a grease stain	2. (tristeza)	2. figurado (desonra) infamy;
		spot	sorrow; grief;	stain
		2. (na pele) spot; mark	sadness
		3. figurado (mácula) spot;
		blemish
		sem manchas spotless

Latin macula descendants in Portuguese (

[INFOPEDIA]

)

Table 2 -

 2 mancha, mágoa, malha and mácula in early Portuguese dictionaries

total 13 th c. 14 th c. 15 th c. 16 th c. 17 th c. 18 th c. 19 th c. 20 th c.

	magoar	782	1	4	38	190	53	20	222	254
	malhado	127	1	3	1	14	5	4	26	72

Table 4 -

 4 magoar and malhado in[CdP]

total 13 th c. 14 th c. 15 th c. 16 th c. 17 th c. 18 th c. 19 th c. 20 th c.

	mancha	2893	10	5	120	386	534	285	796	757

Table 5 -

 5 mancha in[CdP]

13

This is an excerpt of the etymological information offered by the [TLFi]: 1. Fin XI e s. «taie (dans l'oeil)» [...]; 2. fin XII e -début XIII e s. «moucheture sur le plumage d'un oiseau» [...]; 3. 1704 bot. (Trév.: se dit de l'oeil d'où sort le fruit des melons et des concombres). B. 1. a) Fin XI e s. «petit anneau en métal qui forme le tissu d'une armure» [...]; b) 1410 «anneau d'une chaîne» [...]; 2.fin XII e s. «chacune des petites boucles de matière textile dont l'entrelacement forme un tissu lâche» [...]; 3.a) 1216 «trou formé par chaque maille» [...]; b)1690 «ouverture que l'on laisse dans un treillis de fer» (FUR.). Du lat. macula, proprement «tache» et par la suite «maille de filet». Le sens de «tache», rare dans l'anc. lang. (XII e -XVI e s. ds FEW t.6, 1, p.12b), s'est exclusivement maintenu dans quelques emplois techniques et a été évincé par celui de «boucle de fil servant à faire un tissu» (cf. aussi, en parlant d'une cotte, l'a. prov. malla: ca 1060, Chanson de Sainte Foy, [...]).

The French origin is somehow corroborated by Corominas, who dates the Castilian malla from 1490 and claims that it comes from the French maille.

  14 th c. tu ssayras linpo e ssem magoa de pecado (Barlaam e Josephat) 'you will be clean and without sorrow of sin' 15 th c. este bento Senhor nunca houve mágoa de pecado (Demanda do Santo Graal) 'this holy man has never had sorrow of sin' 16 th c. Ca lhes cõuem que cõ muy grande diligëcia vejam se tem algûa enfermidade

		(7) 19
	14	Cf. Ó cedro nos campos estrela no mar / na serra ave fénis ũa só amada / ũa só sem
		mácula e só preservada / ũa só nacida sem conto e sem par.
		Available at: www.cet-e-quinhentos.com/autores/free/211/m%C3%A1cula/False/True (Fe-
		bruary 2018).

ou magoa (Marco Polo) 'it is convenient for them that they quickly see if they have any illness or sorrow' 17 th c. esta palavra macula, que quando queremos por ella significar abertura de rede, mudamola em malha, & quando queremos significar labe, ou pecado, ou sentimento do animo, mudamola em magoa, & quando nodoa em mancha (Origem da língua portuguesa) 'this word macula, when we want it to mean a hole in a net we change it into malha, when we want to mean sin we change it into magoa, and when we want to mean stain, into mancha' 18 th c. Melhor he vergonha no Rosto, que magoa no coração (Adagios) 'better shame in the face than sorrow in the heart' Malha brings two meanings from French (cf. [TLFi]: I. boucle, II. tâche), which still prevail. The first meaning (i.e. from hole, a net made of thread that leaves holes) is documented earlier ȃ its contemporary meaning shifted to 'knitwear' , but it may also be a synonym of

'net' and of 'network' (cf. 5a)

. The second meaning is far less frequent ȃ in CdP, it is documented in the 15 th and in the 16 th centuries (cf. 5b):

(5) a. 13 th c. ûa malha da loriga (Cantigas de Escárnio e Maldizer) 'a hole in the leather cuirass' 14 th c. hûu cavalo coberto de malha (Crónica Geral de Espanha de 1344) 'a horse covered by a net' 15 th c. tem ëna cabeça hûa malha branca (Orto do Esposo) 'a white net' 16 th c. saias de malha (Décadas da Asia (Década Primeira, Livros I-X)) 'knitted skirts' 39 17 th c. quando a malha é muito estreita, só a agua póde passar (Padre António Vieira, Sermões) 'when the net is too thin, only water can get through' 18 th c. Nem de cada malha peixe (Adagios, proverbios, rifãos, e anexins da lingua portugueza) 'not a fish in every net' 19 th c. a malha preciosa das amizades partidárias (Eça de Queiroz, A Ilustre Casa de Ramires) 'the precious net of party friendships' 20 th c. casaco de malha (O Silêncio da Confissão) 'knitted jacket' b. 15 th c. os touros eram argulhosos […] ûû ainda nem bem malhado nem bem sem malha (A Demanda do Santo Graal) 'the bulls were proud […] one of them looked like he neither had, neither he hadn't skin spots' 16 th c. alcatrazes pardaços com uma malha branca sobre o rabo (Dois roteiros do século XVI) 'greyish frigate birds, with a white skin spot over the tail'

Mancha occurs in the 15 th century as part of a toponym (i.e. Mancha(s) de Aragão). This usage can also be found afterwards, especially referring to Spanish toponyms, like Castilla -La Mancha. However, the predominant meaning is 'stain'/'spot' , either referring to the Red Sea or to human skin, and a metaphoric meaning (i.e. 'dishonour') can also be found:

(6) 16 th c. Mar Roxo […] mui cheo de manchas vermelhas (Décadas da Asia (Década Segunda, Livros I-X)) 'the Red Sea […] very full of red spots' 17 th c. nisto de tirar manchas era única: tirava as da cara mas nao as do corpo (Vida de D. Gregório Gadanha) 'she was one of a kind in the field of spot removing: she removed them from the face but not from the body' 18 th c. nao consentir manchas na honra (Aventuras de Diófanes) 'do not consent spots in the honour' Finally, mácula occurs once in the 16 th century, in a theatrical text 14 , in an eulogy to the Virgin Mary -mácula means 'sin' here. It becomes a more frequent word from the 19 th century onwards, and the meaning is always related to a 'moral stain': th c. conhece a traição, a mácula no seu nome tão puro (Eça de Queiroz, A Ilustre Casa de Ramires) 'he knows treason, a stain in his immaculate name' 20 th c. Este «pecado» do jogo, esta queda, esta mácula indelével […] é uma herança de família. (Urbano Tavares Rodrigues, Os Insubmissos) 'this sin of the game, this fall, this inerasable macula […] is a family heritage'

Table 6 -

 6 Entry brav-

	European Roots upgrade 15
	COST Action IS1305 -European Network of e-Lexicography (ENeL) -provided
	the exploratory project Roots an opportunity to discuss the Roots prototype with
	experts of different fields of lexicology and lexicography, and to reach a multilingual
	testing level. Intended as an upgrade of the previous project (i.e. Roots), the specific
	main goals of European Roots (ER) were to track the spread of cognate words and
	their semantic evolution across languages, on the one hand, and to locate semantic
	equivalents in different languages, on the other. A third important goal was the
	refinement of the prototype and the selection of a platform that could be shared
	by both researchers and user testers.

Initially, a small group of researchers, informally created in the second ENeL action meeting that took place in Bolzano, accepted to define a test entry list formed by twenty simplex and frequent adjective, nouns and verbs, in one specific semantic domain: emotion words. The choice of emotion words was decided to comply research interests of one of the team members who was developing an ontology of emotions. The languages involved were Dutch, French, German, Greek, Portuguese, Romanian. English provided the glosses. Each language would build its own lists, according to the initial guidelines (20 simple emotion adjectives, 20 simple emotion nouns and 20 simple emotion verbs).

The draft word lists (see Tables

7, 8 and 9

) brought more problems than solutions. The first problem concerned the definition of 'emotion words' , particularly in languages that set a distinction between 'emotions' and 'feelings' . Since the selection of words was produced monolingually and the decision on what could fall under the category of 'emotion words' was taken individually, the total amount of English glosses is much higher than the initial total of twenty, which was not 15 This stage of the project was sponsored by ENeL. Under the auspices of this COST Action, we have organised another Conference at Faculdade de Letras da Universidade de Lisboa, in July 2015 (Colours and colour naming. Crosslinguistic approaches). A selection of papers from this conference was published in 2016 (cf. Silvestre & Villalva 2016). sites.google.com/a/campus.ul.pt/european-roots (December 2018).

systematically respected either. The gloss lists gathered 75 adjectives, 82 nouns, 78 verbs. Curiously, one single gloss (i.e. 'fear') is represented in all the sample lists.

Table 8 -Emotion nouns EMOTION VERBS Dutch (29) French (20) German (20) Greek (22) Portuguese (35) Romanian (23)

 8

				EMOTION ADJECTIVES
	Dutch	French	German	Greek	Portuguese	Romanian	English
	(25)	(18)	(20)	(20)	(20)	(27)	(75)
				θαυμαστός			admirable
	bang						afraid
	kwaad boos		böse				angry
	slecht	mauvais	schlecht		mau	rău	bad
		beau	schön		belo	frumos	beautiful
				αγαπημένος αγαπητός			beloved
		amer			amargo		bitter
			kühn				bold
			tapfer				brave
	gerust	tranquille		ήρεμος ψύχραιμος	tranquilo	calm pașnic	calm
						atent	careful
			frech				cheeky
	vrolijk			χαρούμενος		voios jovial	cheerful
		froid	kalt		frio	rece	cold
		fou		τρελός	doido louco	nebun	crazy
				αγαπητός			dear
		profond			profundo	profund	deep
	emotioneel			συναισθηματικός			emotional
	enthousiast						enthusiastic
	kwaad	mauvais				rău	evil
				συγκλονιστικός συναρπαστικός			exciting
	fantastisch						fantastic
				αγαπημένος			favourite
	vrij	libre			livre	liber	free
	bang						frightened
				τρομακτικός			frightening
						nostim	funny
			sanft			blând	gentle
					contente		glad
	goed	bon	gut		bom	bun	good

Table 9 -

 9 Emotion verbs

Table 2

 2 (evidence) lists all the words that contain the target root, provided that they are relevant for the description of that root. This list is also presented in alphabetic order and it includes two quotations per word: o the first quotation illustrates the terminus a quo of the word 19 . It must be selected from a diachronic corpus, if possible, or from other sources, such as etymological dictionaries or other more specific corpora;

Table 18 .

 18 o the seventh column may indicate a century for words that became rare or unused or it may be filled with C (for contemporary) if the word is still in use; o the eighth and last column refers to the usage of each word. It may be left blank if the words are still used; or it may be filled with one of two labels (rare or unused) to differentiate words that have low frequency values from non-attested words in contemporary sources. Further usage labels may also be registered here. For instance, Portuguese has two standard usages -Brazilian and Portuguese. Hence, EP will be used for the European usage

and BP will mark a Brazilian usage. No label stands for a common usage in both Portuguese standards.

  GERMAN TABLES

Root: Wut-

Language: German

Etymon: OHG wuot (ca. 9 th century) 'mad, madness' > PIE *u̯ āt-or *u̯ ōt-'spiritually excited / geistig angeregt sein',' W.

Blanck

TABLE 1

 1

	[Stieler]	17 th
	IPA
		SOURCES:

TABLE 2 EVIDENCE: TERMINUS AD QUO TERMINUS AD QUEM

 2 Er lästert über Fahrer, beleidigt Journalisten und hat Wutanfälle: In all den Jahren des Wandels in der Formel 1 ist Ron Dennis immer ganz der Alte geblieben." (Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, 27.11.2015) Als der türkische Premierminister Recep Tayyip Erdogan zu Beginn der Woche wutbebend ein Einreiseverbot gegen Cem Özdemir verhängte, mag das für manche Zeitgenossen wie ein Streit unter Landsleuten ausgesehen haben." (Berliner Morgenpost, 01.06.2014) Das Gebiet war für die Rettungsdienste nicht zugänglich. Den Vorhersagen zufolge dürfte der Sturm bis zu drei Tage lang wüten." Aber irgendwann hatte Carrière seine Wut auf die katholische Kirche nicht mehr im Griff, so dass ihm Maischberger bei seinen Wortmeldungen lieber gleich das Wort abschnitt. Etwa, als er [...] dozierte, durch die Bibel werde auch Völkermord und Inzest gedecktvor lauter Wüterei kam Carrière nicht mehr auf den Punkt." (Berliner Ander Theil, 1609) "Mit zügigen, aber nicht extremen Tempi, transparentem Klang und wundervollen Holzbläsern gab es Prokofjews "Symphonie classique" und Beethovens Vierte. Fast hätte man vergessen können, dass in Prokofjew immer auch ein hämischer Parodist und in Beethoven ein grimmiger Wüterich steckt, so berückend funkelte die Musik in ihrer Politur." (Hamburger Abendblatt, 27.11.2015)

	"Polizei-Video löst Wut und Proteste in Chicago aus" (Weser-Kurier,	26.11.2015)		"Herr Schmickler, den Wutbürger gibt es seit den Demos gegen	Stuttgart 21 -was halten Sie von dieser Wortschöpfung?" (Kölner Stadt-	Anzeiger, 28.11.2015)	(Spiegel Online, 18.10.2015)	"Die Forscher wollten wissen, ob Hunde einen wütenden	Gesichtsausdruck von einem glücklichen unterscheiden können."	(Berliner Morgenpost Online, 12.02.2015)	"Gastells bekannteste Sprechrolle war aber wohl die des Homer aus der	Zeichentrickserie 'Die Simpsons': Seit 1991 synchronisierte er den	launischen Familienvater und ließ ihn jammern, wutentbrannt	herumbrüllen, jubeln und mit zusammengekniffenen Augen 'Nein!'	stöhnen." (Stuttgarter Nachrichten, 30.11.2015)
	"In amentia In uuoti" (8 th /9 th cent.; Steinmeier/Sievers, Glossen zu	biblischen Schriften)				die	tageszeitung, 20.11.2007)	"Vnd volfüren die in glückselig ende da rin/ das der wütend vnd ylent	nit mit stryten bringten mag."	(Bidpai, [Buch der Weißheit der alten Weisen], 1483.)
	Wut Nf	Wutanfall	Wutausbruch	Wutbürger			wüten	wütend ADJ			wutentbrannt				Wüterei

Nm "Der Schiffe Wutanfall, womit sie sich begrüßen / Ist jetzt so fürchterlich, als schwämmen auf dem Meer / Entwurzelte Cycladen frey umher.." (Deutsche Monatsschrift, Band 1790, Ausgabe 1) "Nm "Ich erzählte ihm nun von meiner Niedergeschlagenheit und dem Wutausbruch an dem Abend, wo ich auf seinen Wagen fiel […]". (Adrien-Jean-Baptiste-François Bougogne, Kriegserlebnisse, 1812) "Rudi Völlers Wutausbrüche sind legendär. Bayer Leverkusens Manager kann sich nur schwer zügeln." (Welt Online, 27.11.2015) wutbebend ADJ "heftiges Zittern durchzuckt dann die Erde, den Himmel entlang rollt dräuend Gedröhn, wutbebend erhebt sich der Stufm und Erregung geht durch die Luft […]." (Titus Lucretius Carus, Das Weltall: ein Lehrgedicht in sechs Gesängen, 1881) "Nm "Anders liegt der Fall bei den Bürgern in Wut. Sie waren denkbar knapp an der Fünfprozenthürde gescheitert: Sie erreichten 4,998 Prozent. […] Erst nach einem Beschluss des Verwaltungsgerichts Anfang Juli durften sie die Unterlagen einsehen. Aus denen zogen sie Material für die gestrige Beweisaufnahme. Die ist nötig, denn im Fall der Wutbürger muss das Gericht Fehler beim Wahlablauf feststellen." (taz, V "Aber was hilfft sie yn: wüten vn toben: hör was da folgett." Martin Luther, Der sechundreyssigist psalm David, eynen Christlichen Menschen zu leren un trösten, widder die Mütterey der bößenn unnd freveln Gleyßner, 1521) "ADJ "Die Flamme muß das Wasser ewig hassen,/ Und niemals können liebend sie sich lassen,/ D'rum sieht man immer wuthentbrannt sie ringen!" (C.E. Rainold (ed.), Hyllos, vermischte Aufsätze, belehrenden und unterhaltenden Inhalts, 1820.) Nf "zu letst lagt er auch handt an die weiber/ noch nit genugsam mit der man blut gesettigt. Un das ist die gröste wüterei/ da er nu so gar außgemetzget/ ließ er for sich bringen die abgehawen haupter/.." (Valerius, Chronica von den Sprüchen und Thaten der Römer, Perser, Medier, Griechen ..., 1520) "Nm "Damit wir aber nicht zu weit von vnserer angefangener Procession abschreiten: ist zu verstehen, daß wir von der heiligen Stett da Christus geboren vnnd der Krippen gegangen sind in die Capell der vnschuldige Kindern, welche d. Wütherich Herodes vermeynend den Herrn Christum darunter zu erwischen, hat vmbbringen lassen." (Nicolaus Christophorus Radzivil, Johann Schwallart, Saloon Schweyggern, Reyßbuch deß Heiligen Lands .., ADJ "Do ward d richter zornig vnd wütig alls ain leo" (Das Passional oder der hayligen leben das winter tail was die lieben hayligen vnd diener gottes vmb den name Jesu christi vnd christenlichen glauben gelitten ADJ "Der Erbprinz sagt Wuthschäumend: 'In Deutschland werde ich Satisfaction fordern!" und eilte den Mädchen nach."(A. Weissern, Serena: Mittheilungen aus dem Reiche des Komus zur Aufheiterung nach ernsten Geschäften, 1824) "Aufruhr um ein Trinkgefäß -Die schlichten Weihnachtsbecher von Starbucks verärgern Christen in den USA […] Es gibt aber auch andere Stimmen, die sich fragen, wie viel von Jesus eigentlich in einem wutschäumenden Kunden steckt, der mit einer Handfeuerwaffe am Halfter in eine Starbucks-Filiale spaziert." (Welt kompakt, 11.11.2015) wutschnaubend ADJ "Er geht nochmals aus seinem Zelte, und verweilt sich da bei irgend einem unsichtbaren Wesen, stets wutschnaubend gegen die Atriden, und gegen Ithakas König;" (Sophokles Bestrafter Ajas. Aus dem Griechen neu übersezt mit Anmerkungen von August Chriastian Borheck, 1781) "Fernsehkameras fingen wutschnaubende Erwachsene und weinende Kinder in Knicks-Trikots im Publikumsbereich der Veranstaltung ein." (taz, die tageszeitung, 25.11.2015) wutverzerrt ADJ "Bernhards Wesen war in höchster Erregung, die Ruhe Erichs und der genossene Wein machten sein Blut noch tobender. Mit wutverzerrten Mienen stand er da […]." (Otto Roquette, Orion: ein Phantasiestück,

TABLE 3

 3

	usage	label				rare							rare	rare		rare	rare		rare
	terminus	ad quem	C	C	C	C	C			C	C	C	C	C	C	C	C	C	C
	terminus	a quo	8 th /9 th c.	1790	1812	1881	2007			1521	1483	1820	1520	1609	1777	1518	1824	1781	1851
	English gloss		'anger'	'tantrum'	'outburst of rage, tantrum'	'trembling with anger'	'citizen who has taken to demonstrating a lot and	protesting vigorously due to anger about political	decisions'	'to rage, to rampage'	'angry'	'furious'	'raging'	'tyrant'	'bluster'	'furious'	'being in a mad rage'	'snorting with rage'	'distorted with rage'
	compounds			Wutanfall Nm	Wutausbruch Nm	wutbebend ADJ	Wutbürger Nm					wutentbrannt ADJ			Wutgeheul Nn		wutschäumend ADJ	ADJ wutschnaubend	wutverzerrt ADJ
																ADJ )
	derivatives									wüten V	wütend ADJ (< wüten V )		Wüterei f. (< wüten)	Wüterich Nm		wütig ADJ (< OHG wuot/ wuotac
	simple	words	Wut Nf
	:	WORD FAMILY	1.

Etymon: Ancient Greek θυµός 'soul, spirit' < PIE *dheu-/dhu-'smoke, to reel, dissipate. blow'

TABLE 2 EVIDENCE: TERMINUS AD QUO TERMINUS AD QUEM

 2 Όταν δεν είναι πρόσφυγας, τότε είναι πολύ εύκολο από τα παράθυρα των τηλεοράσεων να καλεί τους λαβωμένους στην ψυχή να πάρουν αποφάσεις για το μέλλον τους μόνο με τη λογική και όχι με το θυμικό (CGT, sek.edu.gr/search.php#doc3017)

	[θimiˈko(n)]	[θimiˈkos] ΑDJ

Ν Το σύνολον των ψυχικών φαινομένων, τα οποία οφείλονται εις το συναισθηματικόν άμα και βουλητικόν της ψυχής (Dimitrakos, ΘΥΜΙΚΟΣ2) Ν ως πότες δε θέλει ακούσει το θυμό τση εγδίκησης τον τόσο η κάμερα η βασιλική; (Zenon Α' 21) (after 1631) ([Kriaras], Ν Αι δυνάμεις είναι τούτες: επιθυμίαν, θυμόν, το λογικόν, ήγουν τον λόγον, και το φλέγμα (Ioannikios Kartanos, Ancien et Nouveau Testament f. 33 r ) (1536) ([Kriaras], Ν θυμός των οφιών (D.CENTURY Hesseling (ed.), Les cinq livres de la Loi (le Pentateuque), traduction en néo-grec XXXII 33) (1547) ([Kriaras], ΘΥΜΟΣ4) [θimoˈtçaris] Ν Αγριόθυμος, αγριόψυχος, θηριώδης, θυμοτιάρης (Meursiu, ΑD απεκρίθηκεν…θυμωμένα (Paraspondilos Zotikos, La bataille de Varna 372) (16th century) ([Kriaras],

TABLE 3 : WORD FAMILY simple words root derivatives embedded derivatives word derivatives English gloss t. a quo t. ad quem usage label 1.

 3

			unused				unused	unused	unused	unused	unused	rare (dial.)	rare	rare	unused	unused	rare	rare		rare		unused	unused		rare	unused
	C	C	C		C	C							C	C			C	C		C				C	C
	15 th	16 th	17 th	17 th	16 th	16 th	16 th	16 th	18 th	18 th	18 th	16 th		17 th	18 th	16 th	16 th			17 th		17 th	16 th			16 th
	'anger, wrath, rage'	'to make sb. angry or wrοth'	'to get angry or wrathful'	'brutal, wild of temper, cruel'	'with anger, with wrath'	'wrathful, angry, enraged, wild'	'doughty, mettlesome'	'short-tempered'	'irritable'	'irritable'	'irritable'	'to disobey, to rise up'	'getting angry, being angry'	'irritable'	'brash'	'who intensifies anger'	'the rage/anger of the elements of nature'	'to rage' (metaphorically for the elements of	nature)	'enraged' (metaphorically for the elements of	nature)	'desire'	'spirit, passion'	'spirit, passion'	'related to θυµικό'	'poison'
					[θimo'mena DV	[θimo'menos 1 DJ	[θimo'menos 2 DJ
				[θimoˈtçaris] Ν				[θimotaˈrja] Ν	[θimoˈtis] Ν	[θiˈmotra] Ν	[θiˈmotria] Ν									[θimoˈmenos 3 DJ
		[θiˈmono] 1 V	[θiˈmono] 2 V									[θiˈmonome] V	[ˈθimoma] Ν	[θiˈmoδis] 1 DJ	[θiˈmoδis] 2 DJ	[θiˈmoδis] 3 DJ		[θiˈmono] 3 V						[θimiˈko(n)] Ν	[θimiˈkos ] DJ
	N																N					N	N			N
	[θiˈmos] 1																[θiˈmos] 2					[θiˈmos] 3	[θiˈmos] 4			[θiˈmos] 5
																	2.					3.	4.			5.

. Villalva & E. Cardeira TABLE 1 SOURCES:

TABLE 2 EVIDENCE: TERMINUS AD QUO TERMINUS AD QUEM antirraiva

 2

							----		desenraivecer / verbo transitivo/ ver desenraivar ([INFOPEDIA],	2015)	o meu amigo anda enraivado de ciúme (CRPC, 1996)		Você vai [...] se enraivar com ARES, o deus da guerra, que só faz	besteira (www.skoob.com.br/pelos-poderes-dos-deuses-olimpianos-	119773ed132880.html, 2010) -BP	desastres do mundo que o comovem e envolvem e enraivecem	(CRPC, 1998)			Os anos de submissão conjugal transformaram -se num desespero	enraivecido (CRPC, 1993)			o cientista francês descobriu a eficácia da vacina contra a raiva	(CRPC, 1995	não querem ver e têm raiva de quem sabe	(CRPC, 1999)	Porque ela teria convosco, mas só em espírito, raivado (CRPC, 1944)		Raivar desta maneira contra nada (CRPC, 1991)		os vincos da testa revelavam antes uma raivazinha fora de propósito	(CRPC, 1986)	Raivecer […] / enraivecer-se (com), enfurecer-se (com)	([INFOPEDIA], 2015)	-----
	Imunização com vacina morta após a ocorrência da mordedura e	imoglobulina antirraiva	(books.google.pt/books?id=4zY8DwAAQBAJ&pg=PT1248&lpg=PT1248&	dq=antirraiva&source=bl&ots=gQuHsH94T6&sig=htswBO87	KbuqPBErAwDebaaKT3E&hl=pt-PT&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjnhYSfgrr	ZAhXF1xQKHZK_BKUQ6AEIVDAM#v=onepage&q=antirraiva&f=false)	Anda cá, minha raivosa, desenraiva-te commigo	(archive.org/stream/RevistaLusitana10/Revista_Lusitana_10_djvu.txt, 1907)	desenraivecer /v. t. /Tornar sereno, abrandar, tirar a raiva a. ([Figueiredo],	1913)	o Dr. Zé Loto, […] advogado de causas religiosas, conservador em suma,	enraivado e militante (Raul Pompéia, O Ateneu, 1888) -BP	O que me faz enraivar é o ver-te assim consumido por uma coisa destas	(Júlio Dinis, Os Fidalgos da Casa Mourisca, 1871)		Demóstenes, [...] com os seus ralhos fazia enraivecer o rei da Mecedónia	(Cavaleiro de Oliveira, Cartas, 1756)	por que se opõem enraivecidamente a um Serviço Nacional de Saúde geral	e gratuito (CRPC, 1979)	O sangue do bruto enraivecido misturava-se com o das suas vítimas	(Alexandre Herculano, O Bobo, 1878)	Ela estava em fase de forte enraivecimento	(books.google.pt/books?id=fBamBAAAQBAJ&pg , 2004)	nõ o culpedes ca cam cõ rrayua se o o tr (Cronica Geral de	Espanha, 1344)	sas carnes os endiabrados / con gran ravia as começaron todas de roer	(Cantigas de St. Maria, 13 th century)	eu fui-lhe dizer dessa rosa e do tanger e está raivada (Vicente, Velho da	Horta, 1512)	h o er e e r e raviava […] e apareceu lhe Santa Maria de noit'e	guareceu a (Cantigas de St. Maria, 13th);	Rabiecula,ae,f.g.dim, Raivesinha ([Pereira A], 1697)		raivecer / v. i. / O mesmo que raivar. Cf. Filinto, VI, 203. ([Figueiredo],	1913)	o fogo [...] chia com mais força, estala, raiveja, grunhe	(www.nilcenturyicmcenturyusp.br/nilc/literatura/anavega..odacasa.htm,	1963) -BP
																			ADV
	ADJ						desenraivar V		desenraivecer V	enraivado ADJ		enraivar V		enraivecer V	enraivecidamente	enraivecido ADJ	N enraivecimento	raiva1 N	raiva2 N	raivado PP	raivar V	N raivazinha	raivecer V		raivejar V

TABLE 3 : WORD FAMILY simple words root derivatives embedded derivatives word derivatives English gloss t. a quo t. ad quem usage label 1. raiva 1 N

 3

								unused	rare	rare	rare (BP)
	C	C	C	C	C	C	C		C	C	C
	14 th	20 th	15 th	13 th	17 th	14 th	17 th	19 th	13 th	16 th	19 th
	'rabies'	'anti-rabies'	'infected with rabies'	'anger'	'kind of anger'	'angry'	'angrily'	'angry'	'to get angry'	'angry'	'to get angry'	'angry'
		ADJ			N
		antirraiva			raivazinha
							ADV
							raivosamente			raivado PP		enraivado ADJ
			raivoso 1 ADJ			raivoso 2 ADJ		raivento ADJ	raivar V		enraivar V
				2 N
				raiva
				2.

  In the case of Portuguese, the distinction between European

	<Italian>arancia</Italian> <date>Marquês da Fronteira e Alorna (1854) Memórias</date>
		<Modern_Greek >πορτοκάλι</Modern_Greek></glosses> <quotation>Em Bemfica dava eu grandes merendas aos collegiaes e, como era
		prohibido o vinho, fazia servir com profusão laranjada e limonada, concorrendo
	</meaning> talvez assim, involuntariamente, para graves molestias</quotation></example_a_
		quo></meaning>
	Polysemic words require a repletion of the element <meaning>. That is the
	case of the Portuguese word laranjada, that encloses 'orange preserve' , 'strike with The next element of the headword is <sources>. The first element (i.e.
	oranges'; 'orange battle, and 'orange juice': <etymological_dictionaries>) contains the same value list as <root_sources>. The
	(21) <word>laranjada</word> remaining elements are monolingual corpora and dictionaries. In the case of
	… Portuguese, the <Portuguese_corpora> element includes one historical corpus
	<meaning> (i.e. CdP) and one contemporary corpus (i.e. CRPC). The element <Portuguese_
	<definition>orange preserve</definition> <example_a_quo> dictionaries> includes two contemporary dictionaries ([
	Portuguese (EP) and Brazilian Portuguese (BP) is often required: <date>Garcia de Resende (1516) Cancioneiro Geral</date>
	(19) <word>enraivar</word> <quotation>Loba aberta a laranjada qua quy fez hû bom senhor com quyra muy
		… bem berada & mays venida de cor. </quotation></example_a_quo>
		<meaning> <example_ad_quem>
		<definition >to get angry</definition> <date>Bento Pereira (1697) tesouro da Língua Portuguesa 2</date>
		… <quotation>Laranjada, || id est, * conserva de laranjas. </quotation> </example_
		<dialect>BP</dialect> ad_quem>
	<usage_label>UNUSED</usage_label>
	Each meaning must also be glossed into each of the other languages that <glosses>
	participate in the project, and, if relevant, it should also be linked to an image 29 <English>marmelade</English></glosses></meaning>
	<meaning>
	(eventually, a Wikipedia image): <definition >strike with oranges</definition>
	(20) <word >laranja</word> <example_a_quo>
	…	<date>Pereira, 1697</date>
	<meaning> <quotation>Laranjada. Mali medici ictus.</quotation> </example_a_quo>
	… <usage_label>UNUSED</usage_label></meaning>
	<glosses> <meaning>
	<English>orange</English> <definition>orange battle (Carnival)</definition>
	<French>orange</French> <example_a_quo>
		<Galician>laranxa</Galician> <date>Moraes 1813</date>
	<German>Apfelsine</German> <quotation>Laranjada. Pancada com laranja atirada, de ordinário pelo entrudo.</
	quotation></example_a_quo>
	<usage_label>UNUSED</usage_label></meaning>
	<meaning>
	<definition>orange juice</definition>
	<example_a_quo>

  The entries of the normative dictionaries, published in the second half of the 20 th century, usually include only detailed information on pronounciation and grammar. Derivatives and compounds occur alphabetically in the general entry

list, i.e., they are put together only if the alphabetical order allows it. E.g., in ÕS 1976, the data is organized in the following way: kinguke[ne], -se 24 ; kinguline, -se 24 [maastik]; kingusti`k, -tiku, -ti`kku 82 k`ink, kingu 68 kin`k/kannike bot. (Viola collina); ~ -paju ̮ lill bot. (Epilobium collinum) (ÕS 1976: 266) küngas kün`ka 32 ; ~ -ti`k, -tiku, -ti`kku 82 kün`kake[ne], -se 24 ; kün`kli`k, -liku, -li`kku 82 ; kün`kli`kkus, -e 25 (p. 343) Compared to EÕS, some derivatives have been omitted but the noun künklikkus 'hilly state (of the landscape)' (with noun suffix -us) has been added. The compounds given in EÕS are lacking but two new compound plant names, kinkkannike and kinkpajulill, with the initial component kink-occur (second components kannike 'violet' , paju 'willow' , lill 'flower'). The Estonian Dialect Dictionary (EMS) is a vast collection of Estonian dialect vocabulary mainly from the first part of the 20 th century. Approximately half of the dictionary is published till 2018. According to expectations, this dictionary contains quite a large number of entries that can be regarded as (irregular) variants of the words kink and küngas (predictable variants, like kink and kenk, are put together in the same entry): kingas 2 küngas kingaste peal Kul 3 (EMS III: 162) kink kink g king|u Muh Tor/-ń-/ Hää Saa K I(g -o Kod) M V(-ń-Har; g -o Plv Vas Se), `king|u Lüg Jõh IisR, -o Jõh, `kiŋŋu Kuu; kenk g kengu Rid/-ä-/ Mar Kul T(-ń-); `kinku, -o g `kingu Vai kõrgendik `künkkäs on `suuremb kui kink IisR [example sentences and references] (EMS III: 164) kinks kinks g kingsu kink, küngas -Sim (EMS III: 166) köndäss köndäss g `köntä kõrgem koht, küngas [...]Trv Vrd köngas (EMS IV: 607) könga `könga kõrgendik [...] VNg Vrd köngas (EMS IV: 607) köngas 1 köngas g `könka Mär Ris JMd JJn Pee; köngäss Hel Kam, `könkä Trv Ote/-ń-/; `köŋŋas Kuu; kõngas g `kõnka Var Mih küngas [example sentences and references] (EMS IV: 607) küngas küngas g `künka VNg/n `küŋŋas/ spor Sa(küŋŋas Vll), Muh Emm LäEd spor Pä, Ris Juu Kos Amb Tür Koe spor ViK I, Plt Pil; küngäs Mar Vig Tõs Juu Kod KJn Kõp Vil, küngäss Trv Hls Krk Puh/n -ń-/ Ote(n -ń-), `küngäs Kuu RId(`künges g `künke Jõh; pl `küngäd Vai), g `künkä (väike) kõrgendik [example sentences and references] (EMS IV: 703) künk 1 künk Pöi Hls, g küng|u Ans Khk(g kü|nga, -ŋŋa) Kaa(g -a) Vll Muh Tõs, -ä Khn(n küng), `künka Kse; g künga Rõu 1. kõrgendik, küngas [example sentences and references] 2. kühm, küür [example sentences] (EMS IV: 704)

  Explanatory Dictionary of Estonian (EKSS) is a large collection of the vocabulary of the 20 th century literary Estonian (about 150 000 entry words). The entries of the words kink and küngas are the following:

	The

kink, küngas and their variants in the Estonian Dialect Dictionary, presented in separate entries, e.g., kingukas 1. 'hilly' , 2. 'hill' , kinguke (deminutive), kinguline, kingune, kinklikanõ, kinkline 'hilly'

 künganõ, küngiline, küngäsline, künkaline, künkane, künkligone, künklik, künklikane, künkline, künkälik

id., küngastik 'group of hills'

. The number of compounds is much less, cf. kingumets 'forest on the hill' , kingupealne 'higher place, hilltop'

(EMS III: 164)

, künkapealne id., künkasusi 'snake (euphemistically)' , literally 'hill wolf'

(EMS IV: 704)

. kink ‹kingu 21› s. väike kõrgendik; geogr ümar keskmise kõrgusega (10-25 m) küngas. Kõrge, madal kink. Metsaga kaetud kingud. [+ other example sentences.] Ls. liiva-, moreen-, mäe-, savikink vrd häbemekink. (EKSS 2: 273) küngas ‹künka 19› s. 1. mäest väiksem kõrgendik. Künka jalam, nõlv, külg, tipp, hari. Madal küngas. Metsaga kaetud künkad. [Example sentences.] || geogr ümara v. ovaalse põhikujuga ja laugete nõlvadega kõrgendik, mille suhteline kõrgus on alla 200 m. Ls. kalju-, kruusa-, liiva-, mäe-, saviküngas.

2. mulla-, kivi-vm. hunnik. [...]|| hauaküngas. [...] Ls. kalmu-, mullaküngas. (EKSS 2: 755-756)

  ÕS 2013 is the latest edition of the normative dictionary of Estonian. It is interesting to see, how the structure of the dictionaries has changed during the time. The entries are not as scarce as they were in the normative dictionary ÕS 1976:

The word kink is defined as 'small elevation'; as geographic term, it is 'round medium high (10-25 m) hill' . At the end of the entry, compounds containg the word kink are listed: liivakink 'sand hill' , moreenkink 'moraine hill' , mäekink 'hillock' , savikink 'clay hill' , häbemekink 'mons pubis' (häbe, gen häbeme 'vulva, pudendum'). The first definition (1.) of the word küngas is 'elevation smaller than a mountain' , in geography, it is 'elevation with round or oval form and gently sloping hillsides, with relative height under 200 m' . The compounds containing the word küngas in the first meaning, are kaljuküngas 'rocky hill, rock' (kalju 'rock'), kruusaküngas 'gravel hill' , liivaküngas 'sand hill' , mäeküngas 'hillock' , saviküngas 'clay hill' . The second definition (2.) is 'heap of earth, stones etc.' , a special shade of meaning, 'grave, grave mound' (Est. hauaküngas) is brought out. The respective compounds are kalmuküngas 'grave mound' and mullaküngas 'mound' (muld, gen mulla 'earth, soil').

Derivatives of the respective stems as well as compounds with the respective initial components are presented in separate entries. There are derivatives kinguke(ne), kinguline, kingustik

(EKSS 2: 273)

, küngastik, künkake(ne), künklik (756), described already above, and compounds kingunõlv 'hill slope, hillside' (273), küngaslaskumine 'mogul skiing' (laskumine 'descent'), küngasmaa, küngasmaastik (see above), küngastevaheline 'sth. between the hills' , künkahari 'crest of the hill

' , künkakühm 'hillock' (kühm 'knob, hump, mound')

, künkanõlv 'hill slope, hillside' , künkapealne (see above) (756). k`ink <22e: kingu, k`inku> väike kõrgendik, küngas. Kalda ̮ , mäe ̮ , liiva ̮ kink. Häbeme ̮ kink anat. Kingu ̮ nõlv. bot: kink ̮ kannike, ̮ -pajulill (ÕS 2013: 336) küngas <7: k`ünka, küngast> ka geogr kuni 200 m kõrgendik. Künka jalam, nõlv, hari.

  EMS: mäe-jane, mäe-line, mäe-ne, mäge-line, mäge-ne, mägi-likku, mägi-line,

	mägi-ne, mägi-s-line, mägi-stik, mägi-stiku-line, mägi-stiku-nõ (EMS VI: 309-312),
	mäi-ne (p. 317) 'hilly' , mäe-kas 'sloping, tilted' , mäe-mine, mäe-mäne 'upper, higher' ,

mäe-stik 'hilly place' , mäge-lik 'hilly; row of hills/mountains

' , mäge-stik 'hills, mountains; hilly, mountainous' (p. 309-311)

. The derivatives mäel-mine, mäelmäne 'upper, higher' seem to be built from the adessive form mäel (ibid.) The number of compounds with the initial component mäe-is not very big, there are mäealune 'situated at the foot' (alune 'under-'), mäekont 'hill, hillock' (kont dial. 'hill'), mäeots, mäepool 1 'top, upside; place where honourable persons were seated at the table' (ots 'end, top' , pool (noun) 'side'), mäepool 2 'up' (pool (adverb, postposition) 'at, by, towards'), mäepoolt 'from above' (poolt 'from'), mäetuul 'west wind' (probably 'off-shore wind') (p. 308-310). Thus the dialectal derivatives and compounds bring out the meaning shade 'upside, top' of the word mägi.

  The respective entries in the Explanatory Dictionary of Estonian(EKSS) areThe derivative põndak has the most detailed definition, it is 'small hill, higher place with limestone or gravel bottom, usually in hayland or in the field' . The

	the following:
	põnk ‹põnga 23› s. põndak, küngas. [Example sentence.](EKSS 4: 564)
	põnt I ‹põnda 23› s.
	1. põndak. [Example sentence.] Ls. liivapõnt.
	2. anat luude otste paksend (condylus). [Examples.] (p. 565)
	põndak ‹-u 2› s. väike küngas v. kink, kõrgem pae-v. kruusapõhjaga kuiv koht hrl.
	heinamaal v. põllul. [Examples.] Ls. kruusa-, liiva-, nurme-, nõmme-, söödipõndak. (p. 563)

words põnk and põnt are defined using the word põndak itself (in addition, the word põnt has another definition in anatomy). Five compound words are listed with the second component põndak: kruusapõndak (cf. kruus 'gravel'), liivapõndak (cf. liiv 'sand'), nurmepõndak (cf. nurm 'meadow, field'), nõmmepõndak (cf. nõmm 'heath'), söödipõndak (cf. sööt 'fallow'), but there is only one with the second component põnt (liivapõnt) and none with põnk. Besides this, the derivatives põndaku-line, põnda-s, põnda-stik, põnk-lik (see above), and the compounds põndakupealne 'higher place, top of hillock' and põndapealis (see above) have separate entries

  [col-lì-na] s.f. 1 rilievo del terreno che in genere non supera i 600m. DIM. Collinetta 2 (estens.) il territorio o la regione che presenta tali rilievi: vivere, villeggiare in collina.

	Colline inspirée, de Barrès (1913) 5 . (Le Robert, 1989)
	[Garzanti 2002] gives the following:
	avec le visible, 1955, p. 228):
	[…]
	SYNT. Crête, flanc, pente, pied, sommet d'une colline; colline de sable (cf. dune); monter,
	descendre une colline. Littér. La double colline. Le Parnasse (qui a deux sommets). […] [TLF]

COLLINE, subst. fem. Relief de faible hauteur dont la pente est généralement douce. Les sept collines de Rome. La colline du Golgotha (P.

BOURGET, Essais de psychol. contemp., 1883, p. 34)

. Une colline assez raide la seule saillie de ce plateau nivelé (...) se profilait devant nous (GRACQ, Le Rivage des

Syrtes, 1951, p. 162)

. L'étendue morne de la plaine où il s'est passé quelque chose, le mol soulèvement des collines à l'horizon (HUYGHE, Dialogue Colline. Petite élévation de terrain en pente douce, de forme arrondie. => Éminence, hauteur, relief. Les collines du Perche. Petite colline. => Butte, coteau (--> régional 2. Aspre, baou…). Les géographes considèrent que la limite entre colline et montagne correspond à une hauteur moyenne de 500 m. Colline très arrondie. => Mamelon. Le sommet, le pied d'une colline. Penchant d'une colline (=> Flanc, versant). Collines qui ondulent à l'horizon ( Bossuet, cit. 1). Les sept collines de Rome. -Poét. La double colline. => Parnasse. La collina ¶ Lat. tardo collina (m), deriv. di collis 'colle' . | Sin. Altura, colle, dosso, poggio.

Even if some nuances can be probably brought to the fore when looking at other French and Italian dictionaries, the quoted definitions already reveal a number of differences between deal and colline/collina: ȃ when indicated, heights of hills are quite diverse (from 200 to 800m in Romanian; 500m in French; 600m in Italian); � Le Robert is not prescriptive about the height of a "colline", to the difference of the Garzanti and several Romanian dictionaries: the indication about the altitude differentiating a hill from a mountain appears in a citation, the lexicographer does not take responsibility for it. ȃ neither of these two definitions indicates that colline or collina can be used to give directions or to indicate a frontier; ȃ French hills are characterized by a round form that does not appear in Romanian or Italian definitions 6 ; also, slopes of the hills are characterized in French definitions, not in Romanian ones; ȃ hill as cultivated land is absent from the French and Italian definitions.

  Ogor, ogoare. N. 1. Teren arabil lăsat nelucrat timp de un an (şi folosit ca păşune), pentru a deveni mai fertil în anii urmatori; pîrloagă; ogor negru, teren lucrat (arat, grăpat), dar nesemănat timp de un an pentru a se reface; 2. Bucată de pămînt cultivată sau cultivabilă; ţarină: cîntau… pe ogor, şezînd în coada sapei. CR.; 3. Cîmp semănat cu acelaşi fel de plante, de obicei cereale; lan. Vînt de seară prin ogorul de săcară. AL. 4. Prima arătură care se face toamna sau primăvara, cu mult înainte de semănat. [Din bulg., sb. Ugar].("1. Piece of land, apt to be cultivated, unploughed for one year (and used as pasture), so as to become more fertile in the next years; fallow; black field, (ploughed, tilled), but unsown for one year, so as to replenish; 2. Piece of land cultivated or apt to be cultivated; arable land: they… were singing in the fields, leaning on their tools. CR.; 3. Field cultivated with plants of the same kind (usually, cereals); cornfield. The evening wind in the rye.

Colnic, s.n. [din bg, srb. Kolnik] 1. Colină. 2. Drum ingust peste deal sau intr-o pădure.

[START_REF] Breban | Mic dicționar al limbii române[END_REF]

("1. Hillock. 2. Narrow road over a hill or through the woods.") COLNIC, colnice. S. n.

1. Colină. 2

. Drum îngust care trece peste un deal sau prin pădure.

3. Loc mic, în pădure, lipsit de arbori; luminiş. Din bg., scr. Kolnik. [bulgară, sîrbo-croată] [DEX, 1975]

("1. Hillock. 2. Narrow road over a hill or through the woods. 3. Small space in the woods, where no trees grow. ")

The Slavic influence operates more clearly with regards to the designation of hills as cultivated land, but in a no less curious way. Cultivated hills are deal cu ogoare, or ogorul din deal in the examples given in the first part of this chapter.

Etymologically speaking, such expressions are in fact redundant: ogor comes, in Romanian, from the dialectal or vernacular Russian угор (ugor [ʊˈɡor]), denoting a hill, an eminence. Cultivated lands must have been situated preferably on hills, during the period of contact between Daco-Romans populations and the Slavic ones. The association between cultivated land and ugor must have been so strong that, in time, ugor did not preserve the sense of a landform. All definitions speak about ogor as a strictly agricultural term:

12

The expression « un munte de… » is also attested. AL. 4. First ploughing, done in autumn or spring, much before sowing.") OGOR, ogoare, s. n. Bucată de pămînt cultivată sau cultivabilă; ţarină. Cîmp semănat cu acelaşi fel de plante (de obicei cereale); lan. Teren agricol, proprietate agricolă. Teren arabil lasat nelucrat si necultivat, folosit ca păşune timp de un an, în scopul de a obţine în anii urmatori recolte mai bogate; pîrloagă. Ogor negru = teren arat, grăpat, etc., dar nesemănat timp de un an pentru a se reface. Arătura care se face cu mult înainte de lucrările de însămînţare. -Din bg., scr., ugar.

("Piece of land cultivated or apt to be cultivated; arable land. Field cultivated with plants of the same kind (usually, cereals); cornfield Agricultural field, agricultural domain. Piece of land left uncultivated, used for pasture during a year, so as to replenish the soil and obtain more important crops in the next years. Black ogor = a ploughed and tilled piece of land, but not sown during one year, to let it replenish. The field works done much before sowing"

[DEX, 1975])

  . This fits well with what is found in description of a hill in other languages. The height, however, is different from what is described in other languages, but that does not come as a surprise.Height varies greatly depending on the language and (landscape) culture. A descriptions like English 'light slope' , French 'legère pente' , Portuguese 'ligeira inclinação' and German 'leichte Anhöhe' is the most common feature shared in dictionary descriptions across many different European languages.Further research has shown that холм, Proto-Slavic *хъlmъ, originated in the Germanic root *hulma-and is a cognate of old Islandic holm 'small island'[Vasmer 4: 255;. It thus can be found in the oldest dated East Slavic book Orstromir Gospels of 1056 or 1057, where хълмъ was an equivalent than a descriptor for a landscape feature. It can also be used as a toponym as there is an old town Холм in Novgorod Oblast and also a former district in Novgorod Velikiy 11 .Dahl 4: 510]. Only one of them -холмик -is represented in the dictionary of modern Russian[BAS 17: 333], although холмок, and холмишко can be found sporadically in the literature of the 20 th century 12 . Холм, Холмы, Холмец, Холмок, and Холмище are also used as village names 13 .

		On the monolingual level, there is a large number of words derived from
	the холм with diminutive or magnifying meanings: diminutives хълмьцъ or
	холмець [Sreznevsky 3: 1425], хо'лмик [ˈxoɫmʲɪk] [SAR 6: 567; Sl.1847 4: 407,
	Dahl 4: 510], хо'лмичек [ˈxoɫmʲɪt͡ ɕɪk] [Sl.1847 4: 407], холмо'к [xɐɫˈmok] [Dahl 4:
	510], холми'шка [xɐɫˈmʲiʂkə] [Dahl 4: 510], magnifying form холми'ще [xɐɫˈmʲiɕːɪ]
	[SAR 6: 568;
	8	Manuscript of the Russian State Library, G.G. Yudin's collection (fund 594), № 4 (1625-
		1626), 57r.
	9	Manuscript of the Russian State Library, G.G. Yudin's collection (fund 594), № 4 (1625-
		1626), 57r.
	10	Manuscript of the Russian National Library, M.P. Pogodin's collection, № 1642 (1630s),
		80r.

for βουνόϛ 'hill, mound, elevation' [

Dvoretsky 1: 304]

as can be drawn from the following line in Luke 3:5 πασα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται καὶ παν ορος καὶ βουνòς ταπεινωθήσεται was translated as Вьсака дъбрь наплънитьсѧ и вьсака гора и хлъмъ 6 съмѣритьсѧ

[Sreznevsky 3: 1425]

-'Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought low' 7 . In the Sreznevsky dictionary the word хълмъ has another meaning, which is 'embankment, mound, wharf' . Unfortunately, the compiler gives only one example -from the Chronicle of George Hamartolos, translated into Church Slavonic in the 11 th century

[Sreznevsky 3: 1425]

, where холмъ is an equivalent for the Greek μῶλος 'dam, pier'

[Dvoretsky 2: 1118]

.

Another correspondence between the Greek and Russian words can be found in the Russian handwritten lexicons, in word entries Ксило ѳ , сухїй холмъ 8 -'Ksilof, dry hill' and Ксилосъ, сухїи холъмъ 9 , или полдн҃ и 10 -'Ksilos, dry hill, or half of the day' . As in many other cases, it is very difficult to decide why the compiler of the lexicon chose such an explanation. However, this little analysis shows the connections all over Europe that холм 'hill' possesses. Besides, холм is 6

The word хлъмъ is written in the Church Slavonic spelling here. 7 www.bible-center.ru/ru/bibletext/synnew_ru/lu/3#ed_sel=kjv_eng/(December 2018).

more But although холм is the most common word for 'hill', there is a number of related words covering similar features. We will take a closer look at these in the following, starting with the word буго'р [bʊˈɡor] that shows a very close notion to холм. Most of the dictionaries interpret it as 'a small hill, hillock'

 Sl.18 2: 153; Dahl 1: 119; BAS 1: 664]

, but sometimes it either has the same meaning as 'hill'

, or холм 'hill' is explained as a 'small hillock'

.

Бугор is supposed to be a Proto-Slavic word (*bugъrъ/bugorъ), which is a cognate to words in Latvian (baũgurs 'elevation, hill' , buguraĩns 'hilly' , bauga 'fishing float' and budzis 'struma'), Sanskrit (bhugnás 'bent'), Old Upper German and Gothic (biugan 'bent')

[Vasmer 1: 228; ESSJa 3: 79]

. But its first written evidence is found only in 1575; since 1629 it has been known by another meaning -'a pile'

. Similar meanings -'small elevation of earth' and 'a pile of sand or snow blown by wind' -were given in the first Academic Dictionary 11

  [ˈvzɡorək], registered since 1790 [SAR 1, part 2: 234], and взгорье [ˈvz̪ gorʲjə], registered since 1847[1:120] (a phonetic variant in the latter in the 18 th century -взгорие[Sl.18 3: 120]) also mean 'hillock' . Both words are colloquial in modern Russian. In the 17 th century they were often used, mostly in official documents (as opposed, if you will, to literary works). That was the reason why they appeared in the first Academic dictionary only in the middle of the 19 th century [1847 1:120]. The diminutive from взгорок

взго'рочек [ˈvzɡorət͡ ɕɪk] was registered in the 17 th century

and then given in the Academic dictionaries on a regular basis [SAR 1-2: 234; Sl.1847 1: 120;

BAS 2: 295]

.

A dialect word that is connected with гора is уго'р [ʊˈɡor] denotes 'hill, elevation' . Although it does not belong to the literary Russian language, it is given in the Academic Dictionary of 1950-1965 with a label 'dialectal'). Its derivative уго'рокъ [ʊˈɡorək] 'hill' was given in the dictionaries of

1847 [4: 323]

and 1864

[Dahl 4: 430]

. Another dialect word with the meaning 'hill' is ува'л

[ʊˈvaɫ]

  [CDO] entry presents the general meaning of the word, but its relevance comes from the fact that it adds a new one, which is 'a slope in a road' . Whilst hills obviously have slope, the second definition seems odd and is only justified by an example that says 'This car has difficulty going up steep hills'. (n.) = Old English hyll "hill," from Proto-Germanic *hulni-(source also of […] Old English holm "rising land, island"), from PIE root *kel-(2) "to be prominent; hill." Formerly including mountains.[…] In Great Britain heights under 2,000 feet are generally called hills; 'mountain' being confined to the greater elevations of the Lake District, of North Wales, and of the Scottish Highlands;[…]. The term mountain is very loosely used. It

	commonly means any unusual elevation. […] Despite the differences in defining mountain
	systems, Penck (1896), Supan (1911) and Obst (1914) agreed that the distinction between
	hills, mountains, and mountain systems according to areal extent or height is not a
	suitable classification. […]
	mount (n.1) = "hill, mountain," mid-13 c., from Anglo-French mount, […] from Latin
	montem (nominative mons) "mountain," from PIE root *men-(2) "to stand out, project."
	The [TOED] resonates the [OED 1961] information, assigning 'hill' directly to
	a Proto Indo-European semantically equivalent etymon and relating both 'mountain'
	and 'mount' to Old French loans, borrowed in the 13 th century.

hill mountain (n.) = c. 1200, from Old French montaigne […] (from PIE root *men-(

2

) "to project"). Until 18 c., applied to a fairly low elevation if it was prominent (such as Sussex Downs, the hills around Paris).

[…]

  The solutions presented by the English-Portuguese dictionaries present a random set of equivalents, not always coherent, even within the same work, which makes us wonder if bilingual dictionaries are really the best choice to find the Portuguese word equivalents, namely for 'hill' . Among other reasons, these inconsistencies have motivated some further research in monolingual dictionaries, in order to find out to what extent the information in bilingual and monolingual dictionaries intersect or disagree. We have also reported the distinct path that certain words have taken in European and Brazilian Portuguese.

and [DdP 1885

] present it as the best equivalent for hill.

[START_REF] Lacerda | Novo Diccionario Geral das linguas Ingleza e Portugueza[END_REF]

] lists it in 3 rd position, but the previous two (i.e. eminencia, elevação) are part of the 'excentric' definitions. It has lost the status of preferred equivalent, but it is frequently used in the definitions of hill derivatives, compounds and phrases, particularly those that are not addressed to Brazilian users.

Thus, the most relevant words, those that deserve further consideration, are monte, outeiro, colina, morro and encosta. The first four, i.e. monte, outeiro, colina and morro are roughly synonymous. So, why are they all always (or almost always) present in the list of equivalents for 'hill'? The fifth, encosta, despite being part of the list of equivalents, is semantically distinct from the other four. So, why is it sometimes included?

  Firstly, colours are used in plant names which are motivated by the appearance of these plants. They are usually connected with the colour of the flowers, but sometimes also concern other parts of the plants, for instance foliage and stalks.The next group contains examples of standard plant names in differentEuropean languages. The species are named because of the colour of their various parts:

	As we can see, sometimes one Latin name referred to more than one species. dark blue colour of
	It is remarkable that some English equivalents of historical Latin plant names burnet-saxifrage, lesser the inside of the Sloven. dial. črna pura Pimpinella saxifraga L. burnet rhizome (Sloven. črn
	This is an old tradition, dating back to Ancient Greek. Some historical Greek 'black') contain the terms of colours too. There are also names of colours in other botanic terms in different European name in a European scientific name English name semantic motivation Croat. dial. iskrica žuta Ranunculus acer L. yellow flowers (Croat. meadow buttercup žuti 'yellow')
	plant names containing the colour red as an element (cf. Gr. ἐρυθρóς 'red') will now be quoted: historical Greek name scientific name English name semantic motivation ἐρυθρóκομος (Pliny the Elder, 1 st c. AD) Punica granatum L. (from Samos) pomegranate from Samos red foliage ἐρυθρóδανον (Dioscorides, Pliny the Elder, 1 st c. AD) Calystegia soldanella Br. seashore false bindweed, shore red stalks languages which imitated the ancient tradition of naming plants: language Fr. chénopode Chenopodium album white goosefoot, whitish coat on the underside Ukr. dial. biłavka, Bellis perennis L. common daisy bilavka white flowers (Ukr. historical name in a European language scientific name English name semantic motivation Germ. blow violen (1500), blaw Violen (1543) Viola odorata L. wood violet, sweet violet dark blue flowers (Germ. blau 'blue') Germ. rote Buck (1532) Artemisia vulgaris L. mug wort, common wormwood blanc L. melde білий 'white') of the leaves (Fr. blanc 'white') Fr. serpentaire rouge Ukr. dial. biłohołovnyk Achillea millefolium L. yarrow Bistorta officinalis Del., syn. Polygonum bistorta L. reddish-brown rhizome, pink bistort flowers (Fr. rouge 'red') Fr. bleuet Centaurea cyanus L. cornflower Russ. dial. желтый молочай yellow flowers (Russ. Chelidonium maius L. swallowwort желтый 'yellow') blue flowers (Fr. bleu 'blue') red-brown flowers Engl. yellow dock Rumex crispus L. = yellow dock yellow inflorescence (Germ. rot 'red') Pol. czerwony dzwonek Hypericum common Saint John's red sap of flowers (Pol. Engl. red poppy Papaver rhoeas L. = red poppy A deeper analysis shows that European standard and dialectal plant names red flowers bindweed, shore convolvulus ἐρυθρóνιον (Dioscorides, 1 st c. AD) Erythronium fawn lily, trout lily pink or red flowers σατύριον ἐρυθραϊκóν (Discorides, 1 st c. AD) Erythronium dens canis L. dog's-tooth-violet flowers Pol. żółcień (1564) Calendula officinalis L. pot marigold, common marigold yellow-orange flowers (Pol. żółty 'yellow') Germ. weisser Senf Sinapis alba L. 'white') white mustard pale yellow seeds (Germ. weiss pink or purple (1613) perforatum L. wort czerwony 'red') Slovak zbožná červená ružička (1825) (Buffa 1972) Agrostemma githago L. common corn-cockle (Slovak červený 'red') Germ. schwarzer Nachtschatten nightshade 'black') Solanum nigrum L. European black black fruits (Germ. schwarz red-purple flowers Germ. Goldrute Solidago virga-aurea L. European goldenrod yellow flowers (Germ. Gold 'gold') often are a continuation of historical names, especially historical Latin (pre-
	Pol. komosa czerwonawa	Chenopodium rubrum L.	red goosefoot	reddish inflorescence (Pol. czerwonawy 'reddish')
	Pol. nostrzyk żółty	Melilotus officinalis (L.) Pall.	yellow sweet clover, yellow melilot	yellow flowers
	historical Latin name Herba lutea It should be highlighted that many plant names motivated by colours appear scientific name English name semantic motivation Genista tinctoria L. dyer's greenweed yellow flowers (Lat. lūteus 'yellow, reddish') yellow weed, dyer's in dialects of different European languages. There are some examples: Reseda luteola L. weed (sic!) Virga aurea Senecio nemorensis L. alpine ragwort dialectal name in a European language scientific name English standard semantic motivation name yellow flowers (Lat. aureus 'golden') Solidago virga-aurea L. European goldenrod Coma aurea scientific name English name semantic motivation Engl. dial. gold chain Sedum acre L. gold moss stonecrop golden-yellow flowers Helichrysum (stoechas DC.) dwarf (everlasting) Gramen aureum Trisetum flavescens (L.) P. Beauv. yellow oat grass golden yellow panicles Digitalis purpurea L. common foxglove red-purple flowers (Lat. purpureus 'purple') Germ. dial. rote Blume Paeonia most often red or pink peony flowers
	Marzell 2000, André white woolly hairs on much of the herbage (Lat. albus 'white') brown-red flowers red foliage in autumn, red woolly thistle Germ. dial. Rot-Enzen Gentiana purpurea L. purple gentian Spina alba Cirsium eriophorum (L.) Scop. Echinops sphaerocephalus L. Acer rubrum L. red maple flowers (Lat. ruber 'red') Piper nigrum L. black pepper Dan. dial. guldknap yellow flowers (Dan. Tanacetum vulgare L. tansy, golden buttons guld 'gold') black fruits glandular globe-thistle white flowers Onopordum acanthium L. white woolly hairs Lamium album L. white nettle, white dead-white flowers Fr. dial. tue-loup bleu, tore bleue Aconitum napellus L. monk's-hood, aconite, blue flowers wolfs bane nettle cotton thistle covering the plant Gramen album Eriophorum cotton grass snow-white fluff on Potentilla argentea L. silver cinquefoil white tomentum covering the Pol. dial. modrak Centaurea cyanus L. blue flowers (Pol. cornflower modry 'deep blue') whole plant heads Virga argentea Erigeron canadensis L. horseweed white petals (Lat. argenteus 'silvery') Solidago virga-aurea L. European goldenrod yellow flowers Nuphar lutea (L.) Sibth. & Sm. yellow water-lily Pol. dial. czerwonka Rumex hydrolapathum Huds. reddish inflorescence great water dock and stalk
	1956, Waniakowa 2012, Annenkov 1878, Makowiecki 1936, Genaust 2005 and Clifford & Bostock 2007. Mater nigra Centaurea iacea L. brown knapweed dark flower heads (Lat. niger 'black') Centaurea nigra L. black knapweed Czech dial. zlatý květ Caltha palustris L. yellow flowers (Czech marsh-marigold zlatý 'golden')

Names of colours appear also in historical (i.e. pre-Linnaean) Latin plant names. There are some examples: Contemporary plant names are also motivated by colours. It concerns Latin scientific plant names, standard plant names in different European languages as well as dialectal names. It is worth noticing that some Linnaean names depend on historical Latin plant names; Linnaeus was obviously inspired by old names and adapted them to modern botany. There are some examples of Latin scientific plant names containing terms of colours: Linnaean) ones. It is visible in names motivated by colours, cf. for example Lat. hist. Virga aurea and its exact translations: Eng. European goldenrod, Germ. Goldrute, Pol. dial. złota rózga (Solidago virga-aurea L.), names inspired by the yellow colour of this plant's flowers 1 .

  Finally, it should be noted that colour can play a role in distinguishing between species and even between genera of plants. As an example of such a situation, allow it to be mentioned that Croatian denominations patlidžan modri

	and patlidžan plavi (literally 'blue eggplant') refer to the eggplant, Solanum
	melongena L., while the name patlidžan crveni (literally 'red eggplant') refers to
	the tomato, Solanum lycopersicum L. Similarly, Macedonian crn ('black') or modar
	('blue') patlidžan mean 'eggplant' and crven ('red') patlidžan signify 'tomato' (cf.
	Waniakowa 1999: 62; Dębowiak & Waniakowa 2016: 85).
	name in a European language	scientific name	English name	semantic motivation
	Germ. Butterblume (1673)	Taraxacum officinale Web.	dandelion	yellow flowers (of the colour of butter)
	Germ. dial. Katzenauge	Veronica chamaedrys L.	germander speedwell	cerulean blue flowers (of the colour of a cat's eye)
	Fr. dial. pantoufes de Marie	Aconitum napellus L.	monk's-hood, aconite, wolfs bane	blue flowers (of the colour related to Saint Mary)
				cerulean blue flowers
	Pol. dial. niebioska	Myosotis	forget-me-not	(of the colour of the
				sky -Pol. niebo)
	Ukr. dial. sońačnyk			yellow flowers (of the
	travovyj, sonnyk	Ranunculus acer L.	meadow buttercup	colour of the sun -
	travnyj			Ukr. cонце)
				red sap of flowers
	Ukr. dial. Ісуса кров,	Hypericum perforatum	common Saint John's	(of the colour of the
	Христова кров	L.	wort	blood (of Christ) -
				Ukr. кров 'blood')

  The other assumption, which regards the common knowledge of what a 'daisy' is, has also proven fragile. Most people know one or more words that may be related to the English word 'daisy' , they do have the notion that it refers to a flower, but only some are aware of what precise botanical species it refers to, if any, and some others think that they know, but what they know differs from what other people, presumably equally knowledgeable, do know.

	1	This chapter comprehends several language-specific sections, whose authors are indicated
		where appropriate. The remaining sections were edited by Alina Villalva and they have
		largely benefitted from the input of all the other contributors (W. Blanck, E. Corino,
		I. Galleron, Y. Luther, N. Mederake, I. Metsmägi, V. Oja, S. Tsolakidis, I. Vazquéz, A.
		Villalva, G. Williams).

  Bellis or Bellius named in Englishe a Dasie, is called of the Herbaries Consolida minor, in duch Massible and Cleyti Izitlo ssen, in french Margarites or Petit consyre. Dasies growe in al grene places in greate plentie.Lexicons of Early Modern English allows online searches but does not give access to full work, only individual entries. For this reason, dictionary entries from the data base do not recieve full bibliographical references and are mentioned as[LEME].Bellis can be thus be translated as marguerite, without mention of pâquerette, and no reference is made to what could be the ox-eye daisy. However, Cotgrave 1611[LEME] gives us two plants: ' is a purely English word, but marguerite was already known through the influence of French. Cotgrave 1611[LEME] shows that room for confusion already exists in French despite there being two words marguerite and pâquerette with the former being often used as the hyperonym for both.

	-Marguerite blanche: The great white daisy, called Maudlinwort
	-Marguerite des prez: The ordinarie, little, white, and wild daisy, called (otherwise)
	bruisewort
	Thus, 'daisy

The long list of usage, as well as colloquial expressions, given in the [OED 2009]'s 'daisy' entry clearly point to bellis perennis, despite the often frequent problem of naming plants in the pre-linnaeus era. Turning to the dictionaries housed by the [LEME] database 4 , we get access to some of the earlier uses in reference works starting with an anonymous entry in the Catholicon Anglicum: The Remedy for all Diseases (circa 1475) [LEME] which relates it to the Latin consolida. Other dictionaries continue in the vein with it being termed consolida minor. The first herbal mentioning it is Banckes Herbal of 1525 [LEME] which translates consolida minor as being: [...] Daysy or Browsworte. His vertue is yf it be stamped and layde to a botche / it shall hele it and breke it / for it is a spyce of the Confery. Mention of bruisewort, and its preparation, appears in a number of works, but no record is found in [LEME] after 1642. The confusion brought in by a comparison with French can be found as early as 1548 in Turner's The Names of Herbs in Greek, Latin, English, Dutch and French [LEME], which declares that: 4 Maudlinwort is thus the ox-eye daisy and bruisewort the common daisy, Bellis. Maudlin being the English form for Magdalen, not Marguerite. Although some English wild flowers retain the suffix wort, 'plant' in early English, the term bruisewort disappears from dictionaries with a last use in 1642. It is interesting that [Cotgrave 1611] links daisies to pasture, Marguerite des près, as one of the, disputed, etymologies for pâquerette associates it with pasture rather than Easter, pâques in French.

  as "a common European species of 'daisy' , of the Asteraceae family, often considered the archetypal species of that name. Many related plants also share the name 'daisy' , so to distinguish this species from other daisies it is sometimes qualified as common daisy, lawn daisy or English daisy. Historically, it has also been commonly known as bruisewort and occasionally woundwort[...]. Bellis perennis is native to western, central and northern Europe, but widely naturalised in most temperate regions including the Americas and Australasia."

Thus, the Latin name bellis perennis (L.) has an equivocal equivalence in English, which suggests that it will be of little help to understand what preceded Linnaeus' classification in vernacular languages.

  Two names are available for 'daisy' in contemporary French: pâquerette and marguerite. They are not synonymous: the classification by[START_REF] Linnaeus | Systema naturae[END_REF] fixed pâquerette as the common name for bellis perennis and marguerite as the common name for leucanthemum vulgare, but the distinction was probably set Marguerite subst.fem. Sorte de plante dont il y a plusieurs especes. Celle que Mr. Tournefort appelle

	by the botanist Tournefort (1694). Historical dictionaries, such as [Furetière 1690]
	/ [Basnage 1701], acknowledge this distinction:
	Leucanthemum

vulgare, a une racine fibreuse, rampante, acre de goût: elle pousse plusieurs tiges à la hauteur d'environ un pied, pentagones, solides, rameuses, accompagnées de beaucoup de feuilles oblongues, grasses, dentelées. Ses fleurs sont rondes, belles; radiées, de couleur jaune en dedans, mais couronnées de feuilles blanches, soutenues par des calices qui sont des especes de calottes composées de plusieurs feuilles en écailles, & qui ont le bord noirâtre. Cette plante est fort detersive & fort aperitive, ou en fait prendre la tisane à ceux qui crachent du pus. C Bauhin l'appelle bellis sylvestris, cause foliofo major. Pâquerette s.f. Sorte de plante qu'on appelle en Latin bellis, & dont il y a plusieurs especes. Celle qu'on nomme petite paquerete sauvage, en Latin bellis sylvestris minor pousse quantité de feuilles, un peu grasses, veluës, oblongues, arondies vers leurs extremité, dentelées fort legerement. Il s'éleve d'entr'elles plusieurs pedicules menus, ronds, qui soutiennent chacun une fleur radiée dont le milieu est jaune, & le tour de couleur blanche or rouge.

Table 1 -

 1 [Crusca

		[Crusca 1863-1923]	[Tommaseo-Bellini 1861] [Zingarelli]
	PEARL	Sost femm. Lo stesso che	. S. f. Aff. al lat. aureo	f. μαργαρίτης. Perla.
		Perla. Dal lat. Margarita, e	Margarita. Perla. Gr. S.	Gemma
		questo dal Gr. μαργαρίτης.	Gir. 28. (C) Simigliante
			è lo regno del cielo al
			savio mercante, che va
			cherendo le preziose
			margarite, e quando
			egli ha trovato una
			preziosa margarita, sì
			vende tutto ciò ch'egli
			hae, e comperala. [...]
	METAPHORE	E Figuratam	Trasl. Dant. Par.
	(celestial		2. (C) Per entro sè
	body)		l'eterna margherita
			Ne ricevette. But. ivi:
			L'eterna margherita,
			cioè lo corpo lunare,
			lo quale l'autore
			assomiglia alla pietra
			preziosa. [...]
	METAPHORE	Pur figuratam., detto di	Detto di Persona	Cosa o persona
	(for precious	Donna che fra le altre	molto cara e pregevole.	preziosa come perla o
	people or	prevalga per eccellenza e	Non com. Fir. Lett.	gemma
	objects)	rarità di pregj.	Donn. Prat. 230. (C)
			Ed ecci chi non si è
			vergognato di volere
			che una delle belle
			giovani di Prato,
			modesta e gentile, anzi
			veramente una preziosa
			margherita… [...]
	PLANT or	[…]	[…]	Pianta delle
	FLOWER			composite, coltivata
				nei giardini
				per ornamento:
				Margheritona
				(leucanthemum
				vulgare)

[Crusca 1691]. Before that date, the only occurrence of margherita as a flower is to be found in Florio's Italian-English dictionary of 1591.

Margarita, a pearl, a margarite, a gem. Also a flower called a daizie It is interesting to notice how the structure of the dictionary entry has not really changed over time, and the flower meaning has only recently been moved up to the first position of the article. The following table compares three different monolingual dictionaries, thus demonstrating the persistence of a standard order of the different meanings: 1. Latin cognate pearl; 2. Metaphorical use; 3. reference to the precious value of a person or an object; flower. Margherita. (Bot.) [D.Pont.] Sorta di fiore, che dicesi più comunemente Margheritina (Bellis perennis, L.). Alam. Colt. 5. 122. (C) Poi dipinti i suoi crin di latte e d'ostro Le margherite pie, che invidia fanno Al più pregiato fior.

  ♦margherìta / marɡeˈrita/ o †margarìta [lat. margarīta(m), dal gr. margarítēs, di orig. orient., che aveva già i due sign. di 'perla' e 'fiore'; nel sign. B, dal n. diMargherita di Savoia, regina d'Italia (1851-1926), alla quale

	quelle specialità gastronomiche furono dedicate ☼ 1300]
	A s. f.
	1 erba perenne delle Composite con grandi capolini isolati costituiti da un bottone giallo
	al centro e linguette bianche disposte a raggiera (Leucanthemum vulgare) | margherita
	gialla, fiorrancio | sfogliare la margherita, staccare i petali uno a uno accompagnandovi una
	filastrocca a domande alterne per ottenere risposta; (fig.) essere incerto, titubante sul da farsi
	2 †perla, gemma | (est.) †cosa o persona preziosa come una gemma | †stella, astro
	[Zingarelli]

Table 2 -

 2 margarida in[DRAG→]

Table 5 -

 5 Distribution of Galician 'daisy' names in lexicographic and textual sources

	botanical sources	lexicographic sources	textual sources
	margarida	15	213
	margarita	2	40
	bilorita, velorita, vilorita	1 (belorita)	9 (belorita)
	quitamerendas	1	4
	bonina	4	1
	benmequer		1 (ben me quer)
	ponmerendas		1
	parramina	2
	primachorro

  described as a ποώδες φυτό του αγρού με χαρακτηριστικό άνθος που φέρει κίτρινο δίσκο και λευκά ή κίτρινα πέταλα 77 .

	Quite interesting is the μαργαρίτα entry in [GOD], the most recent of all
	the dictionaries under examination. [marγaˈrita] is referred to as Κοινή ονομασία
	για φυτά που ανήκουν σε διαφορετικά γένη και είδη• τα άνθη τους μοιάζουν πολύ,
	αφού σχηματίζουν ταξιανθία με κεφάλια που έχουν δύο είδη ανθιδίων• τα ανθίδια που
	βρίσκονται στο κέντρο του κεφαλιού είναι σωληνοειδή, με κίτρινο συνήθως χρώμα,
	ενώ τα περιφερειακά είναι γλωσσοειδή, με χρώμα συνήθως λευκό ή κίτρινο

  in Phocis (Central Greece), on the island of Skyros, the term ασπροπούλια [asproˈpuλa] 'lit. little white ones' (plural of [asproˈpuli] < [ˈaspros] 'white' + dim. [-pulo]) is used. It is quite interesting that in[HD] in ἀσπρόπουλλοentry(vol. 3) [aˈspropulo] is presented as a term denoting two kinds of compositae: anthemis chia on the island of Andros and chamomile (matricaria chamomilla) on the island of Skyros. If we combine the informations provided in[Heldreich] and [HD] concerning [aˈspropulo] onSkyros we see that in this island the term denotes both a flower similar to bellis perennis and chamomile, as we saw in case of [marγaˈrita] on Kefallinia, too.

	Besides, in [HD] entry we are informed that an equivalent of [aˈspropulo] is
	ασπρολούλουδο [asproˈluluδo] (lit. 'white flower'), formed through the combination
	of άσπρος [ˈaspros] 'white' and λούλουδο [ˈluluδo] 'flower' .

  are provided as equivalents not only ofMG [asproˈluluδo] but also of French marguerite, camomille and paquerette.The ἀσπρολούλουδο entry in[HD] is the following (vol. 3):

	ἀσπρολούλουδο το, σύνηθ. ἀσπρολούλουδουβόρ. ἰδιώμ., ἀσπρολάλουδο Πελοπν. (Μάν.)
	ἀσπρολέλουδο Στερελλ. (Ἀράχ.) ἀσπρολούλουδο Χίος.
	Ἐκ τοῦ ἐπιθ. ἄσπρος καὶ τοῦ οὐσ. λουλούδι.
	1) Λευκὸν ἄνθος πολλαχ.: [examples of use in MG literature] 2) Tὸ ἀγριολούλουδον λευκανθὲς
	τὸ πολυετὲς (bellis perennis) καὶ λευκανθὲς τὸ ἐτήσιον (bellis annua) τοῦ γένους τοῦ
	λευκανθοῦς (bellis) τῆς τάξεως τῶν συνθέτων (compositae) πολλαχ. 3) Τὸ φυτὸν ἀνθεμὶς
	ἡ Χία (anthemis Chia) τοῦ γένους τῆς ἀνθεμίδος (anthemis) τῆς τάξεως τῶν συνθέτων
	(compositae) πολλάχ.: [example of use in MG literature] Συνών. ἀσπρόπουλλο 2.

  1, 546; Duden 7, 547). The earliest attestations of Maßliebchen in German are maßleben (14 th /15 th century, here glossed as premula veris, an old botanical name for Bellis perennis L., cf.Marzell 1, 546) and maßlieben(1485), not yet showing the diminutive suffix -chen.Pfeifer (2005:846) suggests that the Middle Dutch form can be associated with Dutch dialect names such as maagdelief, maagdelieve, literally meaning 'dear to the Virgin Mary' . However, it is important to note that there are competing interpretations concerning this first element. The Woordenboek der Nederlandsche Taal (= WNT; entry madelief) 101 similarly asserts that the part mate is probably to be regarded as a variant of Dutch maagd 'virgin' , here referring to the Virgin Mary in particular 102 .Margerite is contemporarily usually used to designate plants of the speciesLeucanthemum, e.g. ox-eye daisy (Leucanthemum vulgare Lam.). Historically it was applied to different plants, among them Bellis perennis L.(Pfeifer 2005:838;Marzell 1, 550). Supposedly, it is a loan from French marguerite, which was used as a name for several flowers itself 104 . The first attestation in German referring to Bellis perennis is the compound Margaritenblum from 1580(Marzell 1, 550) 105 .

	adjective maßleidig 'not willing to eat, having an aversion to food' (and its
	corresponding nouns), showing the same first element. According to Philippa et
	al. (=EWN 3:286), who discuss both explanations, a third interpretation seems to
	be more adequate: the first component in madelief is regarded as made 'meadow,
	pasture land' . These variants -suggesting an association with maagd 'the Virgin
	Mary' -would thus be attributed to folk-etymological influence. Two historical
	dictionaries record an equivalent of the word: FWB has the entry masliebe (9, 1941),
	stating that it is often used in the diminutive form, but only offering citations
	in non-diminutive. The given sense is "Gänseblümchen". DWB lists Maszlieb,
	Maszliebchen and Maszliebe (6, 1749), defining the first and second lemma as
	"gänseblümchen". Maszliebe is first described as a flower name ("blumenname"),
	mainly referring to Bellis perennis (sense 1). Then, it is also recorded as referring
	to acer campestris ('field maple' , sense 2).
	An alternative explanation links the first part of the compound to Germanic
	*mat-'food' (cf. Old Saxon mat, meti 'food' and other West-Germanic and North-
	Germanic equivalents), thus referring to the belief that Bellis perennis L. has an
	appetizing effect, and translating the word as 'lust for, desire to eat food' (Marzell
	1, 546; Pfeifer 2000:846) 103 . This interpretation is further supported by the German
	(see https://www.dwds.de/d/wbetymwb). The entry tausendschön contains additions
	concerning the flower Tausendschönchen.
	100 Cf. for example circea, dircea, vitiflora, floramor / tausentschon (Alberus dict. DD 2b)
	and Solidago, heißt auch Maßlieben / vnd Braunell (CC ijv). The nominalised adjective
	is also attested as a term of affection for a loved person (DWB 11, 1, 1, 225).
	101 gtb.inl.nl/iWDB/search?actie=article&wdb=WNT&id=M038202&lemmodern=madelief
	102 This analysis also connects the name to the designation Marienblümchen 'Virgin Mary
	flower' , as both would basically have a similar denomination motive (cf. 3.2.3).

  ). Besides these names, there are many further adaptations of the mentioned loan source. The first component of German Marienblume is replaced by its Estonian equivalents and/or the second component is translated withThe loan source of the names mariie(n)roos, mariiaroosid (pl.), mariiaroes, marjanroosid (pl.) is German Marienrose, a name used for many plants includingBellis (cf. DWB, s.v. Marienrose). The order of the components of the German donor word is changed in the name roosamariiad (pl.).The names mariien, mariina, mariine only reflect the first component of the loan source, so they could have derived from either of the German compound words Marienblume or Marienrose. The name marinhenid (pl.) may have developed the same way, but it is more likely to assume there has been some German diminutive source for it108 . The name mariieke contains Estonian diminutive suffix -ke.Probably, also the names mairoos (~ mairuus), maieroes, and miiaroes are related to German sources. It seems not credible that these are borrowed from German Mai-Rose, known as a parallel name for another plant called Zimt-Rose (Rosa majalis) (cf. DWB, s.v. Mairose). It is more likely that they are related to German Marienrose; in Estonian, the first component is replaced with the Estonian female names Mai or Miia. Similarly, the name mailill may be related to German

	Marienblume. It would require further research to rule out whether or not these
	names might have any other foreign origin. Note that in F. J. Wiedemann's
	Estonian-German dictionary, German translation Maiblümchen is given to Estonian
	kirikakar (Wiedemann 1869:207; see 7.2.5).
	The names margareeta, markareeta, margakreeta, martakreeta are obviously
	borrowed from German Margerite, Margeritenblume, Margaritenblum etc., especially
	if considering that cultural innovations were mediated primarily via the German
	language until the beginning of the 20 th century. Russian margaritka has also
	been suggested as a loan source (cf. Vilbaste 1993:189). The Russian names are
	borrowed from either French or German (cf. Preobraženskij 1959:510), the German
	various words meaning 'flower' or 'grass' , as in the names mariie(n)lill, mariialill, names from French.
	maarjalill, marilill, (Est. Maarja, Mari 'Mary' , lill 'flower'), maarjahain (Est. dial.
	hain 'grass'), maarjakannike(ne) (Est. dial. kann(ikene) 'flower'), maarjarohi (Est.
	rohi 'grass'), maarjaõis (õis 'blossom'). Thus, one of the standard names, maarjalill
	is the Estonian translation of a German name. 108 Marzell (1, 549) mentions a lot of variants resembling diminutives -e.g. Marjen or
	Mardel -, but -blume 'flower' appears in most of them.

  The standard botanical name kirikakar is a compound consisting of the components kiri + kakar. The first component kiri-is probably related to the Estonian word kirju 'many-coloured' , a derivative of the Finnic stem *kirja, cf. Est. kiri 'pattern, ornament; letter' , Fin. kirja 'book; list, document; pattern, ornament' , Fin. derivative kirjo 'many-coloured cow, ox etc.' (seeSKES:198, SSA 1,369). The second component kakar is used in the names of several composite plants, e.g. karikakar 'genus Anthemis' , dial. 'ox-eye daisy (Leucanthemum vulgare)' , kitsekakar 'genus Doronicum' (Est. kits 'goat'). The word kakar has equivalents also in the

	other Finnic languages, e.g. Votic kakkara, päiväkakkara 'sunflower (Helianthus)' ,
	Finnish päivänkakkara 'ox-eye daisy (Leucanthemum vulgare)' (see SKES:145-146).
	It might be a derivative of the stem Est. kakk 'loaf, cake, scone' , Fin. kakku 'cake'
	(see SKES:145-146, EEW:660), which is a Scandinavian or an Old Swedish loanword,
	cf. Old Swedish kaka 'cake, bread' (SSA1:281, LÄGLOS:16).
	The names hanepersed, hanipersed, anneperssed (pl.) consist of the components
	hani 'goose' + perse 'arse' . The components of the name kanapasalilled (pl.) are
	kana 'hen' + pask (gen pasa) '(diarrhoeal) excrement' + lill 'flower' . The name
	hanepersed is recorded also for 'ox-eye daisy' (Leucanthemum vulgare) and the name
	kanapasalill for 'wild camomile' (Matricaria discoidea ~ Matricaria matricarioides;
	cf. Vilbaste 1993:397, 420). The name piibupaabu (piibo-paabo, pii-paap) is also
	recorded for Leucanthemum vulgare (see Vilbaste 1993:397). The latter resembles
	Estonian descriptive pair words, for which the etymology is not clear. Some
	compound names seem to be random formations, e.g. hanelillik (hani 'goose'

+ lillik < lill 'flower' and käsnalilled (pl.) (käsn 'sponge; wart' + lill 'flower'), cf.

Table 4 :

 4 German Margarite or Margaritenblume, for example, used to be connected historically to bellis perennis (cf. Pfeifer 2005:838;Marzell 1, 550), but is contemporarily usually used to designate plants of the species Leucanthemum. Consequently, when searching for the common daisy in dictionaries, the botanical reference -i.e. the taxonomic designation -is a designation that might be considered rather free of ambiguities.The following table presents said findings in a concise way: Lexical equivalents of Estonian and German 'daisy' designations

	Estonian		German	comments
	mariienbluum, -blaum	borrowed from	Marienblume	-----
	mariienbloom, -ploom	borrowed from	LG marienblome
	maarjalill	loan translation/	Marienblume/	-----
	[mariie(n)lill, mariialill,	adaptation of	marienblome
	marilill, a.o. variants]
	mariie(n)roos	borrowed from	Marienrose	Marienrose is rather
	[mariiaroosid			uncommon in Germ.
	(pl.), mariiaroes,			as a name for bellis
	marjanroosid, a.o.			per.
	variants]
	mairoos (~ mairuus)	?borrowed/adapted	Marienrose	unlikely to be
	[maieroes, miiaroes]	from		borrowed from Germ.
				Mairose (Rosa majalis)
				cf. Germ. Maibloom -
				a name for bellis per.
				in North German
	margareeta	?borrowed from	Margerite, Margarite	?borrowed from Russ.
	[markareeta,			margaritka
	margakreeta,
	martakreeta]

  The Portuguese subentry gathers four headwords that are etymologically related to the Latin margarita. The first is margarita (meaning 'pearl') that is documented since the 13th century, but is now an unused word. The second has two alternate forms (i.e. Margarita and Margarida) that refer a female anthroponym attested since the 13 th century and still in usage (Margarida being largely preferred in European Portuguese). These proper nouns allow the formation of two other female anthroponyms by truncation (cf. Rita) or truncation and a phonetc change (cf. Guida). The third headword is the flower name margarita. Though we can find it in several dictionaries it is unused now and we may suspect that it was never used. Finally, there is the flower name margarida and its first attestations, the sources wher we can find it as well as an etymological hypothesis regarding the semantic loan of the French word marguerite meaning 'daisy' . Finally, this entry is related to the other entries that are semantically equivalent (cf. malmequer).botanical classifications (still under discussion, but basically established in the 17 th and 18 th centuries) allowed the mapping of vernacular names into scientific tags, but most speakers and most lexicographers certainly lacked the amount of specialised knowledge that would have prevented ambiguous and equivocal definitions that we have dominantly found in all the languages. But the botanical classifications are of little help when we try to understand the names that the flowers had in the past. Therefore, though we initially aimed to focus on bellis perennis, we have finally included several names that gravitate around this and other kinds of daisies.The equivalents of 'daisy' that we have found in contemporary bilingual dictionaries revealed a strong presence of the descendants of the Latin margărīta in the western Romance languages and in MG. Though they are not dominant, cognates of the Latin margărīta are also present in the other languages (i.e. German, Romania and Estonian). It is not totally clear how the original meaning of the AG μαργαρίτης [margaritēs] (i.e. 'pearl') evolved to become the name of a specific wild flower. Probably, the semantic shift took place through a metaphoric use in French, in the 13 th century. In some Romance languages (e.g. French marguerite, Portuguese and Galician margarida, and Italian margherita), the meanings 'pearl' and 'daisy' may have coexisted for some time, but only the 'daisy' meaning is now active. In other languages, only the 'daisy' meaning (and particularly the leucanthemum connection) was adopted. That is the case of the German Margerite, that goes back to the French marguerite, the Romanian margaretă, that goes probably directly back to the German Margarete, and the Estonian margareeta, markareeta and margakreeta, that probably also go directly back to the German Margerite. Similarly, MG μαργαρίτα [marγaˈrita] was borrowed from the 'daisy' meaning of the Italian margarita. If we also consider the first attestations that we have found, we get a general picture that shows the spreading of the French marguerite into German in the 16 th century (and subsequently to Romanian, in the 19 th century, and Estonian, in the 20 th century), and to Italian, also in the 16 th century (and subsequntly to MG, in the 17 th century). The spreading to the west seems to take place later -the Portuguese margarida is first attested in the late 17 th century.A tentative timeline for the spreading of the French marguerite elies in the

	following moments in time:
	i. The semantic shift is documented in French in the 13 th century (bot. flors
	des margerites «pâquerette»);
	ii. The German borrowing (i.e. Margeritenblum) dates from 1580;
	iii. The Italian borrowing dates from 1591. (Margarita, a pearl, a margarite, a
	gem. Also a flower called a daizie);
	iv. The Portuguese borrowing dates from the end of the 17 th century (Bellis, is,
	f. g. vel Bellius, ii, m. g. Casta de herva, ou flor Margarida. apud [Pereira
	A]);

v. The Romanian borrowing probably occurred in the 19 th century;

vi. The Modern Greek borrowing takes place in the 17 th century (meaning calendula) and in the 20 th century (associated to leucanthemum chrysantemum); vii. The German borrowing is first recorded in the 16 th century;

  This is the case of the Italian bèllide and the Galician belorita/bilorita/velorita/ vilorita. This is also the case of the Portuguese bonina, the Galician bonina and the Romanian bănuț, though all these words originate in the word from which bellis derives, which is bonus. It is also worth mentioning that the German name Tausendschön(chen), and the Romanian name floare frumoasă have no etymological links with bellis, but they look like semantic loans from the Latin bellis. Finally, bellis is the Latin name assigned (probably by Linneaus) to several plants, one of which is bellis perennis, but, as we have seen, there is little way to know if the plant the Romans called bellis is Linnaeus' bellis perennis or any other botanical species. Botanical Latin bellis is probably the origin of the Estonian dialectal pelis/pellis/pell/pelle/pillad/vellid, an unexpected Latin outcome.Another semantic locus that we find in many languages is related to the place where daisies typically grow: meadows. As we have seen, this is the case with the Italian pratolina, prataiola, prattelina (from the Latin pratus 'meadow'), the German Angerblümchen (lit. 'meadow flower + dim') and, hypothetically, with the Portuguese pampilho (if it is related to the word pampa, of Quechuan origin, that means 'pasture' and is a common word in South-America) . But we should also consider the Galician words ponmerendas and quitamerendas, The same occurs with the Italian margheritina, the Portuguese and Galician bonina, or the MG [aˈspropulo] (lit. 'little white ones'). Marienblümchen) and the Estonian translated loan (e.g. maarjalill) have an ecclesiastic origin that somehow relates these flowers to the Virgin Mary. And, finally, Portuguese malmequer and Galician ben-me-quer, based on the conversion of a rhyme (i.e. X loves me / X loves me not), relate to a folk belief in the domain of romantic interaction.Descriptions of this kind are not easily obtained. They require a convenient access to several monolingual and bilingual lexicographic sources, as well as historical and contemporary corpora, whenever these sources are available. The selection of this sources, their availability in a common platform such as ER, an effective data extraction and the reunion of the produced results in an elegant and readable form, made freely available to specialists and non-specialist as well, are the purpose of the research pursued by the Landlex group.

	Finally, we have also found some local naming stategies. Some languages
	highlight the colour(s) of the flower (cf. MG [asproˈluluδo] lit. 'white flower' ,
	[aˈspropulo] 'lit. little white ones'; Estonian kirikakar 'many-coloured round blossom'
	German Gänseblümchen, since the geese have white feathers and a yellow beak).

since picnics (i.e. merendas) often take place in meadows. German words such as Gänseblümchen (lit. 'goose flower+dim') and maybe Maβliebchen, as well as the Estonian hanepersed (lit. 'goose+arse'), hanelillik (lit. 'goose+flower') and kanapasalilled (lit. 'hen+excrement+flower') enclose no direct reference to meadow but they do belong to a close semantic field of farm animals. Finally, the French word pâquerette and the Romanian păscuță have been related to the alleged time of blossoming (cf. French Pâques, Romanian Paște), which seems to be the case with the Italian primo fiore (lit. 'first flower') and fiore di primavera (lit. 'first flower'), the MG [ˈaniksi] (lit. 'Spring') and [marto'luluδo] (lit. 'March flower'), and the German Monatsblümlein (lit. 'month flower + dim'). However, pâquerette and păscuță can also be etymologically relates to the latin pratus 'pasture' . Therefore, though most the words involved are not cognates, the reasoning behind this assignement of a name to a 'daisy' looks very similar.

The reference to the size of the flower also deserves some comment. German uses a diminutive suffix quite systematically (e.g. Gänseblümchen, Maβliebchen, Tausendschönchen, Angerblümchen).

Romanian butculiță (lit. 'little bottle') refers the shape of the flower, and both MG [astroˈluluδo] and Romanian scânteuță bring a sparkle metaphor. German (e.g.

  in the bilingual dictionaries of Estonian and contact languages: Latvian-Estonian sarkans 'punane' (LES: 577), Swedish-Estonian röd 'punane' (RES: 874), German-Estonian rot (adjective) 'punane' , Rot (noun) 'punane värv, puna',[START_REF] Bellis Perennis | Pequeña planta campestre parecida a la manzanilla, que produce unas florecillas a las que se da el mismo nombre. [RAG] -(bilingual) Manzanilla loca, planta campestre que produce unas florecillas que reciben su mismo nombre[END_REF] in the dictionaries of Estonian and

	its cognate languages: Votic kauniz 'punane' (VKS: 418), Hungarian-Estonian piros
	'punane; punane värv' , vörös 'punane' (UES: 629, 846), (3) in dictionaries of other
	languages: Norwegian-Estonian rød 'punane' (Farbregd et al.: 303-676), French-
	Estonian rouge 1. (adjective) 'punane' , 2. (noun) 'punane värv'

  More about the structure of the colour names in Estonian and other Finnic languages see e.g.Oja (2001: 30-32, 61-88), or[START_REF] Oja | Colour naming in Estonian and cognate languages[END_REF]. compounds based on comparison are used, for example vaarika+punane 'raspberryred' , kirss+punane or kirsi+punane 'cherry-red' . If one describes a dyed wool or cloth, a compound can be formed using the colouring agent name, e.g. madara|punane (literally 'bedstraw red'), which is a brownish or yellowish red colour of material dyed with the bedstraw (Galium) roots. Some nouns that appear as the first component of a compound have acquired the function of intensifying prefix. For example the common meaning of tuli is 'fire' , but the compounds tuli|punane and tuli|verev mean usually 'intense red, bright red' . The words for mixed hues of red and any other colour consist of two adjectives; the latter component expresses the predominant colour and the first element is a moderating colour adjective,

	'reddish' . Different variants of red (as well as the other colours) can be expressed
	using compounds. The attributive components of the compounds enable to point
	out characteristic features of the colours, like tone (e.g. kahvatu+punane 'pale
	red' , hele+verev 'light red'), darkness (e.g. tume+punane 'dark red'), brightness or
	intensity (e.g. ere+punane 'bright red' , särav+punane 'lustrous red' , sügav+punane
	'deep red'), and others. In order to denote a variety of red hues in more detail,

1. (adjective) 'punane, verev' , 2. (noun) 'punane, puna'

(Silvet 2009: 995)

, Russian-Estonian красный

[krasnyj]

'punane, puna-, verev'

(VES 1: 607)

. Two different equivalents are also given in the Finnish-Estonian dictionary: punainen (adjective) 'punane, verev'; puna (noun) 'puna; punane värv'

(SES 1: 1233)

. In addition we can find the Estonian adjective punane as one of the equivalents for some secondary names for 'red', e.g. in the Latvian-Estonian dictionary Estonian equivalents for Latvian ruds and rūsgans ['russet, red, reddish-brown'] are 'punane, ruuge [light brown, dark yellow], ruske [russet, reddish brown], raudjas [irony, chestnut]'

(LES: 560)

.

Compound colour words and derivatives 3

On the morphological level, partial hue content in a colour is usually expressed by means of the moderating suffixes -kas or -kjas (in dialects also -kane, -kjane) to the word stem in Estonian, e.g. puna+kas, ver+kjas ~ ver+kjane 3 e.g. kollakas|punane 'yellowish red' , lillakas|punane 'purplish red' .

Table 1 .

 1 A comparative example of the structure of colour names for 'red' in different languages 4

	Estonian	Finnish	German	Russian	English
	punane	punainen	rot	красный	red
	punakas	punertava	rötlich	красноватый	reddish
	tumepunane	tummanpunainen dunkelrot	темно-красный	dark red
	erepunane	kirkkaan punainen grellrot	ярко-красный	bright red
	kirsipunane	kirsikanpunainen	kirschrot	вишневый (красный) cherry red
	~ kirsspunane
	pruunikaspunane	ruskeanpunainen	bräunlich rot коричнево-красный	brownish red
	~ pruunjaspunane
	punakaspruun	punaisenruskea	rotbraun	красно-коричневый	reddish brown
	ruske		rötlich braun	красный

Table 2 .

 2 The oldest dictionaries including Estonian vocabulary are bilingual German-Estonian or Estonian-German dictionaries, compiled in the 17 th , 18 th and 19 th centuries. Till the middle of the 19 th century, German orthography was used for Estonian words in these dictionaries. Words for 'red' in historical German-Estonian and Estonian-German dictionaries

	The first concise Estonian monolingual dictionary was published in 1918 and
	the first exhaustive dictionary (EÕS) was published in three volumes in 1925 (I),
	1930 (II) and 1937 (III). The Estonian word punane has appeared almost in all
	dictionaries (see Table 2).
	Dictionary	Est. punane etc. -Ger. equivalent Est. verev etc. -Ger. equivalent
	Stahl 1637	punnane -roth
	Gutslaff 1648		werriw -roht
	Göseken 1660	punnane -roth, röthe
		punnane warw -röthe
	Thor-Helle 1732 punnane -roth
		punnakas -röthlich
		tumme punnane -dunckel roth
		walwakas punnane -blaß roth
		elkias (~ elle) punnane -hochroth
		tulle punnane -feuerroth
		punnase-körb -braun-roth (Pferd)
	Hupel 1780	punnane -roth	werrew -roth
		tumme (~ mustjas) punnane	tinnewerrew -röthlich
		-dunckel roth	helle werrew -hellroth
		walwakas punnane -blaß roth	tulli werrew -blutroth
		elkias (~ elle) punnane -hochroth	pimme werrew -dunkelroth walge
		punnase-körb -braun-roth (Pferd)	werrew -blaß roth
		punnakas -röthlich	walsk werrew -hellroth
			werrew körb rothbraunes (Pferd)
	Wiedemann	punane -roth	werew ~ werrew -roth
	1869	kollakas-punane -orangefarben,	musta-werew -dunkelroth
		gelbroth	üli-werew -hochroth.
		mustjas-punane -schwarzroth
		tule-punane -feuerroth
		weri-punane -blutroth
		walkijas-punane -blassroth, rosa

  KÓΚΚΙΝΟΣ, η, ον. » ἐρυθρός, ερυθροβαφὴς, φοινικοῦς, φοινικοβαφὴς, πορφυροῦς, κόκκινος, κοκκοβαφὴς καὶ κοκκινοβαφὴς (κυρ. ὁ βαμμένος με πρινοκόκκι), ἁλουργός rouge ||. κόκκινος βαθὺς ('σὰν τῆς ῥωδιᾶς το ἄνθος, Τουρκ. Νάρ-τσιτσεΐ, ἢ Ἅλικος). » Ὕσγινος, ὑσγινοβαφὴς, φλογοειδὴς, φλόγινος, φλογόχρους, φλόγεος, πουῤρός, éclarate, ponceau. || . κόκκινος ἀνοικτός. ἴδ. τριανταφυλλένιος. || . ἔχει κόκκινα μάγουλα »Ἐπανθεῖ αὐτῷ κατὰ τὰς παρειὰς ἐρύθημα. §.(συνεκδοχ.) κόκκινος ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἔχων κόκκιναις τρίχαις). » Πυῤῥὸς, πυῤῥόθριξ-ότριχος (Αριστοτ.), roux, rousseau. [Skarlatos] is actually a dictionary providing for every MG headword equivalents from AG and HelG as well as from French. From what we are provided with about ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ it seems that in the 19 th century [ˈkocinos] is the cover term for red and every hue of red, since, for example, we read that [ˈkocinos] could be either κόκκινος βαθύς[ˈkocinos vaˈθis] 'deep red' or κόκκινος ανοιχτός [ˈkocinos aniˈxtos] 'light red' , while as French equivalents for [ˈkocinos] rouge, éclarate and ponceau are mentioned.

κόκκινος -η -ο

  [kókinos] Ε5: 1α. που έχει το χρώμα του αίματος: Ενα κόκκινο τριαντάφυλλο. Kόκκινα μήλα. Kόκκινο μελάνι. Tα κόκκινα αυγά του Πάσχα. Φορούσε ένα κόκκινο φόρεμα. Οι διορθώσεις να γίνουν με κόκκινο μολύβι. Ο ήλιος ~ έγερνε προς τη δύση. Tο κόκκινο φως της τροχαίας, το απαγορευτικό σήμα στους φωτεινούς σηματοδότες και ως ουσ. το κόκκινο: Πέρασε με κόκκινο. H κόκκινη σημαία, ως σύμβολο της κομμουνιστικής επανάστασης. Kόκκινη κάρτα*. || Kόκκινα κρέατα, τα μοσχαρίσια, βοδινά, σε αντιδιαστολή προς τα άσπρα. (έκφρ.) κόκκινη κλωστή δεμένη, στην ανέμη τυλιγμένη, δώσ'της κλότσο* να γυρίσει, παραμύθι ν΄ αρχινίσει. στρώνω σε κπ. κόκκινο χαλί* (για να περάσει). ΦΡ κόκκινο πανί, για κτ. που προκαλεί το θυμό ή την οργή κάποιου, ό,τι τον διεγείρει. κόκκινη/θερμή γραμμή, για άμεση ή επείγουσα επικοινωνία ανάμεσα στις κυβερνήσεις δύο χωρών […] 2. για το δέρμα που παίρνει ένα κοκκινωπό χρώμα λόγω της συσσώρευσης αίματος: Kόκκινα μάγουλα. Kόκκινα αυτιά. Kόκκινη μύτη. Εχει το κόκκινο χρώμα της υγείας. || Γιατί είσαι τόσο ~;Mήπως έχεις πυρετό; Εγινε ~ από το θυμό του / την ντροπή του. Εγινε ~ σαν παντζάρι. (έκφρ.) γίνομαι~ σαν παπαρούνα*. ~ σαν αστακός*. 3. που από πυράκτωση έχει πάρει κόκκινο χρώμα: Tα κάρβουνα έγιναν κόκκινα. || (ως ουσ.) το κόκκινο: α. το κόκκινο χρώμα: Σκούρο/ανοιχτό κόκκινο. Kόκκινο της φωτιάς, πολύ έντονο. Σε όλες τις αποχρώσεις του κόκκινου. β. (πληθ.) ρούχα με κόκκινο χρώμα: Ηρθε ντυμένη στα κόκκινα. ΦΡ φωτιά στα κόκκινα!, ως πείραγμα, με θαυμασμό για όμορφη γυναίκα ντυμένη στα κόκκινα.

[ελνστ. κόκκινος < κόκκος βελανίδι βαφής΄]

1

  E.g.: Pol. demokracja/Port. democracia, Pol. teatr/Port. teatro, Pol. muzyka/Port. música, Pol. konstytucja/Port. constituição, Pol. rubryka/Port. rubrica, Pol. ordynarny/Port. ordinário (Greek and Latin), Pol. abażur/Port. abajur , Pol. żakiet/Port. jaqueta, Pol. obój/Port. oboé (French), Pol. hokej/Port. hóquei, Pol. wagon/Port. vagão, Pol. kowboj/ Port. cowboy (English). E.g. Pol. autodafe/auto da fé, marmolada, kobra, fawela, Port. zloty/zlóti, mazurca, voivoda.

2

h 1 )-'dark colour: brown, grey

  The first set regards adjectives that have no Portuguese cognates: > *kr̥ s-> *kr̥ sno-→ *kĭrsno-'black, dark' → PS *čьrnъ 'very dark, black' → Pol. czarny 'black' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour czerń Nf 'black' , czarno ADV 'blackly' , czernieć V 'to blacken, turn black' , oczerniać V 'to blacken, denigrate' ' > *ḱei̯ ro-> *ḱoi̯ ro-→ *choi̯ ro-→ PS *chěrъ 'of the colour of ash, grey' → Occid. PS *šarъ → Pol. szary 'grey' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour szarość Nf 'grey, greyness' , szaro ADV 'greyly' , szarzeć V 'to grey' metaphorical derivatives: szaruga Nf 'long period of rainy weather' , szarówka Nf 'dusk' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *ḱei̯ (h 1 )-> *ḱei̯ do-> *ḱoi̯ do-→ *choi̯ do-→ PS *chědъ → Occid. PS *šadъ 'grey' → Old Pol. szady > 1) Pol. szadź Nf 'hard rime' (because of the greyish colour of the hard rime), 2) Old Pol. szedziwy → Pol. sędziwy ADJ 'aged, hoar' PIE *ḱei̯ (h 1 )-> *ḱih 1 u̯ o-> *ḱīu̯ o-→ PS *sivъ 'greyish' → Pol. siwy ADJ 'grey (especially about hair), hoar' PIE *ḱei̯ (h 1 )-> *ḱih 1 njo-> *ḱīnjo-→ PS *sinjь 'blue' → Pol. siny ADJ 'blue, livid' referencesBoryś SEJP s.v. szary, s.v. szadź, s.v. siwy, s.v. siny, s.v. sędziwy

	czarny 'black'
	1 st attestation	15 th century
	etymology PIE *kers-'black, dark, dirty' etymologically related none
	words that do not
	refer to this colour
	references	Boryś SEJP s.v. czarny
		Snoj SES s.v. čŕn
		EDSIL: 92
		IEW: 583
		IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/0945
	szary 'grey'
	1 st attestation	15 th century
	etymology	PIE *ḱei̯ (Snoj SES s.v. sȋv
		EDSIL: 451-452
		IEW: 540-541
		IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/0866
	zielony 'green'
	1 st attestation	15 th century
	etymology	PIE *ǵ

h elh 3 -'to shine' , also naming bright colours

  > *ǵ h elh 3 eno-→ PS *zelenъ 'green' → Pol. zielony 'green' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour zieleń Nf 'green' , zielono ADV 'greenly' , zielenieć V 'to turn green' , zielenina NF 'vegetables' , ziele Nn 'herb' , zioło Nn 'herb'

	etymologically related	PIE *ǵ
	words that do not
	refer to this colour

h elh 3 -

  > *ǵ h olh 3 -> *ǵ h olh 3 to-→ PS *zoltъ 'golden' 1) → Pol. złoty ADJ 'golden' , 2) > PS *zolto 'gold' → Pol. złoto Nn 'gold' referencesBoryś SEJP s.v. zielony, s.v. ziele, s.v. zioło, s.v. złotySnoj SES s.v. zelen, s.v. zẹ̑ l 1 , s.v. zlȃt EDSIL: 541-542, 547 IEW: 429-434 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/0637 → *kĭru̯ ĭ → PS *čьrvь 'worm, larva of insects' > (*čьrviti 'to lay eggs (of insects); to dye red' >) *čьrvenъ 'tinted with maggot, red' → Pol. czerwony 'red' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour czerwień Nf 'red, redness' , czerwono ADV 'redly' , czerwienić (się) V 'to make red'; 'to turn red; to blush' , zaczerwienienie Nm 'reddening, rubefaction' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *k u ̯ r̥ u̯ i-→ *kĭru̯ ĭ → PS *čьrvь → Pol. czerw Nm 'worm, larva of insects' > czerwiec Nm 'June' (period when worms appear most or when most insects producing red dye are caught) PIE *k u ̯ r̥ mi-→ *kĭrmĭ → PS *čьrmь 'worm, maggot' > *čьrmьnъ 'tinted with maggot, red' → Dial. Pol. czermny 'red' references s.v. czerwony, s.v. czerw, s.v. czerwiec II Snoj SES s.v. črv EDSIL: 91-94 IEW: 649

	czerwony 'red'
	1 st attestation	15 th century
	etymology	PIE *k

u ̯ r̥ u̯ i-'worm, maggot'

  ̣dati EDSIL: 162-164, 557, 565-566 IEW: 429-434 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/0637 LIV: 200 DELP 1 s.v. fel DELP 2 s.v. fel HP: 109 DCECH s.v. hiel DELL s.v. fel

u̯ ei̯ s-'to sprout, grow, flourish

  ' > Lat. uirēre 'to be green' > uiridis 'green' → Port. verde 'green' derivatives & compounds that refer to this colour esverdear V 'to turn green' , reverdecer V 'to become green again' , esverdeado ADJ 'greenish' , verdejante ADJ 'green; verdant' , verdura Nf 'green vegetable' , verdete Nm 'verdigris' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour none references DELP 1 s.v. verde DELP 2 s.v. verde DCECH s.v. verde DELL s.v. uireō IEW: 1133 LIV: 671-672 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2123 'to yellow' , amarelado ADJ 'yellowish, pale' , amarelecer V 'to become yellow' , amarelecido ADJ 'yellowish, old' , amarelecimento Nm 'yellowness' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *om-> Lat. amārus 'bitter' > Hisp. Lat. *amaricus → Port. amargo ADJ 'bitter' references DELP 1 s.v. amarelo, s.v. amargo DELP 2 s.v. amarelo, s.v. amargo HP: 43 DCECH s.v. amarillo, s.v. amargo DELL s.v. amārus IEW: 777-778 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/1418 Both these roots, that originally had no reference to colour, have scarcely been productive in Latin and even less in Portuguese. Besides Portuguese amargo, they have left no semantic continuance. The names of green and yellow result from different metaphors: the meaning 'green' comes from the idea of growth and vitality (characteristic to plants) and the meaning 'yellow' originates from the association to the bitterness of bile. The second set regards adjectives that have Polish cognates: > *pr-> *prem-> Lat. premere 'to press': 1) → Port. premer / premir V 'to press, oppress' 2) > pressa 'pressed' → Port. pressa Nf 'hurry, haste' > a) depressa ADV 'quickly' b) apressar V 'to rush, hurry, hasten' PIE *per-> *pr-> *pret-> Lat. pressus 'pressed, tightened'→ *prettus → Port. perto ADV 'near, close' Polish words containing the same PIE root or one of its variants PIE *per-> *pr-> PS *pьrati 'beat, trample, wash' → Pol. prać V 'to wash, launder, beat' (because of the ancient way of doing laundry by hitting clothes with a stick) PIE *per-> PS *perunъ → Pol. piorun Nm 'thunderbolt, lightning' (the one who hits, strikes) references DELP 1 s.v. preto 2 , s.v. premer, premir, s.v. pressa, s.v. depressa, s.v. perto DELP 2 s.v. preto, s.v. premer, s.v. pressa, s.v. perto DCECH s.v. prisa DELL s.v. premō

	verde 'green' 1 st attestation etymology PIE *amarelo 'yellow' 10 th century 1 st attestation 12 th century etymology PIE *om-'raw, coarse, bitter' > Lat. amārus 'bitter' > *amarellus 'bitterish' → Port. amarelo 'yellow' derivatives & compounds that refer 1 st attestation 13 th century etymology PIE *per-'to hit, strike' > *pr-> *pret-> Lat. pressus 'pressed, tightened'→ *prettus → Port. preto 'black' derivatives & compounds that refer to a colour none etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *per-IEW: 818-819 LIV: 473 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/1494 EDSIL: 427-428 Boryś SEJP s.v. prać, s.v. piorun amarelar preto 'black' Snoj SES s.v. práti
	to this colour vermelho 'red'
	1 st attestation	13 th century
	etymology	PIE *

V

u̯ er-'to turn, bend, writhe'

  > *u̯ r̥ -> *u̯ r̥ mi-'worm, maggot' → Lat. uermis 'worm' > uermiculus 'small worm' → Port. vermelho 'red' derivatives & compounds that refer to a colour avermelhar V 'to turn red' , avermelhado ADJ 'reddish' , vermelhidão Nf 'redness' etymologically related words that do not refer to this colour PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ r̥ -> *u̯ r̥ mi-'worm, maggot' → Lat. uermis 'worm' → Port. verme Nm 'worm' PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ ert-> Lat. uertere 'to turn': 1) → Port. verter V 'to pour' 2) > uersus 'furrow, line, row, verse' → Port. verso Nm 'verse' 3) > dīuertere 'to turn away, go away': a) → Port. divertir V 'to amuse, entertain' b) > dīuersus 'turned into opposite or different directions' → Port. diverso ADJ 'diverse' 4) > aduertere 'to turn towards' > aduersus 'turned towards' → Port. avesso ADJ 'reverse' 5) > inuertere 'to return, reverse' > inuersus 'reversed' > *inuerse → Port. invés Nm 'opposite side' Polish words containing the same PIE root or one of its variants PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ erb-> PS *vьrba → Pol. wierzba Nf 'willow' (because of slenderness of a willow's twigs) PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ erg-→ PS *vergti 'to throw' > *vьrgati → wierzgać V 'to kick, to suddenly move the legs' PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ erǵ h -'to twist, bend, bind, tie' > PS *po-verzti 'to tie, bond' > *poverslo 'binder' → Pol. powrósło Nm 'binder, wisp' PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ erk-'to twist, bind' > *u̯ renk-'to pick up, gather' > *u̯ ronkah 2 → PS *rǫka → Pol. ręka Nf 'hand, arm' PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ erḱh-'to twist, bend, bind, tie' > PS *versъ → Pol. wrzos Nm 'heather' (heather was used for braiding different objects) > wrzesień Nm 'September' (period when heathers are in blossom) PIE *u̯ er-> *u̯ ert-'to turn, twist' > *u̯ erteno-→ PS *verteno → Pol. wrzeciono Nm 'spindle' references DELP 1 s.v. vermelho, s.v. verme, s.v. verter, s.v. verso 1 , s.v. divertir, s.v. diverso, s.v. avesso, s.v. invés DELP 2 s.v. vermelho, s.v. verme, s.v. verter, s.v. verso 1 , s.v. divertir, s.v. avesso HP: 324-326 DCECH s.v. bermejo, s.v. verter DELL s.v. uermis, s.v. uerbēna, s.v. uerbera, s.v. uertō, s.v. uergō IEW: 1152-1160 LIV: 688, 691-692 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2156, https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/ lex/master/2157, https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2159, https://lrc. la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2160, https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2161, https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/2163 EDSIL: 439-440, 515-516

  . rẹ́ sa2 , s.v. róka, s.v. > *rud h -> *rud h to-/ *rud h so-→ Lat. russus 'redhead, red' > russeus 'dark red' → Port. roxo 'purple' > *rud h -> *rud h ro-→ Lat. ruber 'red' > rubeus 'red, ginger, rufous' → ruivo ADJ 'redhead' Polish words containing the same PIE root or one of its variantsPIE *reu̯ d h -> *rud h -> *rud h o-→ PS *rъdъ 'red' > *rъdja 'redness' → Pol. rdza Nf 'rust' PIE *reu̯ d h -> *rud h -> *rud h ro-→ PS *rъdrъ 'reddish, rufous, russet' > *rъdrъstъ → Pol. rdest Nm 'knotweed, knotgrass, Polygonum' PIE *reu̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h o-→ PS *rudъ 'red, reddish': 1) → Pol. rudy ADJ 'red, ginger, rufous' 2) > *ruda 'something red; reddy mud, earth' → Pol. ruda Nf 'ore' PIE *reu̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h mōn-→ PS *ruměnъ → Pol. rumiany ADJ 'ruddy, rubicund' PIE *reu̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h -> *rou̯ d h so-→ PS *rusъ 'reddish, ginger' → Old Pol. rusy ADJ 'ginger, rufous' PIE *reu̯ d h -> *rūd h -> PS *rydjь 'red-yellow, bright rufous' → Pol. rydz Nm 'red pine mushroom, Lactarius deliciosus' references DELP 1 s.v. roxo, s.v. ruivo 1 DELP 2 s.v. roxo, s.v. ruivo HP: 255-256 Silvestre, Villalva & Pacheco 2014 DCECH s.v. rojo, s.v. rubio DELL s.v. rŭssus, s.v. 1 o ruber, s.v. 2 o rubeō, s.v. rūfus, s.v. rōbus, s.v. rōbur IEW: 872-873 LIV: 508-509 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/1631 EDSIL: 440 Boryś SEJP s.v. rudy, s.v. ruda, s.v. rdza, s.v. rdest, s.v. rydz, s.v. rumiany, s.v. ryży Snoj SES s.v. rdẹ́ ti, s.v. rúda, s.v. rjȁ, s.v. rumȅn, s.v. rȗs 1

		vreténo
	roxo 'purple'
	1 st attestation	13 th century
	etymology PIE *reu̯ d derivatives & compounds that refer arroxear V 'to turn purple' , arroxeado ADJ 'purplish'
	to a colour
	etymologically related	PIE *reu̯ d h -
	words that do not
	refer to this colour

h -'red'

  h l̥ ǵ-'to shine' > Lat. fulgēre / fulgĕre → Port. fulgir V 'to blaze, glisten, glow, shine' references Boryś SEJP s.v. biały, s.v. błona, s.v. błonie, s.v. błoto Snoj SES s.v. bẹ́ l, s.v. bláto EDSIL: 40, 52-54 DELP 1 s.v. branco, s.v. chama, s.v. fulgir DELP 2 s.v. branco, s.v. chama, s.v. fulgir HP: 60 DCECH s.v. blanco, s.v. llama I DELL s.v. fulgō, s.v. fulix IEW: 118-120, 124-125 LIV: 86 IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/master/0214

  According to PIE Lexicon drawn from Julius Pokorny's Indogermanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch (IEL: https://lrc.la.utexas.edu/lex/ semantic/field/SP), the set of colours lexically represented in PIE comprises white, black, red, blue, green and yellow, and a generic category for light colours as well as another one for dark colours, but each of these colour categories is associated to several roots.It is, thus, to be expected to find diverging selections having been made by different languages, especially if they belong to different sub-families, which is the case of Polish and Portuguese. The data that we have analysed is of a very limited dimension, but it allows us to document different paths. Some colour names correspond to the evolution of PIE colour names -'white' is our best example, since the same IE root yields the Polish and the Portuguese equivalents.It is interesting to note that some Polish and Portuguese words, somehow related to 'white' , derive from PIE roots that meant 'white':In the case of red, the central IE root (i.e. reud h -) has provided colour words both in Polish and Portuguese, but they are not the basic terms for red in any of these languages. Curiously, both languages adopted a similar metonymical procedure: they selected different IE roots meaning 'worm' as a basis to the words meaning 'red': Polish words for 'black' and 'grey' proceed from IE colour roots. These roots have not yielded colour names in Portuguese, but one of the semantically equivalent IE colour roots has provided words in Portuguese and Polish that somehow relate to those colours by referring to 'darkness' .Neither Polish nor Portuguese have preserved any of the IE roots for 'green' 8

	IE root	Polish	Portuguese
	*kers-'black, dirty; dark colour' czarny ADJ 'black'	none
	*ḱei̯ (h 1 )-'dark colour: brown, grey'	szary ADJ 'grey'	none
	*temH-'dark'	ciemny ADJ 'dark' , ćma Nf 'moth	trevas NFPL 'darkness'
	IE root	Polish	Portuguese
			argênteo ADJ 'silvery' (borrowings)
	*b h elH-'glittering white'	biały ADJ 'white'	branco ADJ 'white'
	*ḱas-'grey'	none	cãs NfPl 'white hair'
	IE root	Polish	Portuguese
	*reu̯ d h -'red'	rudy ADJ 'red, ginger, rufous'	roxo ADJ 'purple'
	*k u ̯ r̥ mi-'grub, worm, maggot'	czerwony ADJ 'red'	none
	*u̯ er-'to turn, bend, writhe' > *u̯ r̥ mi-'worm, maggot'	see above	vermelho ADJ 'red'

*alb h o-'white, albino' łabędź Nm 'swan' alvo ADJ 'white, clean' *ar(e)ǵ-'white, argent, glittering' none argila Nf 'clay' , *b h erh 1 ǵ-'to shine; bright, white' brzoza Nf 'birch' freixo Nm 'ash (tree)'

  ǵ h elh 3 -'to shine, glow; gold, yellow, bright colour' zielony ADJ 'green' noneFinally, let it be mentioned that Pokorny lists three roots that could refer to the colour blue, but none of them having been conserved either in Polish or in Portuguese as the basic name of this colour -Polish utilises the derivative niebieski, while in Portuguese the Arabism azul is used. Nevertheless, they have left some words somehow related to this colour:Pokorny lists the following: *d h alh 1 -'to bloom, be green'; *g h rē-/*g h rō-/*g h rə-'to grow, become green'; *i̯ ālo-'raw, unripe'; *ḱēko-'green grass, fodder' .Pokorny lists the following: *badi̯ o-'bay, brown; gold, yellow'; *b h lend h -'dim, pale, blond,

	IE root	Polish	Portuguese
	b h lēu̯ o-'a light colour (blue, yellow)'	none	flavo ADJ 'golden, yellow, fawn' (borrowing)
	*mod h ro-'blue; madder'	modry ADJ 'deep blue'	none
	*(s)lī-'livid, bluish'	śliwa Nf 'plum tree' , śliwka Nf 'plum'	lívido ADJ 'livid' (borrowing)
	*g h elh 3 -'to shine, glow; gold, yellow, bright colour'	żółty ADJ 'yellow'	see above
	*u̯ eis-'to grow, sprout'	none	verde ADJ 'green'
	*om-'raw, coarse, bitter'	none	amarelo ADJ 'yellow'

8 9 reddish'; *b h lēu̯ o-'a light colour (blue, yellow)'; *k e nəkó-'golden, honey-coloured' .

www.atlasti.org/ (December 2018).

www.tei-c.org/ (December 2018).

The Ancient Greek t h ū'mos is attested with the meaning 'anger, wrath' alredy in 8 th c. BC. θi'mos with the meaning 'anger' is attested in Medieval Greek of 13 th c. AC.

I wish to thank Michal Boleslav Měchura for all the help he provided in the creation of this version and the support in numerous technical issues.

Presently, we can instanciate this element ten times, corresponding to the languages that are represented in the project.

It would be nice to illustrate some meanings with graphics, but the ability to embed graphics in Lexonomy requires manual customization, a goal that was not pursued for this prototype project. A way of overcoming this shortcoming is by providing a hyperlink that can be copied.

www.isni.org

The abbreviations refer to the subdialects and dialects, in which the words, phonetic variants, example sentences etc. have been recorded.

The adessive, allative and ablative forms of the word mägi are also used as adverbs in Estonian, see below.

Hills are round only in a particular description by Vlahută, given as an example in one of the above-quoted definitions.

Colloquial and vernacular words are not represented in the dictionaries at all, but that shall not be commented on further as these types have not been the main focus of this research.

https://en.oxforddictionaries.com/definition/hill/(December 2018).

'Hilled' is an adjectival form derived from 'hill' that can be found in several bilingual dictionaries, though it is probably a rarely used word in English other than as a bound adjective. Similarly, 'hill-side' is rather rare amongst derived forms and is generally found as 'hillside' .

Cf. projetbabel.org/forum/viewtopic.php?t=9276 (June 2018).

The section on Italian was written by Elisa Corino.

I saw... and stones and pearls (margherite), which are most welcome.

[Covarrubias], the first monolingual Castilian dictionary, was published in 1611.

Spelling and morphological rules of the Galician language (our translation).

It is true that, in Romanian, diminutives are more often hypocoristic, but in this precise case they also carry information about size. Significantly, only one diminutive is quoted by Pantu to be in use for leucantheum vulgare, while the flower is no less lovely:

This explanation is preferred byKluge (2011, 605) andFWB (9, 1941, entry masliebe).

Cf. also German Tausendschön, Tausendschönchen 'kirikakar'[START_REF] Kibbermann | Saksa-eesti sõnaraamat. Deutsch-estnisches Wörterbuch. Redigiert und ergänzt von A[END_REF](Kibbermann et al. :1177)), Finnish kaunokainen ... 2 '(Bellis perennis) kirikakar'(SES 1,459).

Cf. the chaper on plant names, in the previous chapter.

The toponymy has been adapted to Bordéus, which is never interpreted as a colour name.

In Dimitrakos the abbreviation δημ. (=Δημoτική, Demotic Greek) is used for words belonging to the vernacular CMG of its era.

Acknowledgments

Funded by the Horizon 2020 Framework Programme of the European Union

This book is based upon work from COST Action ENeL, supported by COST (European Cooperation research, career and innovation.

www.cost.eu

The LandLex research initiative came about through joint activities with the COST ENeL project. We greatly appreciate all the input from the members of the Consortium and most especially the help received from the chair, Professor Martin Everaert. Particular thanks go to Dr. Taneke Schoonheim who unfailingly supported us throughout.

monte

outeiro colina morro encosta other A. J. ( 1701)

1 st ----Vieyra (1773-1850) ----Flor, que tem hum botão de ouro, com folhas brancas, ou amarellas ao redor, huma diante de outra, tocandose nas extremidades, & com tão certo numero de folhas, que huma não excede, nem falta de outra. 52 And he even rehearses a botanical classification:

Caltha, ae. Fem. he o nome do Bemmequeres, que tem folhas amarellas; do Bemmequeres, que tem as folhas brancas atè agora não lhe achei o nome 53 Furthermore, s.v. maravilha, [Bluteau] explains that the description of caltha by Discorides proves that this is a malmequeres, that has a long-lasting flower 54 ,

and not another different flower, blue and very ephemeral. [Bluteau]'s effort of botanical accuracy is, however, condemned to failure. Before [START_REF] Tournefort | Élémens de botanique ou methode pour connoître les plantes[END_REF], [START_REF] Linnaeus | Systema naturae[END_REF] and all the botanists that have established systematic classifications, the assignment of names to these wild flowers was a pure exercise of speculation.

Unfortunately, lexicographers that could have used the output of scientific advancements failed to do so, as well. [START_REF] Morais | [END_REF]] and [Folqman], for instance, also link bemmequères and malmequeres to caltha. [Figueiredo] seems to be the first one to be aware of botanic categories. Quite wisely, in this event, he decides to classify them as generic terms for compositae:

Malmequér m. Nome de várias plantas da fam. das compostas, vulgar em campos e jardins. 55 Finally, there is margarida. Its remote etymology has already been established

above, but we need to ascertain how it made its way into Portuguese, probably no sooner than the 19 th century though we can find a much earlier lexicographic register, in [Pereira]:

Bellis, is, f. g. vel Bellius, ii, m. g. Casta de herva, ou flor Margarida. 52 'flower with a golden button surrounded by the same number of white or yellow petals, opposite to each other, touching at the tips' (our translation). 53 'caltha, ae is the name of the Bemmequeres of yellow petals; I have not yet found a name for the Bemmequeres of white petals' (our translation).

54 "Dioscorides assim na estampa, como na descripção da Caltha, mostra que he Malmequeres, cuja flor dura muitos dias" 55 'Malmequér is the name of many plants of the composite family, common in fields and gardens' . (our translation).

Summary and outlook

In the previous sections, we have found some intrincate informations on the equivalentes of 'daisy' in five different Romance languages. It became obvious that all these languages posess more than one word for 'daisy' and that the relationship between each of these words and one specific botanic specimen is far from unequivocal. The contemporary predominance of cognates from the Latin margarita is located in French, that has leaded the metaphor from the original meaning 'pearl' to the name of a wild flower. The spreading of this metaphor has reached all the languages that we have considered, and we know that the same happened elsewher, but the name was not always mapped into the same species: some of them link it to bellis perennis, other assign it to leucanthemun vulgare, and other still keep the ambiguity that all the other previously existing names seem to also enclose.

The relationship between vernacular name and botanical Latin names, established from the 17 th century, was also considered. The species that we aimed to consider was bellis perennis, but we concluded that most speakers have no knowledge about the botanical classification and most dictionaries also disregard it. Furthermore, we have also tried to take into account the names that preceeded the spreading of the loans from the French marguerite. Apparently, the older vernacular names fall under a small number of categories that are represented in many of these languages: In the above entry [asproˈluluδo] is defined as Το άνθος μαργαρίτα 'The flower daisy' . Since in this entry we have references to various dictionaries written at the end of the 19 th century and during the first quarter of the 20 th century we are provided with a somehow strong indication that, at least according to lexicographical data, [astroˈluluδo] possibly was a CMG term for 'daisy' . Things seem to have changed during the 3 rd or 4 th decade of the 20 th century, since

[HD] is the last MG lexicographical reference work where an αστρολούλουδο entry exists. In [Dimitrakos] the CMG term for daisies seems to be only [marγaˈrita].

In the [HD] entry for [astroˈluluδo] two equivalents are mentioned: [asproˈluluδo] (for which we already commented) and [ˈastro] 'star' .

[ˈastro] is mentioned as a kind of flower (Εἶδος ἄνθους) in a subsense of the άστρο entry in [HD] (vol. 3).

In the respective subsense of the ἄστρον entry in Dimitrakos (vol. 3) summary and outlook

The MG data we presented in this section could be divided into two basic parts with the criterion of the +/-foreign origin (FO). In the category of +FO belong two Romance loanwords in MG, meaning that [marγaˈrita] and probably

[ˈbela]. In the category of -FO belong words for which we could refer to the following motivational mechanisms: 1) the (white) color of the petals: [asproˈluluδo],

[aˈspropulo], with [aspro-] as their first component, 2) the properties of the flower:

[ˈastro], [astroˈluluδo], with [astro-] 'star' (because the flowers of daisy look like little (glowing) stars in the (darker) green background of a field), probably

[ste'kuli] (< Medieval Greek στέκω [ˈsteko] 'to stand'; maybe the literal meaning is 'the little one who stands here and there' , 3) the time of blossoming: [ˈaniksi] 'spring' , [martoˈluluδo] with ['martis] 'March' as its first component.

According to the available lexicographical data (presented in this chapter)

the MG term for 'daisy' , [marγaˈrita], was not a (cover) term for this kind of 82 The only μαρτολούλουδο entry that we found in the dictionaries under examination is in [Dimitrakos], where the only meaning given for [martoˈluluδo] is 'chamomile': μαρτολούλουδο (τό) δημ. τὸ χαμαίμηλον βλ. λ.: Κορ. Ἄτ. 4, 311

Angerblümchen, das

Substantiv, Neutrum (landschaftl.) Gänseblümchen

Marzell states that Tausendschön or its diminutive Tausendschönchen act more like a pet name (Marzell 1,554).

other German words for 'daisy'

There are a great number of other words for 'daisy' , most of them are regional derivatives of more commonly used words, or they are only recorded for historical

German, e.g. Madlieblen, Matzliebche as variants to the loan word Maßliebchen (cf.

Nemnich 1, 589-590; Marzell 1, 89 . We are also able to identify two more names in colloquial language that were quite common historically on a regional level and might still be: Marienblümchen and Margerite. Marzell postulates that

Marienblümchen is of ecclesiastical origin (Marzell 1,549). It might refer to a legend in which Mary, the mother of Jesus, hurt her finger while picking this particular flower (causing the often red-tipped florets). Marienblümchen and its derivations are likely to be more common in northern and western parts of Germany, but less in the south, although the Swiss Idiotikon records it (cf.

Schweizerisches Idiotikon 5, 83) 90 .

Margerite can be traced back to French Marguerite (Marzell 1, 551), which is the common Romance equivalent for Bellis perennis L. Nowadays, the German Margerite is only used for Leucanthemum vulgare Lam., which has a similar appearance as Bellis perennis L. but is considerably larger than the latter in all its parts.

Another name for Bellis perennis L. or (Gänseblümchen) is Monatsblümlein = 'month-flower + diminutive' , which is not so popular from a contemporary point 89 In the following we concentrate on the most common designations.

90 DWB records both Marienblume and Marienblümchen in one entry (12, 1626) and defines it as "bellis perennis, gänseblümchen: merzveilchen und Marienblumen". The FWB records the lemma Maria-Magdalena-Blume (9, 1854), which is to be understood as 'Gänseblümchen' (9, 1854) according to the editor's note on the citation (i.e. the original source's editor).

the plural of Gans, and in the contemporary common form Gänseblümchen, the diminutive suffix -chen is added (causing umlaut in the 2 nd component).

According to Pfeifer (2005:396), it was first attested in middle of the 16 th century, whereas Marzell's first citation Gänsblümlein (with diminutive -lein; 1, 555) dates from 1693. The non-diminutive gänsblume is attested around 1450, with the Frühneuhochdeutsches Wörterbuch (= FWB; Early New High German Dictionary) 93

offering the following citation 94 :

Dornach nym praitten wegreich vnd spitzigen wegreich vnd lubstuckel vnd garben vnd eyssen-craut vnd walwurtz vnd die clain genß-plumen vnd haußwurtz.

'After that take flat plantain and pointed plantain and lovage and milfoil and vervain and comfrey and the small daisies and sempervivum.'

The variants of Gänseblümchen were taken to refer to different plants, but taking into account the attribute klein 'small' used here, it is rather likely that this citation is concerned with Bellis perennis L. (cf. Marzell 1,555). Grimm's dictionary (= DWB; 4, 1, 1, 1267) records Gänseblume as the main entry, describing

Gänseblümchen as its diminutive only. According to this entry, Gänseblume is used to name several meadow flowers ("von mehrern wiesenblumen"), in particular

Bellis perennis (sense 1). Additionally, Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum ("die grosze gänseblume") is mentioned (sense 2), and -with a rather different appearance compared to Bellis perennis -dandelion (sense 3) and "globularia vulgaris, bellis caerulea, blaue gänseblume" (sense 4) are recorded 95 . Early attestations can be found in MHG gensebluome, probably in the sense of Bellis perennis (MWB 2,472 offers the sense "Gänseblume"), and then with the Latin gloss ligustrum, which can be interpreted as Tanacetum vulgare (MWB 2,472: "Rainfarn") 96 .

The name Gänseblümchen can be directly attributed to the goose itself as a literal translation: 'the geese' flower; flower for geese' . The naming process 93 www.fwb-online.de/go/g%C3%A4nsblume.s.1f_1513289644 94 The source is a medical treaty, in this case a recipe for a healing ointment is presented. 95 Marzell as well names Chrysanthemum Leuc. as being called Gansblume (1,555

Summary and outlook

Based on the historical and etymological analysis of equivalents for 'daisy' / Bellis perennis L. in German and Estonian, we suggest the following statements as the main outcomes:

• There are numerous designations for the common daisy in both German and Estonian.

• These designations can be found in both monolingual and bilingual (historical) dictionaries, indicating that daisies exist in both countries.

• The designations are based on certain -and sometimes severalmotivational backgrounds, not all of which are clear.

• In both languages there are names that can be explained as being motivated by the appearance of the common daisy (as perceived by humans; i.e.

German: Gänseblümchen, Tausendschön; Estonian: kirikakar, possibly hanepersed, hanelillik and others). This principle has resulted in a number of 'daisy' designations that are compounds.

• The Virgin Mary seems to be a recurrent motive for 'daisy' designations in both languages, as a result of borrowings of German designations like Marienblume into Estonian.

Daisies in the European Roots prototype

A way of making the information that we have gathered in the previous sections available is to present it in a multilingual dictionary that refers to all the European languages already considered and any forthcoming addition. The ER prototype (as outlined by Villalva and Silvestre 2015 and further developed in a previous chapter of this book) was designed to fulfill that goal.

In this section, we will display the ER entry related to the Latin word margarita 'pearl' , that has provided many words to many European languages, one of which is a flower name, sometimes equivalente to 'daisy' . We will show the main entry and three subentries (German, Modern Greek and Portuguese).

The main entry includes the Latin word (i.e. margarita), its POS specification (i.e. feminine noun) and its relevant meanings (considering the legacy of the word in the contemporary European languages). In this case, we have registered two meanings: (i) pearl and (ii) female anthroponym. Each of these meanings is documented by a credible reference. Finally, we also include a brief etymological source that goes as far back as possible -in this case, the Latin word has a HelG etymon, that was preceeded by an Old Persian ancestor:

The German subentry also shows a strong connection between the flower and the female anthroponym, as the word Margerite was borrowed from French marguerite. Historically, a Margerite also denoted a 'daisy', as has been shown in the above section, even though Gänseblümchen became more common over time.

Summary and outlook

The survey presented in this chapter demonstrates that the choice of such a common word like 'daisy' did not lead to an unproblematic research. In fact, we came to the conclusion that the equivalents of 'daisy' are not straightforwardly found in any of the languages that we have considered. The introduction of are covered by the tag 'terminology' (assigned to more than one hundred titles), which the author introduces as follows:

"Since Telesio 1528, many texts have explored the TERMINOLOGY and etymology of colour and (latterly) semantics and language.

[…]"

The list of references is quite impressive and yet the list could be expanded and the lexicographic approach to colour words is still open to discussion.

Language-specific colour naming systems reveal striking similarities. [START_REF] Berlin | Basic Color Terms: Their Universality and Evolution[END_REF] claimed that the number of basic colour categories ranges from three to eleven, which is the number that can be found in most European languages. According to these authors, three kinds of universal colour name categories must be considered: primary opposed colours; derived colours that are the output of a mixture of primary colours; and composite colours that are obtained by a fuzzy union of primary colours. In the example here below (left column), we can see English simplex names for the first two sets -eleven, to be precise -and coordinated word compounds in the third set. The same applies

Port. bordeaux 'burgundy' , from the French toponym 5 that is also a wine name).

Other correlations between colour names and the names of different entities are related to what we may call metaphysical speculation. This is the case of the link between colour and emotion names that may be illustrate by cases such as the following:

(

Words for 'red' in Estonian

Vilja Oja 1 The article presents the names for the colour 'red' in Estonian monolingual dictionaries (EKSS; ÕS 2013), and their interpretation in various bilingual dictionaries, including historical dictionaries. The focus is on the Estonian generic terms (sections 2.-4.), but in addition some words having similar roots in other European languages will be discussed (section 5.). The lexicographic analyses include the structure of the words for 'red', etymology, naming motives and the semantic aspect as well as the distribution of some dialect words.

Up to the mid-19 th century there were practically two literary languages used in Estonia, based on the main dialect groups 2 : North-Estonian (Ger. revalsche < Reval 'Tallinn') and South-Estonian (Ger. dörptsche < Dorpat 'Tartu') language.

Both languages had their own generic name for red colour, punane in North-Estonian and verev in Estonian. Modern standard Estonian language has evolved mainly on the basis of the North-Estonian dialects.

Contemporary dictionaries

In the Modern Standard Estonian dictionaries (EKSS; ÕS 2013) the basic generic term for 'red' is punane. However the adjective verev is given as synonym of punane, nowadays it is used mainly in literature and in some botanical terms 1 Vilja Oja's work has been partially supported by the European Regional Development Fund.

2 see: www.eki.ee/murded/

In standard Estonian and in dialects colours are also expressed by compounds (or phrases) in which the final element is either a parameter word värv (karv etc.), meaning 'colour' (often in the partitive singular), or its adjectival derivative (värviline, karvaline etc.). The first component of the compound may be either a colour adjective, or a noun that indicates a coloured object. This was the primary system for naming colours that is still possible in all Finnic languages (Koski 1983: 336). Estonian compounds meaning 'red' are, for example: punast värvi ~ punase|värviline, verevat karva ~ vereva|karvaline, 'red', kirsi|karva literally 'cherry colour' . Often the colour adjective is attached to the compound containing a noun and the parameter word, e.g. vase|karva punane 'copper-red' , kirsi|karva punased (~ kirss|punased) huuled 'cherry red lips' .

Semantic variation

As we know, the semantic fields of colour words do not coincide in different languages. On this basis, the problem arises, how to provide adequate equivalents for colour terms in bilingual and multilingual dictionaries. In the above mentioned Latvian-Estonian dictionary, there are Estonian adjectives punane, ruuge, ruske and raudjas given as equivalents for the Latvian words ruds and rūsgans, but the semantic fields of the four Estonian words do not coincide (see section 2).

On the base of the Standard Estonian, the word verev is sometimes interpreted as 'blood-red' . The comparison of the equivalents for 'red' in several bilingual dictionaries, covering five languages, Estonian, Finnish, German, Russian, English, has resulted in a complex diagram of different words. For example the Estonian-Russian dictionary gives several words, including Rus. красный [krasnyj] and алый [alyj] as equivalents for the Estonian punane (EVS 3: 1121(EVS 3: -1122)), while in the Russian-Estonian dictionary Russian алый has been translated into Estonian also as helepunane, erepunane (VES 1: 146). In the Estonian-English dictionary we find the English colour names bright red, scarlet and vermilion as equivalents for the Estonian helepunane (Saagpakk 1992: 134). In the English-Estonian dictionary the translation of Eng. scarlet is Est. sarlakpunane, helepunane and the translation (first edition 1869). By this time, the Estonian language was already developing its own orthography, replacing the old German tradition.

The form and structure as well as meanings of the word punane and its compounds in the historical monolingual dictionary of Standard Estonian (EÕS: In South-Estonian dialects verev has certainly served as the basic term for 'red', although the term punane is used in parallel there (Map 1). It is believed,

purpur

The Modern Estonian dictionaries define the colour adjective purpur, purpurne (with adjective suffix -ne) or purpuri karva (~ -karvaline, -värvi, -värviline 'colour') as 'purple' or 'purple-red' (EKSS;[START_REF] Õs | [END_REF]. The adjectives are used to describe many reddish objects, for example, sunset is described as purpurne, reddish leaves in the autumn, purple or red blossoms of some plants, reddish mushrooms, the purplish colour of textiles, especially the coat of a high person (like cardinal or king), the reddish human skin colour, etc. In addition numerous compounds are presented, like nouns purpur|riie (riie 'cloth'), purpur|rüü (rüü 'robe'), purpur|tigu 'purpura' , purpur|haigur (haigur 'heron' , Lat. Ardea purpurea), and adjectives purpur|punane, purpur|lilla (lilla 'purple'), purpur|roosa (roosa 'pink'), purpur|sinine (sinine 'blue'), and others (EKSS 4: 484;ÕS 2013: 727).

In the historical Göseken's German-Estonian dictionary the equivalent for the German noun Purpur is Est. kallis punnane kallewe 'expensive red woollen fabric' , and the German adjective purpurroht has been translated as purpur (karwalinne) punnane 'purple-red' (Göseken 1660: 327). The Estonian-German dictionaries by Hupel and Wiedemann give only the nouns: Est. purpur gen purpuri -Ger.

Purpur (Hupel 1780: 250;Wiedemann 1869: 990). In the historical monolingual dictionary of Estonian (EÕS) the word purpur is defined as helepunane värv 'bright red colour' . The adjectives are derivatives with adjective suffixes, like purpur(i)-ne, purpuri-line, purpur-jas ('reddish') and compounds purpuri|karva, purpuri|värviline, purpur|punane and purpur|sinine (sinine 'blue'). Among the nouns there are several scientific terms of biology, chemistry and medicine, e.g., purpuriin 'purpurin; red pigment' , purpur|hape 'purpuric acid' , purpur-lane ~ purpur|tigu 'purpura' , purpur|kana 'swamphen (Lat. Porphyrio)' (EÕS: 865-866).

In Estonian dialects, purpur (gen purpuri) has been used (1) as colour word to denote a beautiful 'bright red, scarlet, vermilion' , and (2) for bright red cloth. Mostly purpur-or purpuri-is one component of compounds. For example: purpur(i)|punane (S-Est. purpur(i)|verev), punane purpur, purpur(i)|riie, S-Est purpur(i)|rõivass (riie, rõivass 'cloth'), sometimes punane purpuri rõõvass 'bright red cloth' , and others. The word variants pulpur, purpulli or pulpoori, recorded in dialect speech (EMSUKA), show that the word was quite strange for the informants. For that reason, it is missing in the Concise Dialect Dictionary (VMS), like other young loanwords.

Summary and outlook

The most widespread word for 'red' in Estonian is punane. In South-Estonian dialects the adjective verev is synonymous with punane. In contemporary bilingual dictionaries the Estonian equivalent of a basic term for 'red' is Est. On the one hand, the Estonian and Finnish colour naming systems could have been influenced by Germanic languages. On the other hand, a roughly similar system is used more extensively, e.g. in Russian (see Table 2). Many languages use compounds of similar structure to denote lightness-darkness and intensity of colours. Intersections or mixture composite colour categories that are unions of two colours, are denoted by the combination of two basic colour terms (in Modern Greek equivalents of 'red'

Simeon Tsolakidis

The present paper is a contribution to the study of the Modern Greek (MG) vocabulary and lexicography especially in relation to the words meaning 'red'

and how these words appear in the entries of MG dictionaries. Our data comes from: 1) modern lexicographical resources and particularly the online editions of:

[DSMG] 1 , [Kriaras] 2 , [GOD] and [Georgacas], and 2) the hard copy editions of [Du Cange], [Somavera], [Skarlatos], [Dimitrakos], [Babiniotis] and [DCG].

In the first part of this paper I will comparatively present the data, i.e.

the entries for 'red' for every single MG term for 'red', in the above mentioned dictionaries and we will conclude with some comments about the way the MG terms for 'red' are presented in dictionaries of Medieval and Modern Greek.

The MG terms for 'red' in major dictionaries for MG Henceforth the entry definitions which we will present and comment will be underlined.

[iˈperiθros] meant the same in Hellenistic Greek, then this could also happen with [ˈkocinos] and [eriˈθros].

The entry ΚΟΚΚΙΝΟΣ in [Kriaras] is the following: and [Somavera]. The same holds true for [Skarlatos] of 19 th century MG. On the contrary, in [Dimitrakos] of 20 th century Greek, we are informed that [eriˈθros] belongs to colloquial MG, too. [Dimitrakos]' entry for [eriˈθros] is the following: In the above entry we are informed that [eriˈθros] has the meaning of 'the one who has the colour of the fresh blood or the poppy, red, reddish' . Besides, [Dimitrakos] seems to be the first lexicographer of MG who provides us the information that the neuter [eriˈθron] could be also a noun denoting 'one of the basic simple colours of the nature world, as well as one of the seven colours of the solar spectrum' .

In the case of [GOD] the entry for ΕΡΥΘΡΟΣ is the following (lexicon--neohel.patakis.gr/en/lexikon/lemma?id=38267):

Polish and Latin for Portuguese 5 . Thus, we have selected twelve colour adjectives, six from each language, namely:

• Polish -biały 'white' , czarny 'black' , czerwony 'red' , zielony 'green' , żółty 'yellow' and szary 'grey' ,

• Portuguese -branco 'white ' , preto 'black' , vermelho 'red' 6 , verde 'green' , amarelo 'yellow' and roxo 'purple' .

The data related to each adjective has been collected in tables in order to provide complete and comparable information. Each table is organised as follows:

5

The etymology of these adjectives is quite informative: a) Polish (cf. Stala & Dębowiak 2016: 55-56):

• niebieski 'blue' (14 th century) < niebo 'sky' ← Proto-Slavic *nebo, Gen. *nebese 'firmament, sky';

• brązowy 'brown' (19 th century) < brąz 'brown colour; alloy of copper with other metals' ← Fr. bronze 'alloy of copper and zinc' ← It. bronzo 'alloy of copper and tin' ← (?)

Late Lat. *brundium / *bruntium;

• fioletowy 'purple' (17 th century) < fiolet 'purple colour' ← Germ. Violett 'purple; purple colour' ← Fr. violette 'viola' < O.Fr. viole 'id.' ← Lat. viola;

• różowy 'pink' (18 th century) < róża 'rose' ← Old High German rōsa 'id.' ← Lat. rosa;

• pomarańczowy 'orange' (18 th century) < pomarańcza 'orange' ← It. • castanho 'brown' (13 th century as 'chestnut tree'; 15 th century as a colour adjective) ← Lat. castāneus ADJ 'chestnut' < (nux) castānea Nf 'chestnut' ← Gr. κάρυα καστάνεια / κασταναῖα 'id.' < κάστανον'id.' ← foreign, non-IE origin;

• cor-de-rosa 'pink' (16 th century) ← < rosa 'rose' ← Lat. rosa;

• cinzento 'grey' (16 th century) < cinza 'ash' ← Lat. *cinīsia 'ashes mixed with embers' < cinis, Gen. cineris 'ash';

• azul 'blue' (14 th century) ← Vulg. Ar. *lāzūrd ← lāzawárd ← Pers. lā(d)žward 'lapis lazuli';

• cor-de-laranja 'orange' (16 th century) < laranja 'orange (fruit)' ← Hispanic Ar. naranǧa ← Ar. nāranǧ ← Pers. nārang ← Sanskr. nāraṅga.

6

We have intentionally omitted the other adjective that exists in European Portuguese to denominate the red colour, namely encarnado, as it is not the basic one and it constitutes a European Portuguese lexical innovation (Brazilian Portuguese does not use it at all). See [START_REF] Silvestre | The Spectrum of Red Colour Names in Portuguese[END_REF].